Permalifee
pH 8.5

QL
dol
E83 |
EN

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

JANUARY 1968

Vol. 79 No. 1

CONTENTS

Gregg—tThe preservation of Invertebrates in alcohol ..... 1

Harmston—New Dolichopodidae from Canada, Mexico,
and the Western United States (Diptera) ........... 13

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.

AND
1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: personal, $6.00; institutional, $9.00.
Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by HENry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by PHiip
P. Carvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMrEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A.

R. H. Arnett, Jr. Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLen, M. E. PHILLIPs,
and S. S. RosBack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

Prices per yearly volume of 10 numbers.
Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $6.00 postpaid.

Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and
foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available from the editor.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed
to R. H. Arnett, Jr., 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, Indiana 47905.

The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will
be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may
be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the
cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an
article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 46 inches. All blocks
will be sent to authors after printing.

TABLES: The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1-4 pp. 5-8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 11.15 17.62 8.75
Add’! 100 2.35 351 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52.
Transportation charges will be extra.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Vou. 79 JANUARY, 1968 / <Nozt

The Preservation of Invertebrates in Alcohol

Ropert E. Grecc, Department of Biology,
University of Colorado, Boulder

The important, though rather neglected subject of preserving
small animals in fluid, has been discussed recently in detail by
Levi (1966), who compares various methods used in the United
States and also abroad. This is a welcome article and should
be of much practical assistance, especially to those who are
contemplating or who have already begun to amass specimens
requiring storage in alcohol. The information should enable
collectors to avoid the pitfalls which have beset the experiences
of their predecessors.

In view of the many problems associated with liquid preserva-
tion, I should like to offer some comments and suggestions
which it is hoped will at least be helpful. We maintain a gen-
eral teaching collection of various invertebrates, a large pro-
portion of which are alcoholic specimens of such arthropods as
crustaceans, centipedes, millipedes, harvestmen, spiders, scor-
pions, sulpugids, ticks, and insects. Our much larger research
collection, of ants, consisting of many thousands of specimens,
is also preserved entirely in alcohol. The oldest individuals
in both of these collections have been in fluid for more than
thirty years, and so far as their external morphology is con-
cerned, there is no indication of any deterioration. This is not
to say, however, that the internal tissues may be unsuitable for
sectioning and staining, but the exterior structures are the ones
used in the vast majority of taxonomic studies. The amount of
color fading that seems to have occurred among some specimens
of ants is not severe, and I think that the loss of pigment in these

(1)

2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

is no more (and probably less) than that which takes place in
ants which have been dried and pinned.

I have been asked repeatedly why ants are kept in alcohol
rather than on pins and mounting points, as is done by many
other ant collectors. Both techniques have advantages and
difficulties, but aside from the greater ease and speed with
which specimens may be removed from the collection for ex-
amination and comparison, the pinning method, for ants, does
not appear to have as much to recommend it as does preserva-
tion in liquid. Although ants, being hard-bodied (unlike
spiders, termites, larvae, etc.), do not require to be preserved
wet, there are some distinct advantages to be gained from
keeping them in vials of alcohol. It is possible to place hun-
dreds or even thousands of specimens of the same species, from
the same colony, with the same collection data, under one label,
thus saving an enormous amount of routine curatorial labor.
Soft-bodied eggs, larvae, and pupae may also be included with
the adult ants. This distinctly encourages the gathering of
long series, a practice which is becoming ever more significant
in modern taxonomy. Ants are rather fragile insects and are
easily broken, but if this happens the fragments are retained
within the vial and are not lost. If the alcohol should dry out,
the adult specimens are not ruined, but may be soaked up again
in more alcohol, and this process may be greatly hastened by
first immersing the ants in a beaker of boiling water with no
additives. After this treatment they will submerge quickly in
fresh alcohol. Infestation by dermestid larvae is a constant
threat to collections of pinned insects, but is a non-existent prob-
lem in fluid collections. The long series that may be so easily
kept in alcohol facilitates the custom of exchange between
specialists, and furthermore, vials of specimens may be sent
with complete confidence through the mails in a postal tube
without the need for elaborate packing occasioned by the ship-
ping of pinned specimens. Finally, in the process of identifica-
tion when it is necessary to make critical comparisons between
species, or between determined specimens and samples of un-
knowns, it is possible to place two or more ants side-by-side
under a microscope for simultaneous viewing if they are un-
mounted. To do this with dry and fragile pinned ants subjects

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 3

them to great risk, and in order to avoid damage it is essential
to examine each pin separately. Then, however, the subtle dif-
ferences may not be as readily appreciated. There is, of course,
the grave danger of mixing up specimens when they are re-
moved from the vials for study, but a few elementary precau-
tions can always guard against such events. I do not recall
any instance when it became necessary to discard a specimen
for this cause.

For our collection we use homeopathic glass vials of one-
dram capacity almost entirely, but two-dram or even larger sizes
are used occasionally when the quantity of material demands
the extra space. These vials are stoppered with the best qual-
ity natural corks, and despite many discussions about the merits
of other methods or other types of stopper, I have not been
compelled (fortunately) to change the closures of these vials
which now amount to more than 14,000. Screw caps, whether
of metal or bakelite will loosen in time, and are not proof against
evaporation anyway. Plastic caps or stoppers with friction fit
are attractive and do not discolor the alcohol, but they also
permit evaporation. One member of the staff at the C.S.I.R.O.
in Canberra, Australia, whom we visited recently, claims, how-
ever, to have had gratifying success with plastic stoppers.
Rubber stoppers, used in vials of a few miscellaneous samples
of invertebrates, turn the alcohol dark and may also become
gummy and as sticky as glue. If immersed in large jars of
alcohol, these stoppers often swell to twice their original size
and create considerable trouble. Neoprene stoppers have been
found to harden in alcohol, and eventually to crumble, causing
the specimens in the vial to be buried in sediment. Closing
of vials with cotton plugs, is, according to Levi, a very desirable
procedure, and is in use in most European and South American
museums, and in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. To my
knowledge, this method is also employed at the Field Museum
in Chicago. When cotton stoppers are used, the vials must
be immersed in jars of alcohol, and it is recommended that they
be placed upside down to reduce the danger of drying from
evaporation. In this position, they are difficult to remove from
the jar, and worse, the specimens settle upon the cotton and
become entangled in the fibers. If the vials are placed right

4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1968

side up, they are easily removed with forceps, but if the fluid
level drops they are subject to rapid evaporation. Cotton plugs
seem to be chemically inert in alcohol and do not discolor the
preservative, but aside from these advantages, they don’t, in
my opinion, have sufficient appeal. In addition, cotton stoppers
allow the vials when submerged to overfill with alcohol. By
contrast, corks make very efficient and easily manipulated stop-
pers, they are cheap and readily replaced when softened by
long immersion in alcohol, the vials are quickly removed from
storage jars by spearing the corks with a dissecting needle, and
in general the collection presents a net and trim appearance.
Admittedly, there is one bad feature of corks; alcoholic extrac-
tives turn the fluid amber in color, and unless the label is com-
pletely below the surface of the alcohol it will discolor also.
However this does not seem to damage the specimens, and may
be controlled by changing the jar alcohol after all corks have
been thoroughly soaked.

The question of how to prevent loss of liquid from the vials
has been, and to some extent still is, a perplexing problem. If
the vials are to be left exposed individually in racks or trays,
I believe there is virtually no dependable way to prevent evapo-
ration over a long term. It seems to be generally agreed that
only one technique is adequate for permanent storage of large
collections, which is to immerse all vials in larger jars of
alcohol, and to fill them enough to make sure they will sub-
merge. Evaporation proof closures for these jars have pre-
sented another problem, and Dr. Levi has discussed at some
length the various types of jar covers that have been tried, so
it is necessary here only to describe the style we are using.
Our collection is stored in pint size Mason jars, originally de-
signed for canning fruits and vegetables. The Ball Brothers
Company of Muncie, Indiana, manufactured a glass top closure
fitted with rubber gasket and brass rim or band that was
screwed into place. This apparatus does not rust and is non-
corrosive. When sufficient presure is applied by the rim, the
jar can be sealed so tightly that it may stand for years with no
appreciable loss of alcohol. Only occasionally is it necessary
to add fluid to these jars. Most of the loss can be attributed to
those containers which are opened and closed frequently. Sel-

79) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 5

dom is there any real difficulty encountered in unscrewing the
lids, and never has it been impossible to do so. If the tops resist
removal, it always helps to place a large flat rubber band around
the metal band in order to obtain a better grip. Unfortunately,
the production of this near-perfect type of seal has been dis-
continued in the United States, and when our dwindling supply
becomes exhausted we shall have to resort to much less durable
closures, such as those produced for the Kerr jar.* It should
be noted that the glass top closure here described is very dif-
ferent from the one manufactured by Mason in which the lid
was held on by means of a metal spring clamp. The latter is
a far inferior seal since the tension of the spring weakens and
pressure is not applied evenly. The Ball type closure never
needs a grease seal, does not need a resin seal, nor a paraffin
dip. It forms an extremely effective cover, yet permits ready
access to the contents of the jar. It never wears out except for
the rubber gasket which after many years sometimes has to be
replaced.

The choice of a preservative is a critical matter for any col-
lection stored in liquid. Formalin is a powerful and well-known
preservative, but it has a number of serious disadvantages and
therefore has been eliminated from consideration as far as our
ant collection is concerned. Isopropyl alcohol in concentrations
of 60 to 70% is very satisfactory, and has the distinct advantage
of being obtainable without a permit. On extended field trips
after an initial supply of alcohol has been used, it is essential
to be able to purchase more in the local area. Isopropyl will
meet this requirement as we found to be the case recently in
Africa and India. Methyl alcohol is unsuitable for either collect-
ing or preserving specimens, for several reasons, but “methyl-
ated spirits” (ethyl alcohol denatured with methyl alcohol) is
quite satisfactory for these purposes. The latter was the only
type oi alcohol we could obtain in Australia, and it proved to

* Another alternative is the imported Norge jar, which may be ob-
tained from A/S Christiania Glasmagasin, Oslo, Norway. It is very
similar to the Ball jar in principle, and may even be superior, but it is
rather expensive. This equipment has been discussed by Jon-Arne
Sneli (1967).

6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

be dependable. It was used without dilution since the original
concentration was not known.

Ethyl alcohol, in our experience, is the preservative of choice.
It is an excellent chemical if used in rather high concentrations.
It is relatively non-irritating to the human membranes and
skin, and even after many years of use it is still pleasant to
work with. One does not become sensitized to ethanol as often
happens with formaldehyde. Though it is costly and therefore
impractical for the individual to purchase this alcohol, access
to tax-free institutional supplies eliminates the problem of ob-
taining it in sufficient quantities. Various concentrations of
ethyl alcohol are used, depending upon the types of animals
preserved. For ants, 80 to 85% give excellent results and is
strong enough to prevent internal fermentation of the speci-
mens; a greater strength may cause them to become too brittle.
The same concentration is used to kill the ants when they are
collected, and when they are changed to fresh fluid at the time
of permanent labelling and storage. Glycerin is never added
to the alcohol of an ant collection. Apparently, the concen-
trated glycerin residue in a vial from which the alcohol has
evaporated has a tendency to clear the specimens and to encour-
age the growth of mold. This is very unlikely to happen, of
course, in properly stored vials, but the most important reason
for avoiding glycerin on ants is that to identify a specimen its
surface must be dried in order to examine the pilosity and sculp-
ture under a microscope. A glycerin soaked ant (or any greasy
specimen) must first be cleaned in ether, and this treatment may
render the insect quite brittle and subject to damage.

Labelling of specimens is obviously one of the most crucial
aspects of curatorial technique. A poor or undecipherable label
is perhaps worse than none at all since it may encourage specu-
lation as to its meaning and lead to totally erroneous conclu-
sions. A label is only as good as its accuracy, and its value will
vary in proportion to the amount of information it holds.
Locality, date, and collector are the acceptable minimum entries,
but much more is desirable. The most complete labels in our
collection (and the vast majority are this way since the bulk of
the specimens have been gathered by ourselves), contain the
following information: species and subspecies identification,
describer, the immediate or minute surroundings (microsite),

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 7

the general environment or habitat (macrosite), elevation in
feet especially in mountainous terrain (within 50 ft. or better if
possible) ,* topography (if desired), geographic locality (atlas
location), subordinate locality (if distinct), date, collector, and
determiner. In providing calendar data, the day date is given
first in Arabic numerals, the month second in Roman numerals,
and the year last with all four digits in Arabic numerals. In
this way, no date should be misunderstood. In case the day is
missing, the month is spelled out or possibly abbreviated. All
entries are spelled completely, including generic and _ specific
names, geographic names, ecology, and persons’ names, except
the names of well known describers, persons’ initials, and the
expressions of feet, miles, collector, and determiner, etc., for
which abbreviations are usually substituted. The names of
states, or provinces are abbreviated, but the names of cities,
towns, subordinate localities, and countries are spelled out.
Nothing is ever written on labels, but instead is hand-lettered
for better legibility. All permanent labels are made with India
ink (a true non-fading carbon ink) which when properly dried
and fixed will not disappear after long immersion in alcohol.
A high grade of rag content, bonded paper (such as letter head)
is always used for labels, and so far none has disintegrated in
fluid. To indicate the existence of types, the words, Holotype,
or Paratype, etc., are spelled rather than using colored paper
which fades. All type specimens are stored in separate jars
marked “Types.” Occasionally it is desirable to record more
biological data than the label can accommodate, and for this a
special number is added. The same number is entered in a
separate notebook and after it the accessory data. Should the
notebook be lost, the specimens are not rendered useless be-
cause the label still carries all of the most critical data con-
cerning them. And it should be noted also that the labels are
always placed inside the vial in such a position that they may

* Some collectors employ meters for recording elevation, and this
method is gaining wider acceptance in English-speaking countries. As
a simple unit of measure, however, feet serve the purpose of citing alti-
tude as well as any other unit. Furthermore, the vast majority of our
maps, past and present, are based on scales of feet and miles, and it would
be unwise at this time to change these designations on specimen labels.
It is an easy matter to translate feet into meters if such is desired.

8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1968

be easily read through the glass. Nothing is attached to the
outside of the vials from which it could become separated.

As alcoholic collections grow, the difficulty of finding sam-
ples of a species mounts also, whereas in a pinned collection
the specimens are spread out so they may be scanned quickly.
This problem may be overcome by integrating the species card
file with the collection. The card file is arranged both alpha-
betically and taxonomically, and each card bears the species
full name, its synonymy, and the jar number or numbers in
which vials containing the species are to be found. The same
numbers are fastened to the jars, and all the jars pertaining to
a particular genus are numbered consecutively. By this means
it is possible to maintain relatively low numbers even for the
most common genera.

In our collection, accession numbers have been avoided, for
the reasons that they are unnecessary, they only constitute one
more curatorial motion for every new vial that is processed,
and they open numerous possibilities for introducing errors into
the collection. There are almost always enough distinctive data
on the label of each vial to make possible the recognition of
each sample. In this connection, it seems desirable to emphasize
another of the advantages of an alcoholic collection, especially
for research collections. The labels are quite large (approxi-
mately 14 x 24 or 3 cm for a 1-dram vial), and this permits
the inclusion of not only the basic minimal data but a good
deal of supplementary ecologic data as well. Though accession
numbers are not used, it is often necessary to know certain
statistics about a collection, and for this a separate file consist-
ing of only a few cards has been developed. It is a running
tally of such simple information as the total number of vials
in the collection, the number of species and subspecies, the
number of genera, and the number of vials of types. It requires
that entries be made only at convenient intervals.

If there is a single most important datum for any taxonomic
collection, it is perhaps the geographic location, because without
this the specimens are worthless for research. While this is
axiomatic, of course, opinions differ as to how this information
should be recorded, both on the labels and on accompanying
maps. No fixed directions seem to have been agreed upon,

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 9

probably due to different needs and tastes among systematists.
In some collections (particularly the very old ones) locations
are given in excessively broad and even vague terms, such as
“Colorado Territory,’ or ‘North America.” Although these
confusing designations are probably never committed ‘today, we,
nevertheless, have to contend with them on the labels of ancient
specimens. Even in the recent past some collectors have been
contented with citing just the main locality, such as an estab-
lished Post Office (city, town, or village). This is not bad
if the office is in a small community and on monotonous terrain,
but many cities are situated in the midst of vast and biologically
rather sterile territories, and many towns are located adjacent
to regions of tremendous topographic and altitudinal diversity,
with their concomittant ecological changes. I have seen speci-
mens of ants labelled Boulder, Colorado, that could not possibly
have been collected there but must surely have come from the
mountains to the westward. In such cases, supplementary geo-
graphic features must be included. To rectify by-gone tech-
niques and to increase the precision of locality recording, some
workers advocate employing latitude and longitude coordi-
nates. To be sure, this may be the ultimate in mathematical
exactness, and may be the only satisfactory method for pin-
pointing oceanic locations of marine specimens. But for land-
based specimens this procedure lacks certain qualities that are
desired by the taxonomist. It is so impersonal and so monoto-
nous that one must consult an atlas to know whether the spot
is actually on land or on water, and if on land, he has no idea
whether it is on high or low land, rough or smooth terrain, until
he studies the map. A carefully recorded site with place names,
distance indicators, and compass directions gives an immediate
conception of all these features to anyone at all familiar with
the region. Furthermore, place names stick in the memory far
better than cartographical numbers, and usually call up a vivid
mental picture of the area. There can be no objection, nat-
urally, to adding latitude and longitude data to these name
descriptions and they can be very useful for subsequent retrieval
of geographic data after a long lapse of time and the inevitable
changes in geographic names.

The latter events, as Levi infers, are beyond the control of

10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

the practicing systematist, and he has no recourse but to make
appropriate adjustments. However, continuity of identity with
the past is absolutely essential for the taxonomist and student
of geographic distribution if chaos is to be avoided. The most
practical solution is to keep a collection of maps that should
never be disassociated from the collection of specimens. There
is no uniform style of mapping for all parts of the Earth at all
scales, althought the best current atlases have accomplished
much in this direction. The collector often needs detail far in
excess of that which the finest atlas can provide, and the only
answer is to use the best local maps that are available, even if
these leave something to be desired in accuracy. In time better
ones will be made. On the maps at his disposal, the collector
should, by means of dots (or otherwise) indicate the precise
points of field work, as accurately as possible within the scale
limits of each map. As these maps grow older and become both
out-of-date and out-of-print, they become progressively more
valuable. Eventually, they will be perhaps the only reliable
sources of information about the actual localities in which certain
specimens were obtained. They then approach the value of the
specimens with which they are concerned, and are obviously
the only ones in existence that will be critical for the particular
collection.

The types of map which we have found suitable for this
work are the following: highway maps of petroleum companies,
county maps, state park maps, national park maps, national
forest maps, recreational area maps, topographic quadrangles,
certain kinds of tourist map, and a variety of miscellaneous maps
compiled for special purposes. The first type mentioned is now
available rather widely over the world, and will undoubtedly
increase as remote areas become more accessible. They also
appear to have a high degree of accuracy and are constantly
subject to revision as changes occur. Every area is likely to
have its own peculiar maps, and the collector should try to
obtain them from each locality he visits. Finally, navigation
charts should not be ignored by the terrestrial collector, for
they show shorelines in detail and often depict the precise
location of islands.

Although the geographic and ecologic data on the labels is
rather extensive, and dot locations on the maps show collecting

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 11

stations, I have compiled yet another cross-reference to the field
work we have done. A separate page in a loose-leaf notebook
is provided for each geographic and subordinate locality visited
and from which we have collected ants. In the area of intensive
study (Colorado), Township and Range are included also, but
such information is impractical for all regions since topographic
maps are not available for the entire world. Elevations are
given wherever known. A description is written in general
terms for the main features of the topography, and for the most
important aspects of the vegetation of the site. A brief and
simple notation about the nature of the soil and land surface is
added when possible. The date or dates upon which the locality
has been sampled are included.

Recently, this system has been altered so that the data are
now filed on cards. Each card has space for the following in-
formation: station number, date or dates of visitation, locality,
site, topography, elevation, slope, surface, soil type and color,
vegetation, and room for miscellaneous comments. The method
has had a thorough field test and will no doubt continue to give
satisfactory results for the more detailed recording of field ex-
perience, yet save the investigator from a burdensome load of
curatorial labor.

In foreign countries, the problem of how to treat rapidly
accumulating materials is encountered very soon after collecting
begins. It is not practical to retain all the specimens to be
brought home later, particularly if one moves frequently and
hundreds of fluid-filled vials make packages that are bulky to
transport. To meet this situation we have tried the following
procedure and found it to be very satisfactory. The vials of
specimens were packed snugly, but not tightly, into Tupperware
plastic boxes having friction-fit covers. Cotton pads were
placed in the bottom of a box and between the cover and the
uppermost vials. This arrangement served to cushion any
shocks ,and if breakage occurred, the cotton both absorbed the
alcohol and prevented the specimens from being distributed at
random within the box. These containers also materially re-
duced evaporation of liquid from the vials. Two or more such
boxes were packed in a discarded corrugated carton (readily
obtainable from local shops), tied securely, and sent by air
parcel post (insured or registered where possible). The ship-

12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

ments arrived safely in a few days, were passed without difficulty
by United States quarantine regulations (as they contained only
dead insects), and were received by another departmental staff
member who reported promptly that the ants had reached their
destination. No packages were lost, and of the thousands of
vials that were dispatched only about a dozen were broken;
however the specimens did not become hopelessly mixed. Thus
the dangers of losing the entire “catch” of a collecting trip, the
greatly increased chances of damage and the long delay of an
ocean voyage (delivery requires 1 to 2 months or more), and
the anxiety concerning the status of the parcels, were eliminated
or reduced. The cost of air transport is much higher than
sea mail, but the advantages gained far offset the added ex-
pense. All vials contained identifying numbers of the collect-
ing stations, but the field cards carrying full information about
these stations were kept in our possession throughout the jour-
ney to minimize the possibility of loss in transit.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

My wife has participated fully in all the field work associated
with the building of our collection, and has contributed about
half of all the specimens represented. The National Science
Foundation (Grant GB-2165) provided support for recent ex-
tensive collecting in foreign areas. I wish to thank also Dr.
Robert W. Pennak and Dr. Sam Shushan for reading the manu-
script and for their helpful comments and suggestions. Dr.
Shushan has been responsible also for receiving the large
number of foreign specimens mailed home at intervals.

REFERENCES

Levi, H. W. 1966. The care of alcoholic collections of small inverte-
brates. Syst. Zool. 15: 183-188.

Mayr, E., E. G. Linsey, anp R. L. Usrncer. 1953. Methods and
principles of systematic zoology. Ch. 4, Collecting and Collections.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N. Y.

SNELI, J. 1967. “Norge” jars, a substitute for Mason fruit-canning
jars in preservation of alcoholic collections of invertebrates. Syst.
Zool. 16: 173-174.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 13

New Dolichopodidae from Canada, Mexico, and
the Western United States (Diptera)

F. C. HarmMsrtTon *

This report includes descriptions of several Dolichopodidae,
apparently undescribed heretofore, that were among specimens
received for identification from Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Mr. Robert
Schuster, University of California, Davis; and one specimen
collected in Texas by the author.

Dolichopus monarchus n. sp.

Male. Length, 5.8 mm. Face brownish yellow. Front
black, lightly dusted with gray pollen which is thicker along the
upper margins of the eyes. Antenna black: third segment about
as broad as long. Postocular cilia black.

Mesonotum and scutellum dark bronze green, brownish polli-
nose when viewed obliquely. Pleurae dark, with bronze reflec-
tions, densely grayish pollinose. Halteres yellow. Calypters
yellow with abundant short black cilia. Abdomen dark metallic
green with bronze reflections, the venter and lower lateral por-
tions grayish pollinose. Hypopygium black; outer lamellae uni-
formly brownish yellow, elongate-oval, only slightly longer than
wide, the apex without notches, but evenly jagged and bristly.

Coxae black, grayish pollinose, the fore and middle pairs
with black hairs and bristles on anterior surface. Femora black;
middle and hirid pairs each with a single preapical bristle; the
hind pair with long black cilia (brownish black in certain lights)
on lower inner edge. Fore tibiae dark yellow, the distal portion
distinctly infuscated. Middle tibiae dark yellow on basal por-
tion, shading to a whitish color on middle portion, the apical
fifth black, distinctly flattened, and with an abundance of close-
set, short, black bristles on posterior edge which accentuate the

1 Biologist, Disease Ecology Section, Ecological Investigations Pro-
gram, National Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service,

U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Greeley, Colorado
80631.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1968

flattened appearance. Hind tibiae conspicuously thickened on
basal third and apical fourth, of a sordid yellowish brown color
with apical half darker on inner and outer sides and the apical
fourth black. Fore tarsi black from the tip of first segment.
Middle basitarsi white with apical fifth black, the white portion
on outer side devoid of black hairs except at the extreme base ;
two short black bristles on outer side and a row of about six
similar bristles on lower surface; second and third segments
black; fourth and fifth segments dark brown, the apical half
of the third segment and the fourth and fifth segments showing
a bright silvery reflection in certain lights. Hind basitarsi thick-
ened and greatly elongated, nearly as long as the tibiae, the
upper and outer surfaces sparsely clothed with black bristles.

Wings elongate, with a uniform brownish tinge; broadly in-
dented at tip of fifth vein; hind margin bowed outward opposite
the cross-vein where the wing is widest, the portion behind the
tip of sixth vein slightly concave giving the anal angle a promi-
nent rounded appearance; costa thickened at tip of first vein
and gradually tapering toward apex.

Female. Face dark gray, about twice as wide as that of male;
color of body and legs as in male except that the basal four-
fifths of middle tibiae and basal half of middle basitarsi are
dark yellow; the apical segments of middle tarsi do not show
the silvery reflection ; hind femora without setae on lower edge;
wing evenly rounded from tip of fifth vein; costa less distinctly
thickened than in male.

Described from six males and seven females collected by
Owen Bryant at Aklavik, Northwest Territory, August 27,
1931. Holotype male, allotype female, three paratype males,
and four paratype females returned to the California Academy
of Sciences; two paratype males and two paratype females in
the collection of the author.

Differentia. Dolichopus monarchus n. sp. is closely related
to Dolichopus stenhammari Zetterstedt from which it differs by
having the apex of middle tibia noticeably flattened and with
an abundance of short, close-set bristles on posterior surface.
Also, in stenhammari, the outer surface of the apical segments

79) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 15

of middle tarsi does not show a bright silvery reflection; the
hind margin of the wing is not conspicuously widened opposite
the tip of fifth vein and lacks the broad concavity between the
tips of the fifth and sixth veins. Dolichopus mannerheimi
Zetterstedt, a related species, is easily separated from D. monar-
chus n. sp. by having pale cilia on the calypters and the apical
portion of wing distinctly blackened.

Tachytrechus boharti n. sp.

Male. Length, 7 mm. Face wide, narrowest on upper por-
tion where its width equals the length of second segment of fore
tarsi, the margins evenly bowed outward with the apical third
considerably wider than the basal portion; grayish pollinose,
the lower sloping portion yellowish pollinose when viewed ob-
liquely. Front dark bronze, submetallic. Palpi dark brownish
pollinose. Postocular cilia wholly black. Antennae dark yel-
low; third segment brown on apical half, about as broad as
long, rounded at tip. Arista wholly black, about the length of
the fore tibia, with an elongated, narrow, spear-shaped enlarge-
ment at tip.

Mesonotum black with bronze reflections, pleurae dark bronze,
submetallic, dusted with coarse pollen which appears brownish
in some lights and grayish in others. Abdomen dark bronze,
submetallic, grayish pollinose when viewed from behind, the
incisures narrowly blackened. Hypopygium black, the last seg-
ment appearing metallic green and densely grayish pilose when
viewed from behind. Lamellae sordid yellowish, somewhat
rectangular, longer than wide, the outer surface and margins
clothed with short, stiff, black setae.

Coxae concolorous with pleurae, the anterior surfaces with
black hairs and bristles. femora black on basal half, the apical
half brownish yellow. Basal half of all tibiae dark brown shad-
ing to black on distal portions, with numerous strong hairs and
bristles on outer surfaces. Tarsi wholly black. Halteres and
calypters yellow, the latter with black setae.

Wings of rather uniform width throughout; tinged with
brown, particularly in front of third vein, narrowly along the

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1968

fourth and fifth veins and the cross-vein; distal segment of
fourth vein strongly bowed forward at about the middle.

Described from one male collected by R. M. Bohart at Yuba
Pass, Sierra County, California, July 7, 1964. Holotype male
deposited in the University of California, Davis, insect collection.

Differentia. Tachytrechus boharti n. sp. is readily separated
from all of the presently known Tachytrechus by the wholly
black, spear-shaped arista.

Systenus californicus n. sp.

Male. Length, 3.4 mm. Face about as broad as the first
segment of antennae; showing the bluish, submetallic ground
color when viewed from the front, grayish pollinose when
viewed obliquely. Front concolorous with face. Palpi dark
brown, with fine black setae and several prominent apical bris-
tles. Postocular cilia pale, the cilia above the corner of the
eyes black. First and second segments of antennae brown on
upper half, sordid yellow below; third segment black, finely
pubescent, broad on basal half, sharply narrowed on apical half,
the apex pointed, as long as the first segment of fore tarsi.
Arista apical about one-third the length of third segment.

Thorax dark, subopaque, with dull bronzy reflections, densely
grayish pollinose; scutellum with two pairs of strong marginal
bristles. Halteres and calypters yellow, the latter with yellow-
ish setae. Abdomen black with dark bronze reflections, densely
clothed with short, stiff, black hairs, apical margins of tergites
with a row of long black bristles. Hypopygium pedunculated,
slender, about one-half the length of abdomen; appendages of
peculiar and complicated structure, consisting of a pair of short,
truncate, outer lamellae, a pair of longer, curved, ventral lobes
each bearing three or four long, yellowish, clavate bristles at
tip, and a rounded central organ bearing two long, curved,
yellow bristles near the tip on lower edge.

Legs yellow. Fore and middle coxae clothed with pale hairs
and with pale bristles at the tip. Middle and hind coxae with
a strong pale bristle on outer side. Femora with black hairs on
upper surface and on lateral portions to the middle, bare on
lower half. Fore tibiae without bristles. Middle tibiae with

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 17

a pair of bristles at basal fourth and apical third. Hind tibiae
with a row of short, black bristles on posterior surface. Apical
segment of all tarsi dark. Hind basitarsi one-half the length of
second segment.

Wings grayish hyaline, immaculate ; distal half of fourth vein
strongly divergent from third vein, ending behind the apex of
wing ; anal margin broadly rounded.

Described from one male collected by H. B. Leach at Mill
Valley, Marin County, California, June 25, 1950. Holotype
male in the California Academy of Sciences insect collection.

Differentia. Systemus californicus n. sp. resembles S. api-
calis Wirth in coloration of body and legs and in structure of
the antennae. The latter species is distinguished by having the
apex of wing white with subapical black spot between the tips
of third and fourth veins.

Campsicnemus cinctipus n. sp.

Male. Length,2 mm. Face narrowed in the middle, coarsely
pollinose, appearing gray or grayish brown depending on the
angle of reflection. Front grayish pollinose, the violet ground
color more prominent on occipital area. Postocular cilia deli-
cate and pale, the uppermost cilia black. Antennae black; third
segment elongate, triangular, as long as the second segment of
fore tarsi, densely pubescent. Arista inserted near the base and
at the widest portion of third segment.

Metanotum and scutellum subopaque with yellowish brown
pollen, the scutellum with a pair of large marginal bristles and
three small evenly-spaced hairs on posterior edge. Pleurae
subopaque, grayish pollinose. Abdomen concolorous with meta-
notum, the bristles and hairs black. Hypopygium embedded ;
lamellae elongate-oval, the posterior surface clothed with deli-
cate pale cilia. Halteres brownish yellow; calypters yellow
with black setae.

Fore coxae concolorous with pleurae on basal half, shading
to yellowish brown on apical half, the anterior surface clothed
with white hairs and with black bristles at the tip. Middle and
hind coxae concolorous with pleurae. Femora, tibiae, and tarsi
ranging from brownish yellow to dark brown in the six speci-

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

mens at hand. Fore femora with about four delicate, pale, hair-
like bristles below near the base. Middle femora without ex-
ternal preapical bristle, suddenly tapering from the middle to
the tip, bearing a double row of long, sharp, black bristles on
its lower side. Hind femora with a single large external pre-
apical bristle at a right angle to point of attachment, without
noticeable bristles on lower edge. Middle tibiae with a row of
long blunt bristles of uniform length extending the full length
of tibia, and a longer, pointed bristle on the outer side near basal
third. Tarsi of plain structure and without unusual hairs or
bristles.

Wings grayish hyaline, the veins black, without any infusca-
tion on the cross-vein or the distal segment of fourth vein.

Female. Coloration of body and legs uniformly darker than
in the male. Face wider than in the male and lighter in color.
Third segment of antennae short, triangular, as broad as long.
Middle and hind femora each with prominent external pre-
apical bristle. Middle femora and tibiae without noticeable
bristles on lower edge, the latter with three large bristles on
outer side.

Described from four males and two females collected by Owen
Bryant at Aklavik, Northwest Territory, May 18 to July 8,
1931. Holotype male and allotype female (May 18), and two
paratype males in the California Academy of Sciences insect
collection; one paratype male and one paratype female in the
collection of the author.

Differentia. Campsicenmus cinctipus n. sp. is closely related
to C. degener Wheeler which it resembles in the structure and
spinulation of middle femora and middle tibiae. However, in
C. degener the third segment of antennae is as broad as long;
the distal segment of fourth vein has a distinctly infuscated con-
cavity, and the first and second segments of the hind tarsi bear
a row of delicate, hooked cilia on the lower edge.

Asyndetus nevadensis n. sp.

Male. Length, 2.8mm. Face brilliant silvery pollinose, rec-
tangular, slightly longer than wide, the width about equal to
the length of second segment of fore tarsi. Front about as wide

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 19

as the face, silvery pollinose, the green ground color evident.
Palpi black, lightly silvery pollinose when viewed obliquely,
bearing several black bristles on upper surface of which two
near the tip are much larger and extend outward from the apex
of palpi. Antennae black; third segment about twice as broad
as long, broadly rounded, pale pilose. Arista inserted at ex-
treme base of third segment. Lower postocular cilia and
whiskers white.

Thorax bluish green, submetallic, lightly dusted with silvery
pollen. Abdomen dark green, silvery pollinose, the hairs black,
with four strong black bristles at tip. Hypopygium embedded,
the lamelae small, black, the upper surface and margins densely
ciliated.

Coxae concolorous with thorax; anterior surface of fore and
middle pairs with black hairs and bristles; hind coxae with a
long black bristle at extreme base on outer side. Femora con-
colorous with thorax. Fore femora with a row of long slender
bristles on lower edge of outer surface; the row of bristles is
interrupted near the basal third, those nearest the base are
considerably longer than the diameter of femora at point of
attachment ; lower inner edge of femora with a row of shorter
bristles. Middle femora with two short, stout, black bristles
on lower edge, one inserted at the base, the other at basal third,
and a long, slender bristle on lower edge near the tip of femora.
Hind femora without prominent bristles except the preapical
bristle. Fore tibiae yellow, with short hair and without promi-
nent bristles. Middle tibiae yellow, with two long, stout, black
bristles inserted on outer surface, one at basal fourth, the other
at apical third. Hind tibiae black with strong black bristles
distributed sparsely over the posterior surface. Fore and middle
tarsi black, of plain structure and without unusual spinulation ;
pulvilli of fore tarsi noticeably elongated. Hind tarsi with all
segments densely clothed with long hairlike bristles on upper
surface ; fourth and fifth segments shortened, about as broad as
long; tip of fifth segment bearing a dense fringe of short, stiff,
hooked bristles on upper edge which imparts a rounded, fan-like
tip to the tarsi, the pulvilli noticeably elongated.

Wings grayish hyaline, of typical Asyndetus venation.

20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

Described from one male collected by T. R. Haig, 15 miles
southwest of Winnemucca, Nevada, September 9, 1959. Holo-
type male in the University of California, Davis, insect col-
lection.

Differentia. Asyndetus nevadensis n. sp. resembles A. orego-
nensis Harmston but differs in lacking a row of long bristles
on outer side of middle tibia; in lacking long bristles on upper
surface of middle basitarsus; and in having the fourth and fifth
segments of hind tarsi shortened and of equal length. In A.
oregonensis the fifth segment of hind tarsi is flattened and
nearly three times as long as the fourth.

Asyndetus crassipodus n. sp.

Male. Length, 3 mm. Face and front slivery polinose, their
sides parallel, the width of each equals the length of hind basi-
tarsus. Palpi elongated, narrow, somewhat spoon-shaped, black,
the outer edges silvery polinose, with three prominent black
bristles near tip. Antennae black; third segment slightly
broader than long, the tip broadly rounded. Postocular cilia
and whiskers white.

Thorax and abdomen dark metallic green, silvery pollinose, the
hairs and bristles black. Hypopygium embedded.

Coxae, femora, and middle and hind tibiae metallic green.
Fore coxae with black hairs on anterior surface. Fore femora
with prominent black bristles on lower outer surface. Middle
femora with two short, stout, black bristles near base on lower
edge. Middle tibiae extremely hairy and bristly on whole of
outer surface and with a row of about four short, stout bristles
on apical third of inner edge. Hind tibiae laterally compressed,
about twice the width of hind femora, with a row of about six
evenly-spaced, long, black bristles on the posterior edge of apical
third. Fore tarsi dark yellow at the base shading to black tip;
the basitarsus considerably thicker than the other segments and
about equal in length to the following four segments which are
noticeably laterally compressed ; distal half of basitarsus with an
irregular row of about seven short, flattened bristles which begin
on the lower side and curve outward to end on the outer side
of the segment. Middle tarsi of plain structure. Hind tarsi of

79) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 21

peculiar structure; first four segments reduced in length, the
third and fourth as broad as long and bristly on upper surface ;
fifth segment flattened, attached to the fourth at an angle, the
basal portion extending slightly over the tip of fourth segment
and bearing a clump of long bristles which curve downward
beyond the tip of the segment to meet a cluster of long, delicate,
crinkly hairs extending from the tip of the segment. Halteres
yellow ; calypters yellow with long white setae.

Wings grayish hyaline, immaculate; apical segment of fourth
vein interrupted, the distal portion represented by a fold in the
wing; cross-vein far before the tip of first vein; anal angle
prominent, evenly rounded.

Described from one male collected by E. P. Van Duzee at
Red Rock Canyon, Kern County, California, May 18, 1937.
Holotype male in the California Academy of Sciences insect
collection.

Differentia. The peculiar structure of the hind tarsi together
with the laterally compressed hind tibiae readily distinguish this
species from all other of the presently known species of
Asyndetus.

Sympycnidelphus texanus n. sp.

Male. Length, 3.2 mm. Face narrow in the middle portion,
broader at tip and immediately below antennae; pale grayish
pollinose. Front densely grayish pollinose. Palpi brownish in
certain lights, grayish pollinose when viewed obliquely. An-
tennae yellow; third segment brown on apical half, triangular,
about as long as its basal width, tip slightly rounded, pale pilose.
Arista basal, black. Postocular cilia black above, the lower
cilia pale.

Metanotum densely grayish pollinose, submetallic, appearing
green in some lights, bluish-violet in others; pleurae densely
grayish pollinose. Abdomen dark green with bronze reflections,
grayish pollinose, the hairs black, those on apical margins of
tergites larger and bristle-like. Scutellum bare, with one pair
of large marginal bristles. Hypopygium brownish, forming a
rounded tip to the abdomen, lamellae small, elongate, the poste-
rior surface pale pilose and with a few delicate pale cilia on

22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

the edges. Halteres yellow; calypters white with narrow brown
margin and black cilia.

Fore coxae yellow, the anterior surface with brownish hairs,
the tip with black bristles. Basal half of middle coxae concolor-
ous with pleurae, the apical half and posterior portion yellow,
grayish pollinose, with a scattering of brownish hairs and a
strong black bristle on anterior surface. Hind coxae yellow,
lightly grayish pollinose, with a strong black bristle on outer
side. Femora yellow. Hind femora with five strong black bris-
tles on lower edge which are about as long as the width of
femora; two bristles are inserted close together near base of
femur, the first bristle is small and directed obliquely toward
the tip of second bristle; the following three bristles are evenly-
spaced and inserted at about the middle of femur. Tibiae
yellow. Middle tibiae with three strong black antero-dorsal
bristles, one at basal sixth, one at basal fourth, and one slightly
beyond the middle. Hind tibia flattened above at tip. Fore
tarsi yellow, the apical three segments infuscated. First seg-
ment with three long bristle-like hairs on inner side at tip;
second segment shortened, somewhat swollen, the inner surface
densely clothed with short, pale, hooked cilia; last three seg-
ments of plain structure. Middle tarsi brownish, of plain struc-
ture. Hind basitarsi slightly bowed when viewed from the side ;
third and fourth segments with a row of close-set, brownish,
hairlike bristles on lower edge which are slightly longer than
the diameter of the segments. Length of segments of fore
tarsi as 10-2-3-2-2; of middle tarsi as 18-8—-7—-4—3; of hind
tarsi as 8-10-8~7-3.

Wings hyaline, of rather equal width; distal segment of fourth
vein with a bend at basal two-fifths, converging toward third
vein, then about parallel with third vein on last portion, ending
slightly before the apex of wing; cross-vein about one-half the
length of distal segment of fifth vein.

Described from one male collected by the author at Corpus
Christi, Texas, August 30, 1966. Holotype male deposited in
the U. S. National Museum.

Differentia. This species is closely related to S. sharpi Robin-
son, described from Tennessee. It appears distinct by differing

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 23

in the comparative lengths of the segments of hind tarsi and
in possessing a row of long hair-like bristles on the lower edge
of the third and fourth segments. The comparative lengths of
the segments of hind tarsi in S. sharpi are described as 5—10-
6-3-2 and no mention is made of a row of bristles on the lower
edge of the third and fourth segments.

Sympycnidelphus californicus n. sp.

Male. Length, 3.6mm. This species is similar to S. texanus
n. sp., described above, in general appearance. It differs as
follows: Third segment of antennae about twice as long as basal
width; metepimeron and basal two segments of abdomen yel-
low ; comparative lengths of segments of fore tarsi as 17-4-10-
6-5; of middle tarsi as 33-15—10-7-4; of hind tarsi as 14-22-
11-6-5 ; second segment of hind tarsi with a row of delicate pale
setae on lower edge which are longer than the diameter of
segment ; bend in distal segment of fourth vein at basal fourth;
cross-vein about one-third as long as distal segment of fifth vein.

Described from two males collected by L. A. Stange at Fiddle-
town, Amador County, California, July 18, 1961. Holotype
male in the University of California, Davis, insect collection.
Paratype male in California Academy of Sciences insect col-
lection.

Chrysotus bajaensis n. sp.

Male. Length, 1.3 mm. Face forming an elongate triangle
immediately below the antennae, grayish pollinose, the green
ground color apparent, eyes narrowly separated or touching on
lower portion. Front black with bronze reflections, lightly gray-
ish pollinose. Antennae black; third segment about as broad
as long, somewhat triangular with rounded tip. Arista apical.
Lower postocular cilia white and delicate, the upper black cilia
descend to about the middle of the eye. Palpi brilliant silvery
pollinose, slightly longer than wide, tips broadly rounded, bear-
ing a prominent, but short, white bristle slightly beyond the
middle.

Body and legs black, the mesonotum and abdominal tergites
with dark bronze reflections when viewed obliquely. Bristles

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1968

of thorax and abdomen black. Stem of halteres brown, the
knob yellow. Calypters pale with delicate pale cilia.

Fore and middle coxae with pale hairs and bristles on ante-
rior surface; the hind coxae with a large white bristle on outer
side near the base and a smaller white bristle slightly beyond
the middle. Tibiae dark brown, the hind pair with only short
hairs and bristles. Tarsi black, the pulvilli of fore pair slightly
elongated.

Wings grayish hyaline; cross-vein at about the basal third of
wing and about one-third the length of distal segment of fifth
vein; fourth vein nearly parallel with third vein and ending
slightly in front of apex of the wing.

Described from one male collected by P. H. Arnaud, Jr., at
Rancho Viejo, Sierra San Pedro Martir, Bahia California,
Mexico, elevation—7,000 ft., June 14, 1953. Holotype male
deposited in the California Academy of Sciences insect collection.

Differentia. Chrysotus bajaensis n. sp. resembles C. teapanus
Aldrich in general coloration of body and legs but it differs from
the latter species by possessing large silvery pollinose palpi.

Sympycnus arizonicus n. sp.

Male. Length, 2 mm. Face narrow, its width about equal
to the diameter of the middle tibia, silvery pollinose. Front
silvery pollinose above the antennae and bordering the eyes,
the middle portion surrounding the ocellar tubercle metallic,
dark violet. Antennae black; first segment elongated, narrow;
third segment about as long as the first, tapering slightly toward
the apex, the tip broadly rounded, densely short pilose. Arista
inserted at extreme base of third segment, as long as the com-
bined length of the first and second segments of middle tarsi;
gradually but considerably widened on the apical portion.
Lower postocular cilia pale.

Mesonotum and scutellum submetallic with greenish bronze
reflections, densely covered with coarse gray pollen; pleurae
densely pollinose, of a paler color than the mesonotum. Ab-
domen dark, with bronze reflections, the venter, second seg-
ment, and hypopygial capsule yellowish brown.

79 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 2S

Coxae, femora, and tibiae yellow. Fore and middle coxae
with pale hairs and bristles on anterior surfaces. Middle femora
with a row of short pale hairs on basal half and about 4 long,
delicate, bristly hairs on lower edge near the middle; the four
long hairs are evenly spaced and are about as long as the
diameter of the tibia at point of attachment. Hind femora with
a row of four long, slender, bristly hairs on apical half; the
hairs are about twice as long as the diameter of femur and have
their tips bowed backward. Middle tibiae with two prominent
black bristles on anterior edge, one inserted at the basal fourth,
the other at the middle. Hind tibiae with a row of evenly
spaced, short, bristly hairs on basal three-fourths of inner
edge; these hairs are about as long as the diameter of tibia.
Fore tarsi of plain structure except for the shortened first
segment and the presence of a short stiff pale bristle at tip of
second segment on inner side. Middle tarsi with several long,
delicate, pale, curved hairs on outer side at the tip of first
segment, at the base of second segment which is slightly en-
larged, and on the fourth and fifth segments. Hind tarsi with-
out unusual hairs or bristles and of plain structure. Compara-
tive lengths of the segments of fore tarsi as 2-12-4444; of
middle tarsi as 20-4444; of hind tarsi as 10-12-8-6~4.
Halteres and calypters yellow, the latter with pale cilia.

Wings gray, hyaline; veins brownish; distal portions of third
and fourth veins about parallel, the latter ending slightly in
front of the tip of wing; cross-vein somewhat oblique, about
one-third the length of distal portion of fifth vein, their com-
parative lengths as 8 to 25; hind margin of wing evenly rounded,
the anal angle prominent.

Described from one male collected by Owen Bryant at Santa
Catalina Mountains, Arizona, June 10, 1938. Holotype male
in the California Academy of Sciences insect collection.

Differentia. Sympycnus arizonicus n. sp. resembles S. dis-
tortus Van Duzee in general appearance and coloration. It
differs in the comparative lengths of the segments of fore and
middle tarsi and in having the arista much longer and less flat-
tened on apical portion.

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1968

Neurigona fuscalaris n. sp.

Male. Length, 4.4 mm. Face narrow, the eyes barely sepa-
rated on middle portion, silvery pollinose. Front densely gray-
ish pollinose, completely obscuring the ground color. Palpi
yellow, the margins with prominent pale cilia. Antennae yel-
low; third segment brown on apical half. Postocular setae
white except for the two uppermost setae on each side which
appear brownish black or black depending on the angle of
reflection.

Metanotum, scutellum, and pleurae densely grayish pollinose ;
metepimeron dull yellowish; pleurae and scutellum showing dull
violet reflections; metanotum with bluish reflections and four
brown vittae, the lateral ones less distinct. Abdomen black;
first segment densely grayish pollinose with about five long
black bristles on lateral portions; segments two to four with
wide apical yellow bands; fifth segment yellow; venter with
long pale setae, especially prominent on the apical half of the
third segment and on fourth and fifth segments. Hypopygium
shining black with black appendages, the upper apical portion
extremely prominent and rounded.

Fore coxae with a few small yellow hairs on anterior surface
and three strong yellow bristles at tip. Middle coxae with a
few small yellow hairs near the tip and two small dark brown
(or black) bristles on the outer apical portion. Hind coxae
with a long black bristle on outer side. Fore tibiae with a row
of short hooked bristles on inner side which are continued on
the metatarsis where the bristles are larger. Inner edge of the
first three segments of fore tarsi densely ciliated with delicate
pale hairs which are nearly as long as the diameter of the seg-
ments and are inserted at right angles. Fourth and fifth seg-
ments of fore tarsi black, flattened, and fringed with short flat-
tened bristles, forming a somewhat elongate-oval tip to the
tarsi. Comparative lengths of the fore tibiae and fore tarsi as
21 to 22. Comparative lengths of the segments of fore tarsi
as 14-3-2-2-1.

Middle femora with two long yellow bristles on lower edge
near the base; these bristles are about twice as long as the
diameter of femur. Hind femur with one small, slender, yellow
bristle on lower edge at basal fifth which is only about one-third

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Pa

as long as the diameter of femur. MHalteres and calypters yel-
low, the latter with whitish cilia.

Wings grayish hyaline on slightly more than the basal half,
the apical portion strongly infuscated as far as the fourth vein;
fourth vein strongly bowed forward at the middle and ending
in the apex of wing not far from the tip of third vein; hind
margin of wing strongly tapering toward the base, the anal
angle obsolete.

Female. Similar to the male in general coloration. Face
wider, its width equaling the diameter of fore tibia. Fore and
middle coxae with abundant black hairs on anterior surfaces
and black bristles at tip. Fore tarsi plain. Middle and hind
femora without yellow bristles below at base. Wing with anal
angle evenly rounded, prominent.

Described from five males and five females collected by Owen
Bryant at Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona, June 15, 1938.
Holotype male, allotype female, two paratype males and two
paratype females in the California Academy of Sciences insect
collection ; two paratype males and two paratype females in the
collection of the author.

Differentia. The strongly infuscated wing, together with the
two long yellow bristles on lower basal portion of middle femora,
readily separates N. fuscalaris from the related species of the
genus which have the fourth and fifth segments of fore tarsi
black, flattened, and fringed on each side with short, flat, black
bristles.

Books

A SURVEY OF THE PARASITES OF WILD
MAMMALS AND BIRDS IN ISRAEL

By O. Theodor and M. Costa. The Israel Academy of Sciences
and Humanities, Jerusalem, 1967. Pp. 117, 3 maps. Price,
$4.00. Daniel Davey & Co., Inc. Publishers, N.Y., N.Y.
The purpose of this survey was to study the systematic
zoogeographic and epidemiological aspects of the parasite fauna
of Israel. This portion of the survey consists primarily of a

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1968

list of host mammals and birds and their ectoparasites. Sixty-
six species of mammals and 192 species of birds were examined.
Thirty-seven species of Siphonaptera are listed of which 18
species are new to Israel. Twenty-six species of Anoplura and
nine species of Mallophaga are listed from mammals, including
man. Two hundred and fifteen species of Mallophaga are listed
from bird hosts. Forty-one species of ticks and ninety species
of parasitic and nest-inhabiting mites are recorded. The brief
discussion of the epidemiological aspects and the zoogeography
of Israel provide a bare insight to this interesting area.
—Eugene J. Gerberg

ANTARCTICA MAP FOLIO,SERIES, FOLIO 5:
TERRESTRIAL LIFE OF ANTARCTICA

By S. W. Greene, J. L. Gressilt, D. Koob, G. A. Llano, E. D.
Rudolph, R. Singer, W. C. Steeve, F. C. Ugolini. American
Geographical Society, 1967. 24 pp. 10 Plates (22” x 17”),
1 col. plate. $7.50.

This is the fifth in a series of Portfolios covering the geogra-
phy, geology, climatology and biology of the continent of
Antarctica. The distributions of lichens, algae, bryophytes,
vascular plants and land arthropods are shown. Such a survey
is particularly meaningful in this, the first year of the five-
year International Programme. Antarctica represents a simple
terrestrial ecosystem and there are extensive plans to study
the productivity and trophic levels of this system. The intro-
duction is clear and concise and the distribution maps are
excellently produced. They show the surprisingly extensive
varieties of life in this sub-zero habitat. The arthropod life
is mainly confined to Collembola and Acarina but includes a
few representatives of the Diptera and Siphonaptera. The
work is to be recommended to all interested in fringe eco-
systems and provides a broad base for future studies——C. A.
Edwards

Notice. The December, 1967, issue of ENTOMOLOGICAL
NEws was mailed at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., on
December 5, 1967.

Entomologist’s Market Place

ADVERTISEMENTS AND EXCHANGES

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor.

Notices of wants and exchanges not exceeding three lines are free
to subscribers.

All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are
added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at
the top are discontinued.

Entomological Literature. New and out-of-print books on the bio-
logical sciences supplied from stock or obtained promptly to order. En-
tomology our specialty. Your desiderata are welcomed. List of ento-
mology books available. Julian J. Nadolny, 35 Varmor Drive, New
Britain, Conn.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
Eanes Pelham: N. Y., U.S; “~

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES
by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

40 pages Abundantly illustrated Paperback
The beetles of the world may be keyed to family with the aid of

this book. The introduction to the anatomy of beetles found in
this concise text makes it completely self-contained.

$1.00 ea. postpaid. Supply limited; the entire stock now owned by:
INSTITUTE for the STUDY of NATURAL SPECIES

550 Elston Road
Lafayette, Indiana 47905

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

No.

ners

wel,

22.

Zo.

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
11 plates, 80 mapsve sean een ae eee $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ...$4.00

Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
190 pages; 1/0:figures; J ‘color plate ..i-<. 5.2 $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ............ $9.00
Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ...... $2.50
Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-

ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ....
$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

QL
ay
E33

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

FEBRUARY 1963

Vol. 79 No. 2
CONTENTS
Cuyler—Range extensions of Odonata)... 027.942.2225 29
Dennis-—A. new ‘reehopper recordss 5: - = ee oes 34
Alexander—-New. exotic CranesElies) 2... 5-25 oss ee 35)
Lake—Descriptions of First-instar larvae of some Aedes .... 44
Buck—Frank A. McDermott (1885-1966) ............... 49
ihe: Entomiologist’s ‘ibrany. ei... sree so mat res 54
The Entomologist’s Market Place ........... inside back cover

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.
AND

1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: personal, $6.00; institutional, $9.00.
Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

=i imous WAR

JAN 2 © 2004

LIBRARIES

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by Puutie
P. Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMIEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A.

R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLen, M. E. PuHItt1rs,
and S. S. Ropack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

Prices per yearly volume of 10 numbers.
Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $6.00 postpaid.

Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and
foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available from the editor.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed
to R. H. Arnett, Jr., 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, Indiana 47905.

The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will
be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may
be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the
cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an
article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 4X6 inches. All blocks
will be sent to authors after printing.

TABLES: The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1-4 pp. 5-8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 11.15 17.62 8.75
Add’l 100 2.35 Shall 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52.
Transportation charges will be extra.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

VoL. 79 FEBRUARY, 1968 No. 2

Range Extensions of Odonata in
Southeastern States

R. Duncan Cuy er, Rt. 7, Box 15, Durham, North
Carolina 27707

In a collecting survey of the Odonata of North Carolina, a
number of species were taken that had not been recorded from
the state. Those with significant range extensions will be
discussed herein together with records from other southeastern
states.

Thirteen species were found to range farther north or west
than previously known, whereas five were found to range farther
south or east. Two northward range extensions involved North
and South Carolina; a third involved North Carolina and Vir-
ginia. One species with southward extension involved North
Carolina and Tennessee.

Cordulegaster obliquus Say and Cordulegaster fasciatus
Rambur. One Cordulegaster female, initially identified as fas-
ciatus, was collected at Durham, North Carolina, on V.28.50,
with measurements that are at the lower limits listed for fascia-
tus in the literature. However, the triangles of all four wings
have two cells, suggesting that the specimen might be inter-
mediate between fasciatus and obliquus. A male obliquus was
collected at the same locality on V.6.57, and on V.22.57, another
female fasciatus was taken. The measurements of this latter
specimen are the same as those of the first female, but the hind
wings have the characteristic three-celled triangles of fasciatus.

The collection of both nominal species within a period of 16
days, at a locality where but one other specimen had been col-
lected during many years of observation, suggests that the two

(29)

30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

forms represent a single species. The fact that one specimen
possessed characters of both nominal species greatly strengthens
this apparent identity. The wide gap between recorded ranges
and the considerable difference in sizes would support the belief
that they are separate species. The collection and study of
additional specimens from North Carolina, or adjacent states,
would be necessary before one could state definitely that they
are conspecific. If they are to be so considered, Cordulegaster
fasciatus will become a subspecies of C. obliquus, since the
latter name has priority.

The name “Cordulegaster fasciatus’ appeared on several
early lists of North Carolina Odonata compiled by C. S. Brim-
ley; 1908, 1918, and 1938. Needham and Westfall (1955)
apparently based their citation of North Carolina in the distribu-
tional data for C. fasciatus on those records. The specimens
involved, however, proved upon examination by the writer to
be Cordulegaster erroneus Hagen. The collection of the two
females at Durham, however, makes it possible to retain fascia-
tus on North Carolina lists.

Aphylla williamsoni Gloyd. This species was previously
recorded from Wilmington, in extreme southeastern North
Carolina (Barber, 1910 and Pollard, 1911). The writer col-
lected it at localities in North Carolina that are considerably
farther north: 7 ¢¢, 4 99, VII.22.63, VIII.11.64 and VII.31.65,
at Chowan River opposite Winton, 175 miles north of Wilming-
ton; Sido, LY, VIL3Si6s, at Washineton, Ni C.

Dromogomphus armatus Selys. This was collected at the
following locations in the Sandhills and Coastal Plain of south-
eastern North Carolina: 19 (now lost), VII.29.48, at Lake-
view; 206, ViIII22.65,and 14. 1X.25.66, at ‘Chock Fork
Creek, 6 miles north of Rockingham; 1 9, [X.18.60, 1 9, X.16.60,
and 2 fg, 19, IX. 17.61, at Lumber River, Lumberton; 2 '¢,
19, IX.11.65, at Lumber River, Fair Bluff; 1 ¢, IX.12.65, op-
posite Garland at South River.

Gomphurus dilatatus (Rambur). One teneral female of
this southeastern species was collected on V.19.62 at Haw
River in Chatham County, North Carolina. The nearest re-

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Sill

corded locality was Clemson, South Carolina (Montgomery,
1940).

Gomphus australis Needham. All published records of this
species are for Florida. Several specimens were collected at
Greenfield Lake in Wilmington, North Carolina. These com-
prised 2 99, IV.15.51, 14, IV.24.57, and 19, IV.24.60.

Hylogomphus brevis (Hagen). One male was collected at
Hampton, Tennessee, VI.17.56. Others were taken at Cane
Creek in Yancey County, North Carolina; 2, VI1.26.57,
7 3d, V1I.14.58, and 1 J, V.29.60. These recent records repre-
sent a considerable southward extension of the known range,
and suggest that it should occur elsewhere in the higher eleva-
tions of the Appalachian Mountains north of North Carolina.

Stylurus ivae Williamson. Approximately 60 specimens
were collected in the southern Coastal Plain of North Carolina.
The northernmost locality was Vass, where 27 specimens were
collected in late September and early October, 1965. The other
localities were Fayetteville, Lumberton, Fair Bluff, Garland,
and the Holly Shelter Game Preserve.

Triacanthagyna trifida (Rambur). Needham and Westfall
(1955) recorded this tropical aeschnid from Georgia and Flor-
ida. They overlooked, however, a published record for North
Carolina. Brimley (1906 and 1938) listed a naiad which was
said to have been provisionally identified by Needham, and
which was collected at Lake Ellis in Craven County on VI.23.05
by Brimley and Sherman.

On X.21.62, an-adult female was collected in a wooded area
in the Holly Shelter Game Preserve, N. C., near the Northeast
Cape Fear River. Although the locality is slightly farther
south than the site where Brimley and Sherman collected the
naiad, the record of an adult specimen has greater significance
than a record of a provisionally identified naiad.

Neurocordulia alabamensis Hodges. Needham and West-
fall (1955) recorded this species from South Carolina, Georgia,
Alabama, and Florida. Bick (1957) recorded it from Louisiana.
A female was collected by A. H. Manee at Southern Pines,
North Carolina, on VI.5.09. The specimen was determined by

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

Brimley (1918 and 1938) as Neurocordulia obsoleta Say. It
is now in the collection at North Carolina State University at
Raleigh where the writer identified it as alabamensis. N. ala-
bamensis had been described only recently in an unpublished
manuscript by R. S. Hodges (see Needham and Westfall,
1955) and was redescribed by Needham and Westfall (Joc. cit.).

A total of 98 specimens was collected from 1959 through 1966
(late May to late July) at Mill Creek and at Crystal Lake
near Vass, North Carolina. One female was collected on
VII.13.65, at the edge of the Piedmont in western Moore
County. Other North Carolina localities were Shoeheel Creek
near Laurinburg, Rockfish Creek at Raeford and Rockfish
Creek at Fayetteville.

Epicordulia regina Hagen. There are two published records
from North Carolina. One was a naiad recorded by Brimley
(1942) that was collected in Raleigh in November, 1938, by
R. W. Leiby and determined as this species by Needham. The
second was an adult female taken by the writer at Durham, on
VIII.31.47. The identity of this specimen was verified by
Needham (Wray, 1950). The species is widespread in eastern
North Carolina and ranges as far west as Guilford County in
the central Piedmont. One female was collected in southeast-
ern Virginia at Emporia on VII.26.61.

Intergrades between E. regina and E. princeps Hagen were
collected in central North Carolina. This suggests that both
forms represent the same species.

Somatochlora georgiana Walker. Six specimens were col-
lected at several localities in central North Carolina: 1 9,
VII.12.60, in Duke Forest, Orange County; 1, VII.5.58,
19, VII.11.60, and 19, VI.29.64, at Durham; 1 4, VI1.27.64,
and 19, VI.30.65, at Vass. It was sighted numerous times
but high flight prevented the collection of additional specimens.

Dythemis velox Hagen. For many years this was known in
the United States only in the Southwest. It was, however,
recently collected in Mississippi (Westfall, 1952), Alabama
(Needham & Westfall, 1955) and Georgia (Kormondy, 1960).
Recent records of this species for North and South Carolina

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 33

are: 10 04, 4 99, VI.23-VIII.7.61-65, at Monroe, N. C.; 2 0'¢,
VIII.7.65 at Charlotte, N. C.; 1, [X.8.64, at Pageland, S. C.
All of the above localities are near one another. The site near
Monroe, N. C., was adjacent to Richardson Creek. One of the
specimens was seen at the edge of the water, whereas the others
were collected in a large field and among fallen timber in a
wooded area. The site near Charlotte was a large artificial
fishpond; The Pageland site, a woodland swamp.

Sympetrum rubicundulum (Say). This species was col-
lected by M. J. Westfall at Hendersonville in the mountains of
western North Carolina (Wray, 1950). The specimens are in
Dr. Westfall’s personal collection and in the North Carolina
State Insect Collection at Raleigh. The writer took one male
at Durham, North Carolina, on XI.13.58, to extend the known
range eastward into the Piedmont Region of the state. An
examination of the collection at North Carolina State Uni-
versity disclosed a female that was taken on XI.7.56, at Raleigh,
N.C. This is still farther east and is on the edge of the Coastal
Plain. Four specimens were collected by the writer in 1965
in Wilkes County in the Appalachian foothills. Eleven speci-
mens collected by H. V. Weems in August, 1957, in Haywood
County, N. C., are in the Florida State Collection of Arthro-
pods in Gainesville.

Tramea cophysa Hagen. Four specimens of this tropical
odonate were collected in September, 1950, in the vicinity of
Charleston, South Carolina. One was sighted at Wilmington,
North Carolina, but was not taken.

Lestes eurinus Say. One male was collected on VII.9.61
at an artificial pond near Durham, North Carolina. Previous
records of this species for the Atlantic Seaboard extend only
as far south as New Jersey.

Enallagma concisum Williamson. A total of 55 specimens
of this southern species was collected in Bladen, Brunswick,
Craven, and Sampson counties in the North Carolina Coastal
Plain. One male in the North Carolina State Insect Collection
collected in Cumberland County, N. C., by C. S. Brimley on
VI.4.21, was determined by him as Enallagma pictum Morse
(Brimley, 1925 and 1938).

34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

Enallagma minusculum Morse. From May to July this
species is abundant at White Lake, in southeastern North Caro-
lina. Its previously recorded range extends only as far south
as New York. Therefore, it should be sought in the interven-
ing states, because it is certain to be found there.

LITERATURE CITED

Barser, H.G. 1910. Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 18: 130.

Bick, G. H. 1957. Tulane Studies in Zool. 5: 71-135.

Brimtey, C.S. 1906. Ent. News 17: 81-85.

——. 1908. Ent. News 19: 134-135.

——., 1918. Ent. News 29: 227-229.

——. 1925. Ent. News 36: 85.

—. 1938. The Insects of North Carolina. N. C. Dept. Agric. 560
pp. (Odonata pp. 36-42).

——. 1942. Supplement to Insects of North Carolina. N. C. Dept.
Agric. 39 pp. (Odonata p. 6).

Kormonpy, FE. J. 1960. Ent. News 71: 121-130.

Montcomery, B. E. 1940. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 56: 283-301.

NEEDHAM, J. G., and M. J. WestTFALL, Jr. 1955. A Manual of the
Dragonflies of North America (Anisoptera). Berkeley: Univ. Calif.
Press, pp. xii + 615.

Potiarp, C. L. 1911. Ent. News 22: 79-81.

WESTFALL, M. J., Jr. 1952. Ent. News 63: 200-203.

Wray, D. L. 1950. Insects of North Carolina, Second Supplement.
N. C. Dept. Agric., 59 pp. (Odonata pp. 9-10).

A New Treehopper Record for Wisconsin
(Homoptera, Membracidae)

CiirForD J. DENNIS, Wisconsin State University—Whitewater

Spissisitilus festinus (Say) has an extensive range over the
southern United States from New Jersey to Iowa, thence to
South Dakota, Montana, Colorado and Texas. It also has been
reported from the West Indies and south to Costa Rica.

On June 30, 1966, Dr. John Williams of the Mansfield
Campus of Ohio State University collected a male of this
species at Pigeon Lake, Bayfield County, in northwestern Wis-
consin. This represents a new species record for the state
and a range extension.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 35

New Exotic Crane-Flies (Tipulidae: Diptera).
Part XV

CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, Amherst, Massachusetts *

The preceding part under this general title was published in
ENTOMOLOGICAL News, Vol. 78 (7): 189-195. At this time
I am discussing further species of Hexatomine crane-flies that
were taken in Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam,
India, by Dr. Fernand Schmid, to whom I again express my
thanks for the opportunity of studying this particularly interest-
ing series of specimens.

Epiphragma (Epiphragma) retrorsa, new species

General coloration of thorax brownish black, variegated by
paler areas, rostrum light yellow; antennae black, the fusion-
segment light yellow; femora obscure yellow basally, outer half
dark brown, dorsal surface of apex yellowed, tibiae and tarsi
light yellow ; wings whitened, with a solidly darkened irregular
pattern that forms conspicuous open ocelli on anterior half,
with four major darkened areas, the largest beyond the cord,
extending from end of cell Cu outwardly to wing tip in cell R,,
m-cu far distad; abdomen brownish black, tergites restrictedly
patterned with silvery on sides of outer third; male hypopygium
with tergal lobes conspicuous, light yellow, interbase with outer
end narrowed into a slender spinelike retrorse blade.

¢. Length about 10 mm; wing 10.5 mm.

Rostrum light yellow, palpi black. Antennae black except
for the light yellow flagellar segment that is weakly darkened
at tip; flagellar segments long-cylindrical, with still longer ver-
ticils ; antennae broken beyond the tenth segment and the num-
ber of segments in the basal fusion in doubt but evidently not
exceeding two. Head above broadly dark brown, with broad
obscure yellow orbits; anterior vertex still darker on central
part and as a transverse bar between the eyes to form a T-
shaped figure; front gray pruinose.

1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of
Massachusetts.

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Feb., 1968

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum chiefly dark
brown on anterior half, including broad humeral areas and a
slightly paler central stripe, posterior half gray with four brown
marks in a transverse row before suture; scutum light brown,
anterior fourth pruinose, lobes darker, being posterior exten-
sions of the lateral praescutal areas; posterior sclerites of
notum brownish black, postnotum sparsely yellow pollinose.
Pleura brownish black, with sparse gray pruinose areas, dorso-
pleural membrane light brown. Halteres brown, base of stem
restrictedly paler. Legs with coxae dark brown, patterned with
gray, including apices of fore coxae and broad central areas of
remaining pairs; trochanters dark brown; femora obscure yellow
on about the proximal half, thence broadly dark brown, the apex
of all obscure yellow on dorsal surface; tibiae and tarsi clear
light yellow. Wings whitened, with a solidly darkened irregular
pattern that forms conspicuous open ocelli on anterior half;
major darkened areas in bases of cells R and MM, including the
prearcular field, before the small yellow stigma, and an area
beyond midlength of cells Cu and 1st A, attaining the margin
at end of vein 2nd A; a still larger oblique band extending from
wing tip in cell R; basad and thence caudad across outer end
of cell Zst M, and m-cu into the apices of cells Cu and 1st A;
veins of costal and subcostal interspaces light yellow, remaining
veins light brown, darker in the patterned parts. Venation:
m-cu far distad, about its own length before fork of M,,.,.

Abdominal tergites brownish black, with silvery areas on
extreme posterior borders and more broadly on margins of
outer third of the intermediate segments; sternites uniformly
blackened. Male hypopygium with tergal lobes conspicuous,
nearly glabrous, suboval in outline, separated by a narrow V-
shaped emargination. Outer dististyle with the curved apical
spine very slender. Interbase with proximal half stout, the
slender apex directed caudad at a right angle, beyond midlength
strongly narrowed and retrorse, appearing as a slender spine-
like blade.

Habitat. Assam. Holotype: <¢, Lifakpo, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 3,100 feet, May 29, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid).

Vol. 79} ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Sif

Epiphragma (Epiphragma) retrorsa is quite distinct from
other regional members of the genus, especially in the distinc-
tive structure of the hypopygial interbases. The amount of
black color on the femora likewise separates the species from
E. (E.) klossi Brunetti, of the Malay States, which has the
femora entirely black, and E. (E.) caligata Alexander, of north-
ern Thailand, with more than the outer fourth of the segment
blackened. Both of these species have the brown areas of the
wing narrowly bordered by still darker brown, quite different
from the condition in the present fly.

Epiphragma (Epiphragma) schmiederi, new species

Size small (wing of male 8.2 mm) ; antennae with 15 seg-
ments, there being two in the flagellar fusion; mesonotal prae-
scutum brown, with three confluent obscure yellow stripes,
pleura with a conspicuous brown dorsal stripe; femora yel-
lowed, tips broadly dark brown; wings dark brown with five
pale yellow costal areas and with small isolated whitened spots
in all cells; male hypopygium with the tergal lobes scarcely
developed, separated by a broad shallow emargination.

g. Length about 8 mm; wing 8.2 mm; antenna about 2.2 mm.

Rostrum yellow, palpi brown. Antennae 15-segmented, rela-
tively short, dark brown, the fusion segment more yellowed;
proximal two segments of flagellum incompletely fused, the
suture more or less distinct ; flagellar segments with very abun-
dant microscopic setulae and sparse scattered verticils that are
about one-third as long as the segments. Head yellowed, center
of vertex infuscated.

Pronotum yellow, posterior part of scutum transversely
banded with brown. Mesonotal praescutum brown with three
confluent obscure yellow stripes that are more infuscated before
the suture, posterior sclerites of notum brown, parascutella
paler, mediotergite with a basal more yellowed triangular area.
Pleura yellow, with a broad brown dorsal stripe extending from
cervical region to the pleurotergite, ventral sternopleurite paler
brown; dorsopleural membrane more orange. Halteres elon-
gate, stem brownish yellow, base clearer yellow, knob dark
brown; stem near base with a few long erect setae. Legs with

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

coxae and trochanters yellowed; femora yellow, tips broadly
dark brown, preceded by a vague much narrower clearer yellow
ring ; tibiae and tarsi yellowed, outer tarsal segments and nar-
row tips of tibiae darker. Wings dark brown, conspicuously
patterned with five pale yellow costal areas and with small
isolated whitened spots in all cells; yellow costal markings in-
clude both cells C and Sc, widest at costa, the second area
barely entering cell R; third marking larger, reaching Rs be-
hind, outer yellow areas smaller; the white spots are completely
isolated from one another, except in cell 1st M, and the adjoin-
ing part of R,, cell 2nd A with two widely separated such spots ;
basal half of cell 1st A uniformly paler than the ground; veins
brown, light yellow in the costal interspaces. Venation: Rs
nearly square at origin; R,,,,, more than twice the basal sec-
tion of R,; m-cu at near two-fifths Ms, ,.

Abdominal tergites brown, slightly paler medially, the poste-
rior borders narrowly black, on either side before apex with a
conspicuous silvery yellow area; basal sternites yellowed, dark-
ened laterally except at apex, posterior borders very narrowly
brownish black; subterminal segments more uniformly dark
brown, hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with
the lobes of the tergite very low to scarcely evident, separated
by a broad very shallow emargination. Outer dististyle nar-
rower than the inner style, tip decurved into an acute spine.
Interbase with the long outer spine more yellowed than the
base which is about one-half as long.

Habitat. Assam. Holotype: 3’, Bomdi La, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 8,800 feet, June 21, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid).

This particularly distinct and attractive species is named for
Rudolf Gustav Schmieder, Emeritus Associate Professor of
Biology of the University of Pennsylvania and most capable
editor of ENromMoLocicaAL NEws, to whom I am indebted for
many appreciated favors over the years. I had listed the known
Indian species of the genus in an earlier Part of the present
series of papers (ENTomMoLocicaL News, 77: 69-70; 1966).
Epiphragma (Epiphragma) schmiederi is entirely different

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 39

from all of these species in its distinctive wing pattern. In
its 15-segmented antennae, with two flagellar segments included
in the basal fusion, it agrees with E. (E.) commoptera Alex-
ander, E. (E.) dysommata Alexander, E. (E.) kempi Brunetti,
and FE. (£.) vicina Brunetti, all differing in their larger size
and distinctive patterns of the legs and wings.

Austrolimnophila (Austrolimnophila) septifera, new species

Size medium (wing of male about 9 mm) ; general coloration
of praescutum brownish gray with three brownish black stripes,
the central one more or less divided behind; wings very pale
brown, prearcular field clear yellow, certain of the veins with
restricted darker brown clouds; a supernumerary crossvein at
near midlength of cell R,; m-cu at near two-thirds M,,,.

¢. Length about 7.5-7.8 mm; wing 9-10 mm; antenna about
1.2-1.4 mm.

9. Length about 8 mm; wing 9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown, remaining mouthparts paler
brown. Antennae dark brown to brownish black, scape more
pruinose ; flagellar segments subequal to their longest verticils.
Head gray; anterior vertex broad, about three times the diam-
eter of the scape, central area broadly depressed.

Pronotum gray, pretergites brown. Mesonotal praescutum
dull brownish gray with three brownish black stripes, the cen-
tral one deeply divided behind; pseudosutural foveae black,
tuberculate pits lacking; posterior sclerites of notum brownish
black, sparsely pruinose. Pleura black, gray pruinose, dorso-
pleural membrane yellowish brown. Halteres pale yellow.
Legs with coxae brown; trochanters yellow; remainder of legs
brown to brownish yellow, femoral tips slightly darkened ; outer
tarsal segments blackened. Wings very pale brown, prearcular
field clear yellow ; restricted brown clouds at origin of Rs, cord,
outer end of cell 7st M,, supernumerary crossvein in cell Rg,
fork of M,,,, and along vein Cu; veins slightly darker brown.
Macrotrichia on longitudinal veins beyond general level of
origin of Rs, on the Anals, especially 2nd A, virtually back to
their bases. Venation: R, longer than R,,,; R.,3,, from three

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

to four times the basal section of Fk; ; a supernumerary crossvein
at near midlength of cell R,; petiole of cell WM, longer than m;
m-cu at near two-thirds M,,,; anterior arculus aparently lack-
ing. In one wing of the holotype an adventitious crossvein at
near midlength of cell R;, connecting with M, beyond its origin.

Abdomen elongate; tergites dark brown, sternites paler
brown, hypopygium black. Male hypopygium with tergal lobes
very broad, separated by a conspicuous U-shaped emargination.
Outer dististyle terminating in an acute black spine; inner style
subequal in length, its outer half relatively narrow. Each gona-
pophysis appearing as a single simple curved spine.

Habitat. Assam. Holotype: 4’, Bomdi La, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 8,800 feet, April 29, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid). Allotype: 9, Jhum La, Kameng, 7,800 feet, May
14, 1961. Paratopotype: <, pinned with type; paratype: J,
with the allotype, May 13, 1961.

Austrolimnophila (Austrolimnophila) septifera is distin-
guished from all other Asiatic members of the genus by the
supernumerary crossvein in cell R, of the wings.

Limnophila (Adelphomyia) basilobula, new species

General coloration of the entire body polished black; an-
tennae brownish black; halteres yellowed; femora obscure
yellow, tips broadly brownish black, more extensively so on
fore pair, remainder of legs brownish black; wings unfuscated,
the base broadly clear light yellow; a few macrotrichia in ex-
treme outer ends of apical cells; male hypopygium with the
outer dististyle a slender blackened rod, tip unequally bi-
spinous, inner style unequally bilobed, the basal lobe short;
phallosome with blackened spikelike apophyses subtending the
slender aedeagus.

¢. Length about 6-7 mm; wing 7-8 mm; antenna about
1.8-2 mm.

9. Length about 8 mm; wing 7.5 mm.

Rostrum very short, black; palpi dark brown. Antennae
brownish black; proximal flagellar segments shorter than their
verticils, the outer ones much longer than the weak normal

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 41

vestiture. Head black, sparsely pruinose, especially in front;
setae of vertex black, porrect.

Pronotum black, subopaque, with erect pale setae. Meso-
notum polished black; praescutal interspaces and the scutellum
with long setae. Pleura black. Halteres with stem pale yel-
low, knob orange. Legs with coxae black; trochanters obscure
yellow; femora obscure yellow, tips broadly brownish black,
on fore legs including about the outer two-thirds, on hind legs
less than the outer half; tibiae and tarsi brownish black. Wings
infuscated, base broadly clear light yellow, including the veins;
a restricted pale brown pattern that includes the stigma, origin
of Rs, cord and outer end of cell 1st M,, with fainter indica-
tions elsewhere. Very sparse macrotrichia in extreme outer
ends of cells R, to M;. Venation: Sc, ending nearly opposite
the fork of the long Rs, Sc, removed from the tip; R,,, sub-
equal to or longer than R,,,; r-m arcuated; cell M, present,
variable in length, from about subequal to nearly two and one-
half times its petiole ; m-cu at near one-fourth to two-fifths M,, ,.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium
with posterior border of tergite very low convex, with long
white setae. Basistyle unmodified, the setae near apex of outer
face exceedingly long, subequal to the outer dististyle. Disti-
styles terminal; outer style a slender black rod from a more
expanded base, at apex with two acute spines, the axial one
longer and stouter; inner style unequally bilobed, the long arm
about two-thirds the length of the outer style, narrow, its inner
margin fringed with numerous yellow setae, the more basal
ones from small tubercles ; basal lobe or arm more than one-third
as long, flattened. Phallosome with conspicuous blackened
spikelike apophyses that subtend the short slender aedeagus.

Habitat. Assam. Holotype: 4’, Jhum La, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 7,800 feet, May 14, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid). Allotopotype: 2, pinned with type. Paratopotypes:
6 Jd, 19, with the types, May 13-14, 1961.

About 18 species of the subgenus Adelphomyia Bergroth
(Tricholimnophila Alexander) presently are known in Asia,
occurring chiefly in Japan, with fewer representatives in eastern

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Feb., 1968

Siberia, China and Formosa, with one in Szechwan, western
China. Three species now are known from the Indian sub-
region, including besides the present fly, Limnophila (Adel-
phomyia) otiosa, new species, and L. (A.) kingdonwardi Alex-
ander, 1963, of northeastern Burma, the latter formerly as-
signed to the subgenus Prionolabis Osten Sacken but evidently
belonging to the present group. The three species are readily
told by coloration and by hypopygial differences, particularly
the dististyles and phallosome.

Limnophila (Adelphomyia) otiosa, new species

General coloration of thorax black, sparsely pruinose; wings
brownish yellow, prearcular field light yellow, disk restrictedly
patterned with light brown; no macrotrichia in wing cells; male
hypopygium with tergite not produced; apical sixth of outer
dististyle suddenly narrowed, tip shallowly bidentate, inner style
short and stout, very unequally bilobed; phallosome with apex
of aedeagus dilated.

¢. Length about 6-6.5 mm; wing 7.5-8.5 mm; antenna about
1.6-1.8 mm.

Rostrum dark brown, palpi black. Antennae relatively short ;
scape dark brown, sparsely pruinose, pedicel paler; flagellum
brownish yellow, the segments long-oval, the verticils still
longer. Head brownish gray ; anterior vertex broad, about three
times the diameter of the scape.

Pronotum brownish black, sparsely pruinose. Mesonotum
black, sparsely gray pruinose, praescutal pseudosutural foveae
black. Pleura black, pruinose, more blackened ventrally ; dorso-
pleural membrane buffy. Halteres light yellow. Legs with
fore and middle coxae dark brown, apices paler, posterior coxae
more castaneous ; trochanters yellow ; femora yellow, tips broadly
blackened, on fore legs including the outer third, middle legs
the outer fourth, posterior legs about the outer sixth; tibiae
brownish yellow, tips narrowly darker ; tarsi brownish black to
black. Wings brownish yellow, prearcular and costal fields
light yellow; stigma and narrow seams at origin of Rs, cord,
and outer end of cell 7st M, light brown; veins pale brown,

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 43

light yellow in the prearcular field. Longitudinal veins beyond
origin of Rs with long macrotrichia, including also both Anal
veins back to the level of the arculus; no trichia in the wing
cells excepting two or three at extreme outer margin of cell R;.
Venation: R,,,,, subequal to or slightly longer than basal sec-
tion of R,; inner ends of cells R,, R; and 1st M, nearly in
transverse alignment; cell M, about one and one-half to two
times its peticle; m-cu at near one-third to one-fourth M,,,.

Abdominal tergites and hypopygium brownish black, basal
sternites light brown. Male hypopygium with posterior border
of tergite truncate, not produced. Outer dististyle relatively
narrow, the apical sixth suddenly narrowed, heavily blackened,
tip shallowly bidentate, surface of the dilated blade with abun-
dant parallel corrugations; inner style short and stout, the
bilobed condition only slightly indicated by a very small lobule
on lower margin near base. Phallosome with gonapophyses
broad-based, each narrowed into a long gently sinuous spine;
apex of aedeagus obtusely dilated.

Habitat. Assam. Holotype: ¢, Rahung, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 5,200 feet, April 8, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid). Paratopotype: ¢. Paratype: one (', Nyukmadong,
Kameng, 8,000 feet, April 20, 1961 (Fernand Schmid).

Limnophila (Adelphomyia) otiosa is readily told from the
two other regional species by the coloration, lack of macrotrichia
in the wing cells, and details of the male hypopygium.

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Feb., 1968

Descriptions of First-Instar Larvae of Aedes
aurifer (Coquillett) and Aedes grossbecki
Dyar & Knab’* (Diptera: Culicidae)

Rosert W. LAKE?”

The need for identifying all of the larval stages of mosquitoes
has been stressed by Price (1960) and Dodge (1966). Dodge
(1966) has presented keys and descriptions for first-instar
larvae of many of the North American genera and species as
well as keys to later instars (2nd to 4th instars) for Eastern
North America (Dodge, 1963).

Comparative regional keys to first-instar Aedes species in
North America have been published by Price (1960) for Minne-
sota and by Bohart (1954) for California. Other papers which
include descriptions of first-instar species of Aedes in North
America are as follows: Hearle (1929), Abdel-Malek (1949),
Lake (1963) and Knight (1964).

Twenty species of Aedes are presently known from Delaware.
All but two of these (A. aurifer and A. grossbecki) are de-
scribed in references cited above. The present paper describes
and figures the first-instar larvae of these two species.

Both A. aurifer and A. grossbecki are univoltine, the larvae
hatch from eggs in February and March in Delaware and the
adults emerge in May and June. A. aurifer is a relatively rare
species but A. grossbecki is common except in Sussex County,
Delaware.

To determine if Delaware specimens of first-instar Aedes
conform to the published descriptions from other areas, larvae
are being collected and a key will then be presented for the State
for the twenty species.

1 Published as Misc. Paper No. 566 with the approval of the Director
of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station, Publication No. 373 of
the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology.

2 Research Associate, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology,
University of Delaware.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 45

PROCEDURE

Methods for collecting females, obtaining eggs and mounting
larvae are essentially the same as described by Lake (1963), the
only difference in procedure being the conditioning of eggs.
Since A. aurifer and A. grossbecki are univoltine species, con-
ditioning similar to that described by Horsfall and Fowler
(1961) was employed. Eggs were allowed to remain at sum-
mer temperature for three to four months (June to September),
then refrigerated at about 4° C for three months and finally a
short, post-cold, warm period of one to three days. The eggs
were then inundated in nutrient broth media and the resulting
larvae killed 24 to 48 hours after emergence.

Aedes aurifer (Coquillet) (Fig. 1)

Head: Hairs single, postclypeal 4 distinctly posterior to a
line drawn through base of upper head hair 5 and lower head
hair 6 on same side. Antennal ratio (antenna: midline of
head) 1:1.5. Antennal tuft double or triple; antennal hairs 2,
3, and 4 approximately equal, 5 shorter than 6. Antennae heav-
ily spiculate.

Terminal Segments: Comb scales six to eight usually six or
seven (X = 6.7) individual scale with long terminal spine fol-
lowed by a series of shorter spines. Pentad hair 3 very long,
extending past end of siphon; heavier and much longer than
other pentad hairs. Siphon ratio 3.2:1-4.4:1. Pecten teeth
four to seven usually 4 or 5 (X= 4.9). Siphon hair single.
The dorsal preapical bristle fine, difficult to see, shorter than
apical pecten tooth; located on middle third of the primary zone
of sclerotization. Primary zone of sclerotization (width: length)
OS halkG x — 3S)

Comments: The extreme length of pentad hair 3 which ex-
tends past the apex of the siphon should be a useful diagnostic
character. In Dodge’s key (1966) this species would key out
to couplet 33 where it could be separated by the position of the
dorsal preapical setule (bristle).

Specimens Examined: Sixteen specimens were examined.
These larvae were reared from eggs of females collected May

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

|.aurifer

2.grossbecki

Ficures 1-2. Aedes aurifer and A. grossbecki first-instar larvae.
The labels in Figure 2 apply to both drawings.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 47

21 and 27, 1963, at Glasgow and May 25, 1964, Blackbird,
Delaware.

Aedes grossbecki Dyar & Knab (Fig. 2)

Head: Hairs single, upper lower and preclypeal usually in a
straight line. Antennal ratio 1:2.0-1:2.5 (x =2.2). Antennal
hairs 2, 3, and 4 approximately equal, 5 shorter than 6. An-
tenna moderately spiculate.

Terminal Segments: Comb scales 6 to 8, usually 7 or 8
(X = 7.2), individual scale with long terminal spine followed
by a series of shorter spines. Pentad hair 3 longer and stouter
than other pentad hairs. Siphon ratio about 3.5:1. Pecten
teeth 5 to 8 (X =6.7). Siphon hair single. The dorsal pre-
apical bristle shorter than apical pecten tooth, located on apical
third of the primary zone of sclerotization. Primary zone of
sclerotization 1:1—-1:1.1 (x — 1.0).

Comments: Using keys by Dodge (1966) this species would
key out to couplet 32 which includes A. bicristatus Thurman &
Winkler and A. rustics (Rossi). Both of these species have
pecten teeth beyond the siphonal hair, whereas A. grossbecki
does not. Therefore this is a good character for separation.
In addition, A. bicristatus occurs only in California and A. rus-
ticus is a European species so that distribution range alone could
be used for separating first-instar A. grossbecki from the other
two species.

Specimens Examined: A total of 12 specimens was examined.
Nine of these were exuviae of reared associations from speci-

Fic. 1. A. Terminal portion of antenna. B. Head, dorsal view, left
half. ©C:, Comb scale, near middle; Cz, Comb scale at end of row. D.
Terminal segments. D,, Distal pecten tooth; D2, Penultimate pecten
tooth.

Fic. 2. A. Terminal portion of antenna: 2, inner subapical hair; 3,
outer subapical hair; 4, dorsal median terminal hair; 5, hyaline process;
6, dorsal external finger process. B. Head, dorsal view, left half: at,
antennal tuft; eb, egg burster; 4, postclypeal hair; 5. upper head hair ;
6, lower head hair; 7, preantennal hair; 8, sutural hair; 9, transsutural
hair; 10, supraorbital hair. (Ci, Comb scale, near middle; Cs, Comb scale
near end of row. D. Terminal segments: dpb, dorsal preapical bristle;
cs, comb scale; g, anal gills; lh, lateral hair; ps, primary sclerotized
ring; s, saddle; sh, siphon hair; ss, secondary sclerotized ring; 1-5,
pentad hairs; D,, Distal pecten tooth; Dz, Penultimate pecten tooth.

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

mens collected at Summit, Delaware on March 8, 1963. The
remaining three whole larvae were from eggs of females col-
lected at Thompsonville and Cooch’s Bridge, Delaware, during
July 1964.

LITERATURE CITED

AppEL-MALEK, A. 1949. A study of the morphology of the immature
stages of Aedes trivittatus (Coq.). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 42: 19-37.

Bonart, R. M. 1954. Identification of first stage larvae of California
Aedes (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 47: 355-366.

Dopnce, H. R. 1963. Studies on mosquito larvae I. Later instars of
eastern North American species. Canadian Ent. 95: 796-813.

Donce, H. R. 1966. Studies on mosquito larvae II. The first-stage
larvae of North American Culicidae and of world Anophelinae.
Canadian Ent. 98: 337-393.

Hearte, E. 1929. The life history of Aedes flavescens Muller—a con-
tribution to the biology of mosquitoes of the Canadian prairies. Tr.
Roy. Soc. Can. 23: Sect. V: 85-102.

HorsFatt, W. R. and H. W. Fow ter, Jr. 1961. Eggs of floodwater
mosquitoes VIII. Effect of serial temperatures on conditioning of
eggs of Aedes stimulans Walker (Diptera: Culicidae). Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 54: 664-666.

Knicut, K. L. 1964. Differentiation of the larval instars of Aedes
sollicitans (Walker) and A. taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann), (Diptera:
Culicidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 66: 160-166.

LAKE, R. W. 1963. Descriptions of first-instar larvae of Aedes cantator
(Coquillett) and Aedes sollicitans (Walker). Ent. News 74: 253-
MARY pe

Price, R. D. 1960. Identification of first-instar Aedine mosquito larvae
of Minnesota (Diptera: Culicidae). Canadian Ent. 92: 544-560.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 49

Frank Alexander McDermott
(1885-1966)

F. A. McDermott was a chemist by profession rather than an
entomologist or naturalist, but the chemical problem of how
light is produced in living organisms led him quite naturally
into a lifelong involvement with fireflies. In his early years in
Washington as student and as worker in the Hygienic Labora-
tory of the Public Health Service his interest in bioluminescence
was encouraged by friends and professional associates, notably
H. S. Barber, J. H. Kastle, and H. E. Ives. By the time he
took up his permanent post as a solvents chemist with E. I.
du Pont de Nemours & Co. in Wilmington during World War
I he had authored 30 papers, notes, and reviews discussing ex-
perimental work on the physics, chemistry and physiology of
light-production, the histology of the firefly lantern, biolumines-
cence in relation to commercial illumination, luminescence in
worms, protozoa and marine organisms and particularly a series
on light emission of American Lampyridae. These latter papers
firmly established the use of light in courtship signaling among
fireflies and laid the foundations for McDermott’s later devo-
tion to the behavior and taxonomy of the Lampyridae.

For about 30 years Mr. McDermott seems to have devoted
himself primarily to his duties at Du Pont, eventually as chief
chemist of their industrial alcohol plant, but fireflies must have
continued to be his hobby for in 1948, two years before his
retirement, the privately printed “Common Fireflies of Dela-
ware” appeared. When able to indulge his interests full-time
a series of taxonomic notes and monographs began to issue from
the private laboratory in his suburban Wilmington home—a
series that had added nearly 40 additional titles to the McDer-
mott bibliography by the time of his death. Along with descrip-
tions of a dozen or so new American species, Mr. McDermott
authored several exotic species, extensively edited H.S. Barber’s
58-page posthumous monograph on Photuris, revised and en-
larged his own “Fireflies of Delaware” (1958), was senior
author on a monograph of Jamaican Lampyridae (112 pp.,

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

1959), revised the Genus Pyractenema (43 pp., 1960), discussed
the taxonomy of the Lampyridae (72 pp., 1964) and, finally,
produced a 150-page revision of the Olivier monograph of the
Lampyridae in the Junk-Schenkling, Coleopterorum Catalogus
(Pars 9}.

Mr. McDermott’s work is marked by an understanding of
the incompleteness and inadequacy of lampyrid species descrip-
tion based solely on the morphology of cabinet specimens and
by an appreciation of the importance of behavior and distribu-
tion in speciation within the family. He was a field man
throughout his life, interested in the whole organism, and his
curiosity ranged far beyond fireflies or even insects. Friends
will remember him not only for his substantial contributions to
entomology but for his courtly and delightful personality, his
helpfulness, and for his example of a second flowering of
scholarly life at an age when most are satisfied to subside into
routine existence.

Though born in Washington of a family with three genera-
tions of public service in the War and Interior departments
there, Mr. McDermott’s ancestry goes back to colonial New
England and the Massachusetts Line regiments. McDermott,
in fact, spent his boyhood in Concord, where his schooling in
the tradition of Thoreau and Emerson, and field trips along the
Concord River with local naturalists, doubtless shaped his future
interests. He survived his wife of 56 years, the former Mary
E. Tallentire, by less than three months. Two daughters, Mrs.
Earl V. Krapf and Mrs. William D. Eaton, and three grand-
children, reside in the Wilmington area.

Joun B. Buck

Selected Publications of Frank Alexander McDermott

1910, Physiologic light. Pop. Sci. Monthly, August.

——., The light of the firefly. Elec. World 56: 1189.

——., A note on the light emission of some American Lampyri-
dae. Canad. Entomologist 42: 357-363.

——, Some observations on the light of the firefly. Joseph H.
Kastle, first author.) Amer. J. Physiol. 27: 122-151.

1911, Some considerations concerning the photogenic function
in marine organisms. Amer. Naturalist 45: 118-122.

FRANK A. McDERMOTT (1885-1966)

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 51

“

“

“

“

-

~~

~~

“

Luciferesceine, the fluorescent material present in certain
luminous insects. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 33: 410-416.
The chemistry of biophotogenesis. Sci. Amer. Supple-
ment 71 (#1842) : 250-251.

The structure of photogenic organisms. Sci. Amer. Sup-
plement 71 (#1844) : 284-285.

A comparative study of the structures of the photogenic
organs of certain American Lampyridae. (Chas. G.
Crane, second author.) Amer. Naturalist 45: 306-313.
The “Eye Spots” of Alaus oculatus. Canad. Entomol.
43: 190-192.

Some observations on a photogenic microorganism, Pseu-
domonas lucifera, Molisch. Proc. Biol. Soc., Washing-
ton 24: 179-184.

The attack of a larval hemipter upon a caterpillar. Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Washington 13: 90-91.

Some further observations on the light-emission of Amer-
ican Lampyridae; the photogenic function as a mating
adaptation in the Photinini. Canad. Entomol. 43: 399-
406.

Why do certain living forms produce light? Pop. Sci.
Monthly, December.

Nature of the light emitted by fireflies. Nature 88: 279.
The stability of the photogenic material of the Lampyri-
dae and its probable chemical nature. J. Amer. Chem.
Soc. 33: 1791-1797.

The light-emission of American Lampyridae; Notes and
corrections on former papers. Canad. Entomol. 44: 73.
Observations on the light-emission of American Lampy-
ridae (4th paper). Canad. Entomol. 44: 309-311.

A Note on Photinus castus Leconte. Canad. Entomol.
44: 312.

Chemiluminescence, the transformation of chemical en-
ergy directly into light. Sci. Amer. 105: 225.

The influence of light producing organisms upon our ideas
of illumination. Lighting Journal 1: 19.
Chemiluminescent reactions with physiologic substances.
J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 35: 824-826.

The Watts-per-candle efficiency of the firefly. (Herbert
E. Ives, second author.) Lighting Journal 2: 61.

The firefly and other luminous organisms. Trans. Illu-
minating Engr. Soc. 9: 413-424.

The firefly and other luminous organisms. Amer. Gas
Light 101: 117-118.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

Luminous earthworms in Washington, D. C. (Herbert
S. Barber, second author.) Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 27:
147-148.

The ecologic relations of the photogenic function among
insects. Zts. f. wissen. Insektenbiol. 10: 303-307.

A reaction of the housefly to air currents. J. Animal
Behavior 5: 73-74.

Experiments on the nature of the photogenic processes in
the Lampyridae. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 37: 401-404.
The unusual prevalence of ground beetles (Harpalus)
during the summer of 1913, at Ashland, Ohio. Entomol.
News 27: 179.

The flashing of fireflies. Science 44: 610.
Observations on American Lampyridae; the photogenic
function as a mating adaptation. (5th Paper.) Canad.
Entomol. 49: 53-61.

The common fireflies of Delaware. Privately printed,
Wilmington, Del. (one page of corrections and addenda,
1953). (19 pp.)

North American fireflies of the genus Photuris. Smith-
sonian Miscellaneous Collections 117: 1-58. Herbert S.
Barber (posthumous). Preface and notes by F. A. Mc-
Dermott.

An abnormal mating response among lampyrids. Col.
Bull. 6: 16.

The firefly lamp. Nat. Hist. Notes, Nat. Hist. Soc.
Jamaica, ‘No. 52, p. 72.

Why study fireflies? Nat. Hist. Notes, Nat. Hist. Soc.
Jamaica, No. 53, pp. 93-94.

Further data regarding Jamaican Lampyridae, in exten-
sion of the work of Dr. John B. Buck. Yearbook, Amer.
Philosoph. Soc., pp. 165-167. Reports from Recipients
of Grants; Grant No. 1370, 1951.

Photuris bethaniensis, a new lampyrid firefly. Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus. 103: 35-37.

Glowworms in a marine littoral habitat in Jamaica (Cole-
optera; Lampyridae). Ent. News 64: 89-90.

Photinus pyralis, male in free flight. Col. Bull., February
1, Vol. 8. Cover Illustration.

The larva of Micronaspis floridana Green. Col. Bull. 8:
59-62.

A note on the genus Diphotus Barber 1941. (Coleoptera ;
Lampyridae).) Col. Bull. 9: 49-52.

Gigantic glowworms from South America. Col. Bull. 10:
17-19,

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 53

1957,
1958,

A method for the study of aedeagi in Coleoptera. Bull.
Amateur Entomologists’ Soc. 16: 24.

The fireflies of Delaware, with general notes on fireflies.
2nd Ed. of The Common Fireflies of Delaware—1948,
36 pp. published by the Society of Natural History of
Delaware.

Four new lampyrid fireflies. Col. Bull. 12: 21-28.

Two new species of fireflies. Ent. News 70: 7-12.
The lampyrid fireflies of Jamaica. (John B. Buck, second
author.) Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 85: 1-112; 13 plates.
Fireflies of the genus Pyractonema (Coleoptera: Lam-
pyridae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum 112: 133-157.
Lucidotopsis, genus novum. Col. Bull. 14: 18.

A note on the genus Lucernuta Castelnau and a new
species. Ent. News 71: 81-85.

, A new genus and species of firefly: Photoctus boliviae

(Coleoptera; Lampyridae). Ent. News 72: 174-176.

, “Mimetism” in Lampyridae. Col. Bull. 15: 116.

A note on the female of Photinus Sanctae-Luciae. Col.
Bull.’ Io; 116;

A new photurid firefly, Photuris missouriensis sp. nov.
(Coleoptera; Lampyridae, Photurinae). Ent. News 73:
39-43.

Roleta coracina, gen. nov., sp. nov. Ent. News 73: 69-
oe

Illustrations of the aedeagi of the Lampyridae (Coleop-
tera). Col. Bull. 16: 21-25.

Photinoides gen. nov. Col. Bull. 17: 84-89.

Green lampyrids (a note). Col. Bull. 17: 128.

Two new species of Lampyridae. Entomologische Ar-
beiten (Frey Museum, Tutzing bei Munchen, Germany )
14: 560-561.

The taxonomy of the Lampyridae. Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc., 90: 1-72.

The Pterotinae. Ent. News 76: 98-104.

The new combination Lucidota armata (Gorham) and a
note on Lucidota eucera. Col. Bull. 19: 21-23.
Lucidota viridescens, sp. nov. Ent. News 76: 153.
Aspisoma yechae, sp. nov. Ent. News 77: 132-135.
Photuris lloydi, sp. nov. Ent. News 77: 173-175.
Revision and enlargement of Olivier’s Pars 9, Lampyri-
dae, of the Junk-Schenkling Coleopterorum Catalogus
(1910). Dr. W. Junk, publishers, The Hague, Nether-
lands, 149 pp.

54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

——., Coleoptera; Lampyridae. Reports of the Swedish expe-
dition to South Africa of 1951. (In press), pp. 50-57.

The Entomologist’s Library

Under this title is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles
received and of special interest to entomologists. The contents of each is noted by the
editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible
publication even if the work has been previously noted here.—Ed.

General

DIRECTORY OF BIOSCIENCE DEPARTMENTS IN
THE UNTITLED STATES: AND: CANADA

By J. D. Locxarp (ed., sponsored by AIBS). Reinhold,
1967. 672 pp. Paper, $8.50.

A complete directory of college and university biology de-
partments has many uses. This one gives the chairman, the
faculty, the phone number of the department, courses offered
and requirements for degrees. This should be useful for em-
ployers, prospective employees, curriculum committees, and
advertising managers. Unfortunately, at least nine entomology
departments were omitted and entomology is frequently mis-
pelled. Revisions are planned as increased use and increased
accuracy provides—R. H. A.

TAXONOMY: A TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOK

By RicHarp E. BLACKWELDER. Wiley, 1967. xiv + 698
pp. Cloth, $19.95.

Written strictly as a treatise on classical taxonomy, this book
is a monumental volume packed with information presented in the
typical lucid and logical Blackwelder style. (Noattempt has been
made to include the currently popular studies on populations
and speciation.) Every entomologist must know its contents if
he hopes to do any work with kinds of insects. This volume
provides the rules of the game, the players provide the data.—
Ry Ea

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Ss)

INVERTEBRATE IDENTIFICATION MANUAL

By Ricuarp A. PIMENTEL. Reinhold, 1967. 150 pp.
Paper, $4.50.

According to the consulting editor’s statement (really a re-
view ) at the front of this volume, it is a good book and we would
hardly expect him to say otherwise! The book is designed to
be non-technical for the use of people with an amateur interest
in invertebrates of all phyla except Protozoa and a few of the
very small phyla. The introduction describes various techniques
for collecting and preparing specimens, as well as hints on
where to find them.

The second part of the book is profusely illustrated, labelled
with the common name of each invertebrate group. Usually
there is an indication of the size of the animal in relation to the
size of the drawing, but not always. The text gives a running
account of each major group, with no keys for identification.
There are no references what-so-ever to any identification
manuals or texts.

Of course, the limitations of this book are obvious, yet it has
a definite place in our literature. The author has apparently
found it a useful teaching tool for those for whom it was de-
signed. A specialist could pick at some of the details, but only
if he forgets that the book is meant to stimulate interest by the
reward of finding a name for an organism, the first step toward
developing an interest in the vast and exciting field of biologi-
cal systematics—R. H. A.

Entomology

MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY: Chapter 7, MICROBIAL
INSECTICIDES

By H. J. Peprrer (editor). Reinhold, 1967. x + 454 pp.
(Chapter 7, pp. 172-182). Cloth, $14.00.

A rather superficial coverage of microbial insecticides, but
perhaps of some use to those not directly concerned with insect
pathology. The list of references is quite impressive but omits
a considerable number of significant ones, particularly those
concerned with the sporeforming bacteria——J. D. Paschke

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1968

PEST CONTROL BICEOGICAL. SEH YsItat, AND
SELECTED CHEMICAL METHODS

By W. W. KiccorE and R. L. Doutr (editors). Academic
Press, 1967. 477 pp. Cloth, $19.50.

The remarkable changes in the biological sciences during
the past decade have not bypassed the branch dealing with popu-
lation regulation and control. Reading this book can convince
even the most skeptical that pest control operations have rooted
themselves to the most basic of scientific principles. That less
than 20% of the more than 2,000 references are over 10 years
old indicates the need of this book to supplement any of the
textbooks on this subject. Sixteen leaders in the field con-
tributed to the monograph, further assurance of its high quality.

Those who question the price of such a volume must remem-
ber that the volume of sale determines the price of a book—
compared to other current prices, this is a fantastic bargain.
—R. H. A.

PRINCIPLES OF INSECT. PATHOLOGY

By E. A. Sternnaus. Hafner, 1967. xi+ 757 pp. (Fac-
simile of the 1949 edition.) Cloth, $15.75.

The reprinting of this classic work provides the student with
an important reference work. It is hard to understand, how-
ever, why such books are not revised and brought up-to-date.
—R. H. A.

INSECT MICROBIOLOGY

By Epwarp A. STEINHAUS. Hafner, 1967. 763 pp. (Fac-
simile of the 1947 edition.) Cloth, $15.00.

This definitive work on insect microbiology has been out of
print for several years, but is again available without change.
The twenty years since the book first appeared has been a
period of greatest development of insect pathology, so this
book is entirely out of date as a reference work. It will serve
the need for a textbook on the subject until it is revised or
rewritten —R. H. A.

Entomologist’s Market Place

ADVERTISEMENTS AND EXCHANGES

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor.

Notices of wants and exchanges not exceeding three lines are free
to subscribers.

All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are
added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at
the top are discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U.S. A

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES
by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

Professor of Entomology at Purdue University
40 pages Abundantly illustrated Paperback
The beetles of the world may be keyed to family with the aid of

this book. The introduction to the anatomy of beetles found in
this concise text makes it completely self-contained.

$1.00 ea. postpaid. Supply limited; the entire stock now owned by:
INSTITUTE for the STUDY of NATURAL SPECIES

550 Elston Road
Lafayette, Indiana 47905

ENTOMOLOGICAL LITERATURE
Individuals, libraries and institutions—

NEW AND OUT OF PRINT BOOKS ON THE BIOLOGI-
CAL SCIENCES supplied from stock or obtained promptly to
order. Entomology books are our specialty. Your desiderata are
welcomed.

List of new and used entomology books available.

WE Buy Books; PERIODICALS, WHOLE COLLECTIONS.

JULIAN J. NADOLNY, Natural History Booksellers,
35 Varmor Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06053

Please Send Us Your Offers.

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

No.

No.

“20.

AG

tye

23.

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
dat plates, SO mapsin... «5 santa tae cee utncee $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ...$4.00

Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
190 pages, 1/0 figures, 1 color plate ..-......- $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ............ $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ...... $2.50
Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-

ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ....
$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

ee
U6
CSSI

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MARCH 19638

Vol. 79 No. 3

CONTENTS

Franclemont—New species of Metaxaglaea (Lepidoptera) .. 57
Taylor—Nomenclature and synonymy of ants ............. 63
RupoLF GUSTAVE SCHMIEDER, 1898-1967 ...............- 66
Muchmore—Redescription of a Pseudoscorpion ........... Fl
Hespenheide—An immigrant Agrilus (Coleoptera) ........ 76
Masters and Sorensen—A new subspecies of Oeneis jutta

(ie pidainte ras) rates eased 1-2 pont siete cede ten = (atcha te) 2) fh = = Peet 80
INMOmenciabineIOber. Az 4.5 nam ee ie a ahaa sicve Se Sonoda ta chtys sto 84

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.

AND

1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: personal, $6.00; institutional, $9.00.
Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by Putte
P. Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScumrepER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A.

R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALten, M. E. PHILLIps,
and S. S. RoBack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

Prices per yearly volume of 10 numbers.
Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $6.00 postpaid.

Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and
foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available from the editor.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed
to R. H. Arnett, Jr., 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, Indiana 47905.

The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will
be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may
be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the
cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an
article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 46 inches. All blocks
will be sent to authors on request to the Society.

TABLES: The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1-4 pp. 5-8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 ETS 17.62 8.75
Add’! 100 2.35 3.51 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52.
Transportation charges will be extra.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

VoL. 79 MARCH, 1968 “Nox3

A New Species of Metaxaglaea (Lepidoptera,
Noctuidae, Cuculliinae) ’

JouN G. FRANCLEMONT, Department of Entomology,
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850

The new species described here has been confused in the past
with Metaxaglaea viatica which it resembles very closely.

Metaxaglaea viatica (Grote)

Orthosia viatica Grote, 1874, Sixth Annual Report of the Trus-
tees of the Peabody Academy of Science for the year 1873,
|S WAS.

Glaea viatica Grote, 1874, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 2: 125;
Grote, 1875, Check list of the Noctuidae of America, north
of Mexico, part 1, p. 14.

Conistra viatica Hampson, 1906, Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
Phalaenae in the British Museum, vol. 6, p. 461 [in part],
pl. 106, fig. 19 [Type].

Metaxaglaea viatica Franclemont, 1937, Canadian Ent. 69: 129.

Metaxaglaea viatica; Forbes and Franclemont, 1954, Lepidop-
tera of New York and neighboring states, part 3, Memoir 329,
Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station, p. 152
[in part].

Type: The male specimen which served as the basis for
Hampson’s figure is designated the LEcToTyPE; it is in the
British Museum (Natural History), and the following labels
are on the pin: (1) U. S. America; (2) Grote coll. 82-54; (3)
Agrotidae genitalia slide No. 378; (4) Orthosia viatica Grote
Type; (5) Orthosia viatica Grote Lectotype ¢ J. G. Francle-
mont sel. vi 1967. The first three labels are printed, the fourth

1 Accepted for publication October 1, 1967.
| (57)

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

is in Grote’s handwriting, and the fifth has been written and
placed on the specimen by Mr. David S. Fletcher of the De-
partment of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History).

Type Locality: The original description gives ‘Alabama
(Grote, December) ; Albany, N. Y. (Lintner).” Inasmuch as
this species is commoner southward, that is, in the southern
States, I am restricting the type locality to ALABAMA.

There is also a female specimen in the collection of the British
Museum (Natural History). The pin labels are: (1) U. S.
America :: (2) Grote coll. 82-54; (3).-3/12:. (Ayr 1683 (ay
Glaea viatica Grote (Mr. Fletcher writes, “(apparently in
Grote’s writing).”) The first two labels are printed, and the
last three are hand-written. Inasmuch as the last label bears
the name Glaea viatica, I am not designating the specimen a
paralectotype. Grote placed the species in Orthosia when he
described it, and he did not, insofar as I have been able to
determine, use Glaea for the complex until later in 1874.

The specimen(s) from Albany, New York in the Lintner
collection should be in the New York State Museum. I have
not checked the material in that institution.

The figure given by Hampson is excellent, but unfortunately
not all specimens are as distinctive in appearance as the one
illustrated. This species has a more southern distribution than
the new one, but there is a very broad zone of overlap in their
ranges. At Arlington, Virginia, the two species occurred in
about equal numbers during the falls of 1949 and 1950.

Records for this species, based on material in the United
States National Museum Collection, the Department of Ento-
mology Collection at Cornell University, and the author’s col-
lection, are as follows: ALABAMA: no specific locality; ArR-
KANSAS: Carthage and Washington County; FLorma: Marco;
GeorGIA: Savannah; ILLinois: Quincy; Kansas: Wichita;
Louisiana: Baton Rouge; Missouri: no specific locality ; NEw
Jersey: Morris Plains and Lakehurst; NEw York: Banksville,
Westchester County (on the New York-Connecticut Line) ;
NortH CaroLina: Raleigh; Onto: Cincinnati; SoutH CArRo-
LINA: Clemson; TExaAs: no specific locality; Vircinra: Ar-
lington.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 59

Metaxaglaea semitaria new species

Glaea viatica Holland, 1903, The Moth Book, pl. 26, fig. 38
[not Grote, misidentification |.

Conistra viatica Hampson, 1906, Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
Phalaenae in the British Museum, vol. 6, p. 461 [in part].
Metaxaglaea viatica Forbes and Franclemont, 1954, Lepidoptera
of New York and neighboring states, part 3, Memoir 329,
Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station, p. 152

[in part].

Head, thorax, and forewings bright chestnut brown. An-
tenna with the scape white; with basal third clothed with white
scales on outer dorsal surface and with whitish scales and hairs
intermixed among a predominate clothing of reddish chestnut
scales and hairlike scales on inner dorsal surface; with apical
two-thirds clothed with a considerable admixture of dark gray
scales and some white scales. Front below scape with a blackish
triangular patch on sides, above this and on a level with scape
a short whitish streak. Thorax with two small black dots
behind the patagia (collar), one on either side of the median
crest. Forewing with median area between antemedial and
postmedial lines somewhat lighter than basal and terminal areas:
basal line irregular, dark brown, with a small, diffuse grayish
shade beyond it; antemedial line slightly curved from costa to
inner margin, irregularly crenulate, wide, dark brown, edged
inwardly with diffuse grayish shade and outwardly with dark
reddish brown; median shade evident, slightly irregular, angu-
late at and passing through basal part of reniform, dark brown,
less marked toward costa; postmedial line evenly curve from
costa to inner margin, regularly and deeply dentate, blackish
with teeth terminating outwardly in black dots; orbicular and
reniform large ; orbicular oval, oblique, reniform erect, both spots
weakly defined by a pale inner line and a dark reddish brown
outer line; subterminal line somewhat curved, following the
outer margin of wing, but inset sharply below costa to vein F,,
reddish brown, followed outwardly by a pale grayish shade;
terminal line, regularly and shallowly toothed, dark brown;
fringe concolorous, with considerable mixture of gray scales.
Hindwing fuscous black, fringe contrasting, light chestnut

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

Figures 1-2—1 and la. Metaxaglaea viatica. Arlington, Virginia.
Fic. 1, male genitalia. Fic. la, aedoeagus. Slide: JGF 3244. Fics. 2
and 2a. Metaxaglaeca semitaria. Tyrer. Fic. 2, male genitalia. Fic.
2a, aedoeagus. Slide: JGF 3239.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 61

Ficures 3-4.—3. Metaxaglaea semitaria. Paratype, Arlington, Virginia.
Female genitalia. Slide: JGF 3445. Fic. 4. Metaxaglaea viatica. Ar-
lington, Virginia. Sclerotized upper half of ductus bursae. Slide: JGF
3432.

brown. Beneath light chestnut with exception of blackish disk
of forewing; postmedial line regular, curved, following con-
formation of wing margins, fuscous brown; discal dot on hind
wing, small, fuscous brown. Legs with femora clothed with
long, bright chestnut hairlike scales, with all tibiae and tarsi
clothed with white scales.

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1968

The figure given by Holland in the Moth Book is a good
representation of this species. The variation is not great, being
mostly in the intensity of the markings which may be more or
less emphasized depending on the amount of black scaling pres-
ent in the antemedial and postmedial lines; some specimens
have both lines blackish, and many have only the postmedial, like
the type, and still others neither.

Expanse : 40-52 mm, with most specimens between 46-50 mm.

Male genitalia as figured; differing from viatica in the pres-
ence of a dorsal, apical spine on the outside of the cucullus of
the valve, a short terminal spur on the apex of the valve, and
a more extensive corona.

Female genitalia as figured; not differing from wiatica or
inulta, but smaller than the first.

This species is very similar to viatica, but it is somewhat
smaller in size and paler in color; viatica usually has some
white scaling in the fold of the forewing, the whole forewing
flecked with pale scales giving it a more glistening appearance,
and the area beyond the postmedial line usually darker and more
contrasting. M. semitaria can be readily distinguished from
inulta by the dentate postmedial line and crenulate antemedial
line; these lines are even in inulta.

Type: Male. Arlington, Virctnta, 4 October 1949, J. G.
Franclemont; male genitalia slide: JGF 3239; Franclemont
Collection.

ParatyPEs: 36 Males and 44 Females, Arlington, Virginia,
27 September to 22 October, 1949 and 1950, J. G. Franclemont ;
in Bauer-Buckett Collection, Davis, California, D. C. Ferguson
Collection and Franclemont Collection. 1 Female, Horseheads,
New York, October 21, 1940, L. R. Rupert; in Franclemont
Collection. 4 Males and 6 Females, Lakehurst, New Jersey,
October 3-9, 1936, 1937 and 1938, J. W. Cadbury; in Francle-
mont Collection. 1 Male and 7 Females, Lakehurst, New
Jersey, October 1-16, Frederick Lemmer; in Franclemont
Collection. The following are in the United States National
Museum Collection, the data on the labels furnished by E.-L.
Todd: 11 Males and 40 Females, Lakehurst, New Jersey,
various dates in early October, one collected by W. T. Davis,

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 63

the other 50 by Frederick Lemmer. 4 Males, Yaphank, Long
Island, New York, (2) 24 September 1911 and (2) 1 October
1910, G. P. Engelhardt. 2 Males and 2 Females, Hampton,
New Hampshire, October 1 and 5, 1912, S. Albert Shaw.
1 Female, East River, Connecticut, Charles R. Ely. 1 Female,
Connecticut. 1 Female, Concord, Massachusetts, October 12,
1912, William Reiff. 1 Female, Athens, Georgia, October 14,
1937, E. M. Pittman.

I wish to acknowledge the generous assistance of Mr. David
S. Fletcher of the British Museum (Natural History). He
made a dissection and slide mount of the genitalia of the type,
furnished information on the identity of the type, transmitted
the label data on the specimens in the BM(NH) and placed
a label on the specimen selected as Lectotype.

The drawings are by Mrs. Linda Lai.

Nomenclature and Synonymy of the North
American Ants of the Genera Ponera
and Hypoponera (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae) *’*

Rosert W. Taytor, Division of Entomology, CSIRO,
Canberra, Australia

This paper partly summarizes taxonomic work in progress on
those ants previously assigned to the genus Ponera Latreille,
sensu Emery (1911). It is presented now in order to clarify
the nomenclature of the relevant species occurring in America
north of Mexico. More complete discussion of these species will
be given in several projected papers.

Ponera, sensu lato, was shown recently to have included
species belonging in two major genera, which take the names
Ponera Latreille and Hypoponera Santschi (Taylor, 1967).
Both of these genera occur in North America, where they are

1 Based on research supported in part by U. S. National Science Foun-
dation Grant No. GB1634.
2 Accepted for publication October 3, 1967.

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1968

represented by the species listed below. My studies have shown
little need for extensive changes in the conceptual limits of the
individual species, as reviewed by Smith (1936) and Creighton
(1950). However, they have indicated the several major no-
menclatural changes presented here.

Ponera Latreille, 1804, sensu Taylor, 1967

Complete synonymy, with discussion of the characters, dis-
tribution and biology of the following two species has been given
elsewhere (Taylor, 1967). These are the only Neogean Ponera
species; neither has been recorded south of the United States.

1. Ponera pennsylvanica Buckley.
Ponera pennsylvanica Buckley, 1866, Proc. ent. Soc. Phila-
delphia 6: 171, worker. Type locality: Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania.

This species has been consistently placed as a subspecies of
the European P. coarctata Latreille by authors following Emery
(1895). These amphiatlantic forms are closely related, but I
consider them to be specifically distinct (Taylor, 1967).

2. Ponera exotica M. R. Smith.
Ponera exotica M. R. Smith, 1962, Acta. hymenopt., Tokyo.
1(4) : 378, worker, female. Type locality: Croatan National
Forest, North Carolina.

Hypoponera Santschi, 1938, sensu Taylor, 1967

The new synonymy given below is not complete, in that it
includes only those junior synonyms used by previous authors
in discussion of the North American fauna. Several of the spe-
cies have known or presumed synonyms based on material from
other parts of the world. The list includes all species known
from the Nearctic region. All of these, and many others, are
present in the Neotropical region. I have confirmed the valid-
ity of the senior synonyms by extensive comparison of their
types with those of older names. The types of all names listed
in the synonymy have been examined and, where possible,
directly cross-compared.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 65

‘ly

Hypoponera gleadowi (Forel)

Ponera gleadowi Forel, 1895, Mem. R. Acad. Sci. Bologna
(5) 5: 292-293, nota, figs. 17 a-c, worker. Original locali-
ties: Poona, Orissa and Thana, India.

Ponera oblongiceps M. R. Smith, 1939, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash-
ington 41 (3): 76-78, figs. 1-3. Type locality: Priest
Bridge, Maryland. NEW SYNONYMY.

Hypoponera gleadowi: Taylor, 1967, Pacific Insects Monogr.
Se 12)

. Hypoponera inexorata (Wheeler), NEW COMBINA-

TION

Ponera inexorata Wheeler, 1903, Psyche, 10: 94, fig. 2,
worker, queen. Type locality: Austin, Texas (Designated
by Creighton, 1950).

. Hypoponera opaciceps (Mayr)

Ponera opaciceps Mayr, 1887, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 37 :
536, worker, queen. Type locality: Santa Catarina, Brazil.

. Hypoponera opacior (Forel), NEW COMBINATION

Ponera trigona var. opacior Forel, 1893, Trans. R. ent. Soc.
London 1893 (4): 363-364. Type locality: St. Vincent,
West Indies.

I have directly compared several syntype specimens of opacior

with the lectotype of Hypoponera trigona (Mayr),° NEW
COMBINATION. Their separate specific status is unques-
tionable.

~
J.

Hypoponera punctatissima (Roger)

Ponera punctatissima Roger, 1859, Berliner. ent. Z. 3: 246-
248, plate 7, fig. 7, worker, female. Type locality: Rauden,
Silesia.

Ponera ergatandria Forel, 1893, Trans. R. ent. Soc. London
1893 (4): 365-367, worker, queen, male. Type locality:
St. Vincent, West Indies.

Hypoponera punctatissima: Taylor, 1967, Pacific Insects.
Mongr. 13: 12.

REFERENCES CITED

CreicGHtTon, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. 104: 1-585 (pp. 46-49).

3 Designated by Kempf, 1962, p. 10.

66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

Emery, C. 1895. Beitrage zur Kentniss der Nordamerikanischen Ameis-
enfauna. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 8: 257-360.

Emery, C. 1911. Hymenoptera-Formicidae Subfam. Ponerinae. Gen.
Insect. 118: 1-125.

Kemper, W. W. 1962. Miscellaneous studies on Neotropical ants. Studia
ent. 5: 1-38 (p. 10).

SmitH, M. R. 1936. Ants of the genus Ponera in America north of
Mexico. Ann. ent. Soc. America 29(3) : 420-430.

Taytor, R. W. 1967. A monographic revision of the ant genus Ponera
Latreille. Pacific Insects Monogr. 13: 1-112.

Rudolf Gustav Schmieder, 1898-1967

The friends of Dr. Rudolf G. Schmieder have felt a great
sense of loss owing to his sudden death at his home in Elwyn,
Pennsylvania on August 23rd of 1967. The members of the
American Entomological Society feel especially deep regret,
not only from losing a good friend, but because of the termina-
tion of his unselfish devotion to the interests of the Society.
Though he contributed many papers to the ENTOMOLOGICAL
News, his greatest service to the Society lay in his meticulous
editing of the News for many years, with no return except the
personal satisfaction of a somewhat onerous task well done.

He edited this publication of the Society from 1945 until his
death; was co-editor in 1944, and since 1928 has been either
on the editorial staff or an associate editor. The single chore
of compiling and editing the ‘““Entomological Literature’ section
of the NEws, comprising over a hundred printed pages each
year was, at best, a very tedious assignment. According to Dr.
Schmieder, it took an average of two full days per week; yet
from 1942 until 1952 he did the major portion of this job.

Professor Schmieder’s father, Heinrich Coelestin Schmieder
and his mother, Elfrieda Koermann Schmieder were both born
in Germany. The father, a Lutheran minister, came to America
in 1886 and married the following year. His church duties
took him to several pastorates—in Canada at Winnepeg, Mani-
toba; in Edenwold, Saskatchewan; and in the United States at
San Diego, California; Lyons, New York; and finally to the
Roxborough church in Philadelphia.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 67

Rudolf, descendant of five successive generations of Lutheran
ministers was the youngest of a family of five sons. He was
born in San Diego, California in 1898 and learned to speak
German before he did English, always remaining fluent in that
language. After attending elementary school in Roxborough,
he briefly went to high school in the same place, but soon trans-
ferred to the Central High School for Boys in Philadelphia.
Upon graduation there he received a B.S. degree and was pre-
sented a medal for his fine work in German. During the in-
terval between high school and college he was employed in a
news office. Upon receipt of a Philadelphia Board of education
scholarship he entered the University of Pennsylvania. His
first interests there were directed to chemistry but were soon
transferred to zoology, though his first employment at the Uni-
versity was as an assistant in botany. He always maintained
a deep interest in this subject, and through years of collecting
gained an especially wide knowledge of both the flora and the
insects of the Pine Barrens of New Jersey.

At the University of Pennsylvania he received his A.B. degree
in 1920, his A.M. in 1922 and his Ph.D. in 1927. His teaching
career there began in 1923 as instructor in zoology ; he became
an Assistant Professor in 1937, and retired July 1, 1967 as
Emeritus Associate Professor of Biology.

Dr. Schmieder was elected to membership in the American
Entomological Society on April 23, 1925. He served as its
Recording Secretary from 1931 to 1935 and as its president
from 1936 to 1938, and was made an honorary member in 1952.
He was also a member of a number of other scientific organi-
zations. Among these were the American Association for the
Advancement of Science of which body he was a fellow since
1933. He belonged to the University of Pennsylvania chapter
of Sigma Xi, to the American Society of Zoologists, to the
Entomological Society of America, of which he was also a
fellow. In this organization he was also appointed a member
of the governing committee of its Thomas Say Foundation on
which he served from 1951 to 1953. Since 1948 he has been
a Research Associate of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1968

In 1933, Dr. Schmieder married Marion Scott Irwin, also a
biologist, who obtained her Master’s degree under Professor
W. A. Riley at the University of Minnesota, studied a year at
Yale University and came to Philadelphia as a member of the
editorial staff of Biological Abstracts. They had no children.

When Rudolf was a boy, his family kept several colonies of
bees at the parsonage in Roxborough. He became much inter-
ested in the habits and activities of these insects. It is highly
probable that the early observations made then were responsible
for his adoption of entomology as a professional occupation.
They must certainly at least have been a stimulating factor in
his studies which produced numerous scientific papers on bee
behavior.

Rudolf’s parents returned to Germany for a visit when he was
eleven years old, and took him with them. Later in life he
facetiously commented that the only reason he was permitted to
go was that his parents didn’t dare to leave him at home at the
mercy of his four older brothers. On this trip Rudolf kept
a diary.

His colleagues in the Society had a high regard for Professor
Schmieder’s experience and advice. He gave freely of his time
to the affairs of the organization, attended its monthly meetings
with great regularity, and served on its Council as well as many
advisory Committees. In a communication to the Society in
1939—just following his presidency, he apologized for his ab-
sence from meetings because of illness. It was very charac-
teristic of him that he said: “I regret not to have been able to
do more by way of furthering the work and the interests of the
Society during these years and to have to admit that I have
received more than I have given.”

He was a modest man, and certainly shy in regard to pushing
himself forward even in matters reflecting to his own advantage.
One of his associates recently expressed the thought that Rudolf
in his letters seemed to escape a kind of reserve or reticence
sometimes evident in talking to him; that he wrote charming
letters, often filled with imaginative and witty expressions.
And when you came to know him you realized he was also a

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 69

man of gaiety and good humor when, even in the face of ad-
versity, could maintain a spirit of cheerfulness.

At the time of his death a commemorative fund was set up,
the income to be used without restriction by the American Ento-
mological Society. This has been incorporated in the General
Fund of the Society.

List oF Papers BY Dr. SCHMIEDER
1. Original Scientific Papers.

1922. The Tracheation of the wings of early larval instars of Odonata
Anisoptera, with special reference to the development of the radius.
Ent. News 33: 257-262, 299-303. Pls. X, XI.

1928. Observations on the fat-body in Hymenoptera. Journal of Mor-
phology and Physiology 45: 121-185, six plates. This was the Ph.D.
Thesis. Illustrations from this work were copied and used in the
leading American and German advanced text-books, ie., in Snod-
grass: “Principles of Insect Morphology,” 1938, p. 408; and in H.
Weber: Lehrbuch der Entomologie, 1933, p. 469.

1933. The polymorphic forms of Melittobia chalybii Ashmead and the
determining factors involved in their production (Hymenoptera:
Chalcidoidea, Eulophidae). Biol. Bulletin 65: 338-354, 1 plate.

1938. The sex ratio in Melittobia chalybiti Ashmead, gametogenesis and
cleavage in females and in haploid males (Hymenoptera: Chalci-
doidea). Biol. Bulletin 74: 256-266, two plates.

1939. On the dimorphism of cocoons in Sphecophaga burra (Cresson)
Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae.) Ent. News 50: 91-97.

1939. The significance of the two types of larvae in Sphecophaga burra
(Cresson) and the factors conditioning them (Hymenoptera: Ichneu-
monidae.) Ent. News 50: 125-131.

1942. The control-of metamorphosis in Hymenoptera. (Abstract of
paper read at meeting of AAAS.) Anatomical Record 84: 514.
1947. (With P. W. Whiting.) Reproductive economy in the chalcidoid

wasp Melittobia. Genetics 32: 29-37.

2. Critical Articles, Essay Reviews, Miscellaneous.

1943. Insects, men, and ultra-violet. (An article on insect vision, criti-
cizing the views of Professor George Wald of Harvard University
as published in Science 101: 653-658.) Ent. News 56: 219-220,
October.

1946. On directing the flight of bees. (A review on the work of von
Frisch on the behavior of bees, as published between 1919 and 1943,
as well as found in recent Russian works on the same subject. Ent.

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1968

News 57: 16-19. (Note: This article received a full column notice
under “Science” in Time magazine; May, 1946.)

1947. More about dancing bees. This is a critical discussion of Karl von
Frisch’s epochal 1946 publication in Oesterreichische Zool. Zeitschr.
on the means of communicating information on distance and direction
among insects. Ent. News 58: 52-154.

1951. (With M. E. Phillips.) Bibliography of Philip P. Calvert. Ent.
News 62: 3-40. January.

1952. “Billion pounds of pesticides produced during 1951-52 season.”
Comment on the growth of this industry and its implications. Ent.
News 63: 74-75.

1952. Bees’ dances direct the flight of the swarm. Discussion of new
discoveries by von Frisch and Lindauer. Ent. News 63: 100-102.

1953. More about bees’ dances for directing the swarm. Ent. News 64:
262-265.

1954. Von Frisch on orientation in bees. Ent. News 65: 256-259.

1955. Talking bees. Ent. News 66: 263-267.

1956. Corresponding members of A.E.S. Ent. News 67: 110-111. Pro-
fessor von Frisch awarded Magellanic Prize. Ent. News 67: 193-
194. Professor Needham celebrates 88th birthday. Ent. News 67:
164. Report on biting flies from Panama. Ent. News 67: 164-165.
Tenth International Congress of Entomology. Ent. News 67: 111.

1957. Hermann Weber (1899-1956). Biographical sketch. Ent. News
68: 49-52. Dancing bees at the equator and nocturnal dances. Ent.
News 68: 131-133.

1958. Velia’s clock. (Regarding time mechanism as related to orienta-
tion behavior in Velia.) Ent. News 69: 26-27.

1960. Lady bugs. (Notes on origin of name and reasons for it.) Ent.
News 71: 107.

1962. Additions to the bibliography of Philip P. Calvert, subsequent to
1950. Ent. News 73: 121. Snodgrass receives Leidy Medal. Ent.
News 73: 26-27.

1963. Robert E. Snodgrass. (Note on his death.) Ent. News 74: 166.
“People and Pesticides”. Ent. News 74: 259.

In addition to the above titles, Dr. Schmieder contributed to the ENnrTo-
MOLOGICAL News 84 book reviews between 1927 and 1967. They covered
a wide range of subject matter in systematics, physiology, embryology and
many related subjects, suggesting the reviewers breadth of interest and
knowledge. Volume and page numbers in the News are listed below.

Vol. 38: 292; 40: 122; 41: 24; 42: 292; 44: 196; 45: 139; 46: 284:
47: 20, 53; 48: 149 (2), 209; 49: 88, 208; 52: 116; 54: 129; 57: 91;
58: 20, 214, 247, 272, 273; 59: 55 (2), 167, 223; 60: 139, 158, 194, 222 (2),
223; 62: 58, 94, 95 (3), 151 (2) ; G3: 193-195 (5); 642 55, 250-251 -(3),
194; 65: 250; 66: 53-55 (2), 152, 264; 67: 55, 82, 83, 195, 250; 68: 82, 138,
174, 267 ;\69: 111 70: 26, 27, 138, 251 5°72: 55, 194.221, 225 "2)y= Fa:
221 ; 74: 139, 167, 231,258; 75: 223-78: 6, 83 (2), 223——M, EB Parmims:

RUDOLF GUSTAV SCHMIEDER, 1898-1967

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 71

Redescription of the Type Species of the Pseu-
doscorpion Genus Kewochthonius Chamberlin * *

Witi1am B. Mucumore, Department of Biology, University
of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627

The genus Kewochthonius Chamberlin has been poorly under-
stood ever since its erection in 1929. The original description
of the type species, Chthonius halberti Kew, 1916, was not suf-
ficiently detailed to allow Chamberlin to define Kewochthonius
adequately. As a result some confusion has arisen concerning
the status of the genus. Chamberlin (1929), Hoff (1951) and
Schuster (1966) consider the genus to be distinct from Chtho-
nius and agree that Kewochthonius is the valid name. On the
other hand, Beier (1931, 1963) and Evans and Browning
(1954) accord the group only subgeneric status and use the
name Neochthonius. The present author agrees with the first
mentioned view, and will show in another place (Muchmore,
1968) that Kewochthonius Chamberlin is indeed distinct from
Neochthonius Chamberlin.

Beier (1963) has presented a description of Chthonius (Neo-
chthonius) halberti, which is based upon specimens from the
south coast of France (Beier, personal communication). This
description does not, however, fit the type specimens of Chtho-
nius halberti Kew, which I have examined through the courtesy
of Mr. J. S. Jackson of the National Museum of Ireland, Dublin.
In order to establish with certainty the characteristics of the
type species of the genus Kewochthonius Chamberlin, the fol-
lowing detailed description is presented.

Kewochthonius halberti (Kew)
(Figs. 1-3)

Chthonius halberti Kew, 1916, p. 77.

Kewochthonius halberti (Kew), Chamberlin, 1929, p. 65; Hoff,
195i." pS.

1 This work was supported in part by a grant, GB 5299, from the
National Science Foundation.
2 Accepted for publication October 4, 1967.

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

Chthonius (Neochthonius) halberti (Kew), Beier, 1932, p. 46;
Evans and Browning, 1954, p. 8; (in part) Beier, 1963, p. 20.

Materials examined.—Three type males, uncleared and
mounted entire on a single slide bearing the legend “Chthonius
Halberti Kew, Malahide, B.T. 32” (collection of the National
Museum of Ireland, Dublin). Two females collected in 1916
by H. W. Kew from under stones on the “beach near and below
high water mark” at Axmouth, Devon, England (collection of
J. C. Chamberlin, now in the care of D. R. Malcolm).

The three males are presumably those collected in May and
August 1915, by J. N. Halbert (Kew, 1916, p. 76). Together
with a female taken at the same time, these were the material
upon which Kew based the original description of the species.
Inasmuch as the type female cannot now be located, the rede-
scription of the species is based upon the males only. Further,
since the three specimens are on a single slide and since each
is imperfect in some respect, no lectotype is designated, but
instead the three are considered as a type series. As an addi-
tion, a description is given of the two female specimens from
England, since they are likely of this species.

Description —Male: Small species of typical chthoniine facies.
Carapace nearly quadrate; anterior margin with a prominent,
strongly serrated, triangular epistome (Fig. 1); surface dis-
tinctly reticulated, more strongly toward the sides. Four small
eyes present ; the anterior eye of each side distinctly corneate and
located about one and one half ocular diameters from the ante-
rior margin of the carapace; the posterior eye smaller, weakly
developed and about one ocular diameter behind the anterior
eye. Carapacal setae 23 or 24, with a variable number at the
posterior margin—two specimens with six large setae and one
small, lateral seta, and one specimen with seven large setae and
one small, lateral seta. Coxal area typical; chaetotaxy 2—2-1:-
mmm-—3-0 : 2-2-cs : 14—cs: 2-5; each coxa II with six to eight
finely pinnate spines set in a circular area, and each coxa III
with four similar spines set in a square; a small, bisetose inter-
coxal tubercle present.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 73

Abdomen typically long-ovate; surfaces of tergites reticu-
lated, those of sternites smooth; pleural membranes with nu-
merous, minute papillae, and thrown into narrow, longitudinal
folds. Tergal chaetotaxy of the three specimens as follows—
52426:727272720-07 46-0 and42 5.16: 6:82 676.7 2024
6-0 and 4:5:576:6:7:8: 7-227: 2-0: Genital” areas, ob-
scure. Most sternites with eight to ten setae; the most lateral
seta on each side of sternites 5-7 much smaller than the central
ones.

Chelicera shorter than carapace; number of setae on palm
variable—seven and seven in one specimen, six and seven in
another, and six (right chelicera missing) in the third; fixed
finger with a row of nine or ten teeth, of which the distal two
are much larger than the more proximal ones; movable finger
with a row of five to eight teeth, of which the distal one is much
the largest, and with a prominent, isolated tooth midway be-
tween the end of the row and the finger tip; galea represented
by a distinct rounded elevation ; serrula exterior with 16 plates;
flagellum with ten or eleven finely pinnate setae.

Proportions of palps as shown in figure 2; trochanter 1.8-1.9,
femur 4.0-4.2, tibia 1.7-1.8, and chela 4.8-5.0 times as long as
broad; hand 1.65-1.7 times as long as deep; movable finger
1.82-1.87 times as long as hand. Tactile setae of chela as shown
in figure 3. Fixed finger of chela with 64, and movable finger
with 58 contiguous teeth (only one chela in a position suitable
for counting the teeth) ; the teeth of both fingers are set directly
onto the side of the finger, not on a lamella; they range in shape
from tall and rectangular at the distal end to low and rounded
at the proximal end, and at a given level those of the fixed finger
are somewhat taller than those of the movable finger; cusps
generally absent from the teeth in the proximal third of each
finger.

Legs of typical chthoniid facies. Leg IV with tactile setae
on metatarsus 0.38-0.42, and on telotarsus 0.40—0.43 the length
of the segment from the proximal end.

Measurement (mm).—Body length 1.00-1.11. Carapace
0.34-0.35 long, ocular breadth 0.32-0.33 ; anterior ocular diame-

74 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

ter 0.022. Abdomen 0.67-0.77 long by 0.40 wide. Chelicera
0.30-0.31 long by 0.15-0.17 broad; movable finger 0.14-0.15
long. Palpal trochanter 0.14-0.15 by 0.08; femur 0.36 by
0.085-0.09 ; tibia 0.165 by 0.09-0.10; chela 0.55-0.57 by 0.115;
hand 0.19-0.20 by 0.115 ; movable finger 0.35-0.37 long. Leg I:
basifemur 0.19-0.20 by 0.05; telofemur 0.09-0.10 by 0.04; tibia
0.11 by 0.04; tarsus 0.19-0.21 by 0.03. Leg IV: entire femur
0.29-0.32 long ; basifemur 0.16 by 0.14; telofemur 0.22 by 0.13;
tibia 0.19-0.20 by 0.06; metatarsus 0.11 by 0.04; telotarsus
0.17-0.19 by 0.03.

Females from England.—Generally similar to males of the
type series but slightly larger. Carapacal chaetotaxy 4-6—-4—2-6
= 22, there being no trace of small lateral setae in the posterior
row. Anterior eyes distinctly corneate, posterior eyes barely visi-
ble. Coxal chaetotaxy 2-2-1 :mmm-—3-0: 2—2-cs: 14s: 2-5;
coxa II with eight to eleven finely pinnate spines; and coxa III
with five similar spines. Genital area typically chthoniine ; an-
terior operculum with an antero-medial group of three setae and
two postero-lateral groups of three setae each; posterior opercu-
lum with a marginal row of seven setae. Chaetotaxy of ab-
dominal tergites 4:4:6:6:6:8:7:7:6:4:6:0 and 4:4:5:7:-
7:7:8:7:6:4:6:0. Sternites with eight to eleven setae.

Chelicerae with six setae on each palm in one specimen, and
six and seven setae in the other; galeal elevation slightly larger
than in the male; flagellum with eleven pinnate setae.

Proportions of palpal segments and tactile setae of chela
essentially as in the male. Trochanter 1.7-1.8, femur 4.04.2,
tibia 1.8, and chela 4.7-4.9 times as long as broad; hand 1.7
times as long as deep; movable finger 1.84-1.88 times as long
as hand. Fixed finger of chela with 63-64 teeth, movable finger
with 61-64 teeth, set directly onto the side of the finger.

Legs a little more attenuated than those of male. Leg IV
with tactile setae on metatarsus 0.33-0.38, and on telotarsus
0.32-0.39 the length of the segment from the proximal end.

Measurements (mm).—Body length 1.25-1.28. Carapace
0.41 long, ocular breadth 0.37—-0.42; anterior ocular diameter
0.024. Abdomen 0.84-0.88 long by 0.40-0.57 broad. Chelicera

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 75

0.36-0.38 by 0.19; movable finger 0.19 long. Palpal trochanter
0.18-0.19 by 0.10-0.11; femur 0.40-0.46 by 0.10-0.11; tibia
0.20-0.22 by 0.11-0.12; chela 0.68-0.70 by 0.14-0.15; hand
0.24-0.25 by 0.14-0.15; movable finger 0.44-0.47 long. Leg I:
basifemur 0.26-0.27 by 0.06; telofemur 0.11-0.12 by 0.05; tibia
0.15-0.16 by 0.04—0.05; tarsus 0.26-0.27 by 0.04. Leg IV:
entire femur 0.39-0.40 long; basifemur 0.19-0.20 by 0.16; telo-
femur 0.26-0.29 by 0.14-0.15; tibia 0.26-0.27 by 0.07; meta-
tarsus 0.13-0.14 by 0.05; telotarsus 0.25 by 0.04.

_ Remarks—Kewochthonius halberti can be separated easily
from all other described species of the genus by the presence of
six or more large setae and, sometimes, one or two small, lateral
setae, on the posterior border of the carapace, and by the pres-
ence of more than four marginal setae on the third and fourth
tergites.

The status of the specimens from southern France is uncer-
tain. On the basis of Beier’s short description (1963, p. 20-21),
they appear to differ in certain respects from the type specimens
of K. halberti described above, particularly in the weakly ser-
rated, semicircular epistome, the rudimentary anterior eyes, the
usual presence of eight setae on the fifth and following tergites,
and the tooth-bearing lamella on the movable finger of the chela.
It may be that they represent a new species, but the matter can-
not be settled until more is understood about the variation
within populations, including females, known to belong to K.
halberti.

REFERENCES CITED

Beier, M. 1932. Tierriech 57: 1-258.

——. 1963. Bestimmungsbticher zur Bodenfauna Europas 5: 1-313.

CHAMBERLIN, J.C. 1929. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 10. 4: 50-80.

Evans, G. O. and E. Browninc. 1954. Synopses of British Fauna,
Linn. Soc. London no. 10: 1-23.

Horr, C.C. 1951. American Mus. Novitates 1483: 1-13.

Kew, H. W. 1916. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. 33B: 71-85.

Mucumore, W. B. (1968.) The pseudoscorpion genus Neochthonius
Chamberlin, with the description of a cavernicolous species. (In
preparation. )

Scuuster, R.O. 1962. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 75: 223-226.

76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

3

Fics. 1-3. Kewochthonius halberti (Kew), syntype males. Fic. 1.
Epistome of one specimen. Fic. 2. Dorsal view of right palp of same
specimen. Fic. 3. Lateral view of right chela of another specimen.

An Immigrant Agrilus (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae) *

Henry A. HESPENHEIDE, Department of Biology, University
of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

During early spring of 1966, Andrew R. Moldenke mentioned
(pers. comm.) having collected large numbers of a species of
Agrilus from an ornamental Wisteria at his former home in
Yonkers, Westchester Co., New York. Because no American
species was recorded by Fisher * as using members of this plant

1 Accepted for publication October 5, 1967.
2U. S. National Museum Bulletin, vol. 144 (1928).

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS (fe

genus for a host, an effort was made to collect and identify it
for its interest as a new host record. Examination of several
plants of Wisteria sinensis Sweet, at the author’s home in
Merchantville, Camden Co., New Jersey in May and June, 1966,
showed many adult Agrilus feeding on new foliage. Individ-
uals were seen as late as early August.

When specimens could not be identified from Fisher’s mono-
graph of the American species,* Prof. J. N. Knull examined
a short series and confirmed (im litt.) that they represented a
species previously unknown to him from America. Because the
plants are of oriental origin, I wrote Dr. Yoshihiko Kurosawa
of the National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan. He suggested
that the specimens might belong to Agrilus pilosovittatus
Saunders, a common species occurring on native Wisteria in
that country. Specimens from Merchantville were compared
with material collected by J. E. Lewis in Japan and formerly
in the F. R. Mason collection, now at the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia. The Merchantville material is identical
with that from Japan, collected at Mimasaka in June, 1926.

Because this species has not been reported previously from
this hemisphere, the following description and figure are in-
cluded to aid in its identification:

Agrilus pilosovittatus Saunders, 1873
(Figs. 1-2)

Agrilus pilosovittatus E. Saunders, 1873. Jour. Linn. Soc.

London 11: 515:

Agrilus zemani J. Obenberger, 1925. Casopis Cs. Spol. Ent.

22534,

Male.—Form robust, strongly shining aeneous above, more
bronzy on pronotum and along suture and lateral margins of
elytra of some specimens; front bright green, becoming bronzy
on occiput; beneath black with more or less strongly aeneous
reflections, legs brighter and more strongly green; elytra more
or less conspicuously pubescent, most densely so at the apices,
except for the lateral margins and an irregular spot along the

3 Op. cit.

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

anterior + of the sutural margins that is widest just below the
middle.

Head convex with a slight median depression, surface finely
rugose, rugae becoming longitudinal on occiput; slightly pubes-
cent ; antennae extending beyond middle of pronotum to termi-
nus of prehumeral carinae when laid along side the pronotum,
serrate from the fourth segment.

Pronotum about } wider than long, sides subparallel in front,
slightly emarginate behind middle ; when viewed from side, mar-
ginal and submarginal carinae joined at base; anterior margin
sinuate; basal margin strongly sinuate, median lobe slightly
emarginate ; disk slightly convex with a strong lateral depression
on each side, prehumeral carinae prominent, about 4 the length
of the pronotum, closely transversely rugose, minutely punctate
between the rugae, with two medial depressions, the anterior
shallow, the basal somewhat stronger. Scutellum feebly trans-
versely carinate.

Elytra slightly wider than base of pronotum; sides subparallel
near base, slightly constricted before middle, expanded at middle,
then narrowly and obliquely rounded at the closely dentate
apices; disk of each elytron with a strong basal depression;
surface finely imbricate.

Abdomen beneath finely punctate and uniformly pubescent,
first two segments slightly or not at all depressed or flattened
along median line. Prosternal lobe barely emarginate; pro-
sternum sparsely long-pubescent in some specimens, process
subparallel to behind anterior coxae, then converging to apex.
Tarsal claws cleft near middle, inner tooth broader, shorter and
strongly incurved, except on anterior tarsi where only slightly
broader and shorter and not at all or barely incurved.

Female.—Similar to male, except front and legs bronzy-
aeneous throughout, abdomen not depressed, prosternum not
especially pubescent, and tarsal claws similar on all feet.

Length.—4.4 (4.04.7) mm; width, at humeri, 1.2 (1.1-1.3)
mm, at abdomen, 1.4 (1.2-1.6) mm.

Specimens examined: New Jersey: Burlington Co., Moores-
town, 5 June, 16 July 1965 (R. L. Haines) ; Camden Co.,
Merchantville, 13 May—22 June 1966, 1967 ; Union Co., Watch-

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 79

ung Reservation, 16 June 1966 (A. R. Moldenke). New York:
Westchester Co., Park Hill, Yonkers, May 1961 (A. R. Mol-
denke). Pennsylvania: Bucks Co., 1 mi SW of New Hope, 30
May 1967; Philadelphia Co., University of Pennsylvania, 24
July 1967. Specimens in the collections of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, American Museum of Natural
History, U. S. National Museum, J. N. Knull, A. R. Moldenke,
G. N. Walters, S. G. Wellso and the author.

Although this species runs to Agrilus fallax Say in Fisher’s
key,* the two species differ in numerous characters, most ob-
viously in the pattern of pubescence of the elytra, general colora-

Fic. 1 (left) and 2 (right). Dorsal and ventral views, respectively, of
genitalia of male Agrilus pilosovittatus Saunders.

tion, secondary sexual characteristics on the ventral side of the
male, and the male genitalia (see figs. 1-2; cf. fig. 45, Fisher,
op. cit.). As noted above, the hosts for A. pilosovittatus are
ornamental oriental members of the genus Wisteria; those of
A. fallax are Gleditsia triacanthos and species of Celtis. I have
reared one specimen of A. pilosovittatus from Wisteria and seen
emergence holes of others, primarily in smaller twigs.

Although no attempt has been made to determine the actual
limits of its occurrence, the species appears to be rather wide-
spread for its not having been recorded previously (in contrast
to Trachys pygmaea (Fab.) which apparently has spread little

4 Op. cit.

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1968

since the first report of its occurrence in the northeast by Weiss.°
It is interesting that this is the first oriental species of the family
recorded from this continent, despite the numerous floral affini-
ties of the two regions; three European and Near-Eastern spe-
cies of Agrilus are already known from the United States.

A New Subspecies of Oeneis jutta
(Lepidoptera: Satyridae) '

Joun H. Masters and Joun T. SorENSEN *

Chermock and Chermock (1940) described Oeneis jutta ridin-
giana believing it to be the subspecies endemic to Riding Moun-
tain and neighboring areas of Western Manitoba. Klots (1951)
and other workers have applied the name ridingiana to all Oeneis
jutta of the Northeastern United States and Southeastern Can-
ada west to Riding Mountain. Uncertainty has always existed
on this point because of a paucity of Riding Mountain O. jutta
specimens for comparison and the inadequacy of the original
description of ridingiana. We recently collected series of O.
jutta from both Minnesota and the Riding Mountain area and
find them sufficiently distinct to warrant designation of the
former as a new subspecies.

Oeneis jutta ascerta NEW SUBSPECIES

Oeneis jutta ascerta has the general appearance associated
with all O. jutta subspecies: from O. jutta ridingiana it is dis-
tinguished by a larger size and by yellower, less ochraceous,
ocellar bands which are smaller and more broken into their
separate elements; it differs from O. jutta reducta by having a
medial band on the ventral surface of the secondaries, larger and
more conspicuous ocelli and smaller less developed yellow bands ;

5 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEws, vol. 65, pp. 230-232 (1954).

1 Accepted for publication November 3, 1967.

2P.0. Box 7511, St. Paul, Minnesota and 5309 37th Ave. S., Minne-
apolis, Minnesota.

Vol. 79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 81

O. jutta alaskensis is a small, dark, thin-scaled subspecies from
arctic regions and is possibly not distinct from O. jutta leussleri;
O. jutta terraenovae differs from ascerta by having more con-
sistent and better developed ocellar series with wider yellow
bands and by being more flecked with white on the ventral wing
surfaces. Oceneis jutta jutta is Palearctic and doesn’t enter the
Nearctic fauna.

Male.—Ocellar series on primaries with black ocelli in cells
R,, M, and M;, but frequently wanting in M,; ocelli not pu-
pilated and with narrow sienna-yellow coronae ; coronae, without
ocelli, frequently present in cells M, and Cu,. Ocellar series
on secondaries consisting of triangular sienna-yellow patches in
cells Rs, M,, M., M, and Cu,, tending to diminish in size ante-
riorward; cell M, with a small ocellus, usually pupilated with a
white center. Male genitalia (Fig. 1) with roughly triangular
shaped valves bearing a number of rather course teeth at the
apex. Wing measurements: Holotype male, expanse 56 mm.
Length of forewing, base to apex, 32 mm; paratype males vary
in length from 28 to 34 mm.

Female.—Ocellar series on primaries consists of a sienna-
yellow band extending through the postmedial area from cell
Cu, to the radial veins near the apex, being variably broken by
the brown ground color along the veins, especially along M,;
black ocelli in cells M, and Cu,, a smaller ocellus in M,, and
sometimes an even smaller one in M,. On secondaries ocellar
series present as patches in cells Rs to Cu, separated by broad
brown lines along veins; element in cell C, rounded, with a
white-pupiled black ocellus; black ocelli sometimes present in
other elements ; outer edges of elements lightly lined with black,
contrasting with ground color along margin, but inner edges
shading into discal color. Wing measurements: Allotype female,
expanse 55 mm. Length of forewing, base to apex, 30 mm;
paratype females vary in length from 30 to 35 mm.

Holotype.—Male, West White Pine Truck Trail, Solana State
Forest, Aitkin County, Minnesota (18-VI-1967), J. H. Masters
collector. Allotype female, Big Falls, Koochiching County,
Minnesota (16-VI-1967), J. T. Sorensen collector. Para-
types: 12 g’s, 8 9’s, same data as holotype; 14 @’s, 19, same

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ March, 1968

data as allotype; 21 g’s, 29’s (18-VI-1967) same locality as
allotype: 40 @’s, 199’s, Linden Grove, Saint Louis County,
Minnesota (17-VI-1967), J. H. Masters, J. T. Sorensen and
P. J. Conway collectors: 16 g’s, 4 9’s, one mile south of Cook,
St. Louis County, Minnesota (17/18-1967). J. H. Masters
collector; 19, Ash River Trail, St. Louis County, Minnesota
(18-VI-1967), J. H. Masters collector. The types and four
paratypes are deposited in the Carnegie Museum, a pair each
of paratypes are deposited in the American Museum of Natural
History, the United States National Museum, the Canadian
National Collection and the University of Minnesota collection.

In addition we have examined specimens of O. jutta from
Hines County, Wisconsin; Schoolcraft County, Michigan;
Whiteshell Provincial Park, Manitoba; Lanoraei, Quebec; and
Penobscot County, Maine—all of which seem to belong to our
subspecies.

We suggest an arrangement of Nearctic O. jutta as follows,
emending the Dos Passos (1964) check list :

*669 Oeneis jutta (Hub-

ner )

a. j. alaskensis Hol- True arctic from eastern
land 1900 Alaska east to northern
= ?leussleri Bryant Manitoba
1935

b. 7. reducta McDun- Rocky Mountain region of
nough 1929 Wyoming, Colorado, Utah

and Montana north into
Canada

c. 7. ridingiana Cher- Riding and Duck Mountains
mock & Chermock and Porcupine Hills of
1940 western Manitoba

d. 7. ascerta Masters Southeastern Manitoba and
& Sorensen 1967 northern Minnesota east to

Quebec and Maine
e. 7. terraenovae dos Newfoundland
Passos 1935

Vol. 79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 83

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Dr. Richard M.
Fox of the Carnegie Museum who read and suggested improve-
ments in our manuscript and who allowed us to examine and
photograph type material in the Carnegie Museum; and that of
Patrick J. Conway of Aledo, Illinois, who was with us on sev-
eral of the collecting expeditions.

{ 1 mm. t

1

Fic. 1. Male genitalia of O. jutta ascerta. A. Tegumen, gnathos and
uncus, lateral view, right aspect. B. Left valve, inner aspect. C. Penis.
D. Right valve, inner aspect.

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1968

REFERENCES CITED

Cuermock, F. M. and R. L. CHErmMock. 1940. Some new diurnal Lepi-
doptera from the Riding Mountains and the Sand Ridge, Manitoba.
Canadian Ent. 72: 81-83.

Dos Passos, C. F. 1964. A synonomic list of the Nearctic Rhopalo-
cera. Memoir No. 1, Lepidopterists’ Soc.

Kuots, A. B. 1951. Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin
Co., Boston.

Nomenclature Notice

Possible use of plenary powers by the International Commis-
sion on Zoological Nomenclature is announced for the following
cases pertaining to insects, the case number in parenthesis:
(see, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 2, 27 April 1967) (1778)
Hymenoptera, suppression of Nematus leachii Dahlbom, 1835 ;
(1786) Coleoptera, type-species for Crioceris Muller 1764, and
Lema Fabricius, 1789; (1788) Coleoptera, type-species for Cry-
phalus Erichson, 1836; (see, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 3,
30 June 1967) (1761) Orthoptera, suppression of Gryllus suc-
cinctus Linnaeus, 1758; Acridium assectator Fischer von Wald-
heim, 1833; Cyrtacantharis fusilinea Walker, 1870; Cyrtacan-
tharis inficita Walker, 1870; Acridium rubescens Walker, 1870;
Acridium elongatum Walker, 1870; (1732) Hemiptera, type-
species for Elatophilus Reuter, 1884; (1791) Lepidoptera, vali-
dation of two species named Papilio aglaja Linnaeus, 1758;
(see, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 4, 20 September 1967)
(1797) suppression of three editions of a work by O. F. Muller,
first published in 1769; (1799) Plecoptera, suppression of
Phryganea maxima Scopoli, 1763; (1806) Lepidoptera, suppres-
sion of Charaxes jocaste Butler, 1865. Send comments in du-
plicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, International Com-
mission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Nat-
ural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7, England.
Those received early enough will be published in the Bull. Zool.
Nomenclature —W. E. Cuina.

Fic. 2. Top row, left to right: Oenets jutta ascerta Holotype male,
Aitkin County, Minnesota, upperside, underside; O. j. ascerta Allotype
female, Koochiching County, Minnesota, upperside, underside. Second
row: O. j. ridingiana Paratype male, Riding Mountain, Manitoba, upper-
side, underside; O. 7. ridingiana Allotype female, Riding Mountain, Mani-
toba, upperside; O. 7. terraenovae Paratype male, Doyles Station, New-
foundland, upperside. Third row: O. 7. terraenovae Paratype female,
Doyles Station, Newfoundland, upperside; O. 7. reducta Topotype male,
Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, ee O. 7. alaskensis Holo-
type male, N.E. Alaska, upperside ; O. j. jutta, Norway, upperside. All
specimens figured are in the Carnegie Museum. All figures are 80%
natural size.

Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. All inser-
tions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell "University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U.S. A

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned
desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department
of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepi-
doptera. N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Jans-
kerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt
service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California, 19654.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES
by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

40 pages Abundantly illustrated Paperback

The beetles of the world may be keyed to family with the aid of
this book. The introduction to the anatomy of beetles found in
this concise text makes it completely self-contained.
$1.00 ea. postpaid. Supply limited; the entire stock now owned by:

INSTITUTE for the STUDY of NATURAL SPECIES
550 Elston Road
Lafayette, Indiana 47905

ENTOMOLOGICAL LITERATURE
Individuals, libraries and institutions—

NEW AND OUT OF PRINT BOOKS ON THE BIOLOGI-
CAL SCIENCES supplied from stock or obtained promptly to
order. Entomology books are our specialty. Your desiderata are
welcomed.

List of new and used entomology books available.
We Buy Booxs; PERIoDICALSs, WHOLE COLLECTIONS.

JULIAN J. NADOLNY, Natural History Booksellers,
35 Varmor Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06053

Please Send Us Your Offers.

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

. 20.

Ae

oe.

Pees

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
Livplates 20 masts wc duet toes eee ee $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ...$4.00

Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate .......... $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ..........+. $9.00
Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ...... $2.50
Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-

ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ....
$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

QL

d6|
ES3i
ENT

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

APRIL 1968

Vol. 79 No. 4

CONTENTS

Masters—Euphydryas phaeton in the Ozarks (Lepidoptera :

INigtan pac ae yt eae ie Delta ctey Sis a celal tia Mad « Sighb ey Sud 'acetnre 85
Spangler—A new Psephenus from Mexico (Coleoptera:

SSM MCTEGAG Petits spares c a ce fac Rie saee ee grtee rn ucsiend'd sveoye ae 91
Drea—A new Microctonus parasitizing the Alfalfa weevil

(Ciiymenoprenra = racomidae:) ih ayisn/ ss so co s.cne sa das 97
Procaccini and Gyves—Variation in Papilio (Lepidoptera:

Pra inesidae ort. come ae aes re cas othe A oe clare 2 rs Gress Comoe 102
Crabill—Identities of Gosphilus and Chromatobius (Chilo-

poda: Geophilomorpha:. Himantariidae)~.........:....: 108
EE ENTOMOLOGIST S- RECORD) 4 a50..5 60 a: csie. ¢=.< «esses, ha mens 112
THE ENToMOLocISsT’s MARKET PLACE ....... back inside cover

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.

AND

1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: personal, $6.00; institutional, $9.00.
Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by Putte
P. Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMIEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff:
H. W. Aten, M. E. Puiiies, and S. S. RosBack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per
yearly volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic
and foreign, $6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, labora-
tories, etc., domestic and foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be ad-
dressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue
University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowl-
edged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles
longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments,
unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional
pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 4 <6 inches. The cost of
setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1—4 pp. 5-8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 eS 17.62 8.75
Add’! 100 250 3.51 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52. Transporta-
tion charges will be extra.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENtomotocicaL News. Titles, to
facilitate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters
including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents
for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150
words or less should precede the article. The editor may reword the abstract
for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The authors
complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a foot-
note. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including
illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or
if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate
publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news
in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions
open, and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.”
Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the
subject of the article are especially desirable.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

WorEr7o APRIL, 1968 :. (No. 4

Euphydryas phaeton in the Ozarks (Lepi-
doptera: Nymphalidae) *

Joun H. Masters, Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota

The nominate subspecies of Euphydryas phaeton (Drury)
seems to be confined to the Transition Zone of the northeastern
states. From New England it ranges through New York and
Pennsylvania, across the Great Lakes to Wisconsin and northern
Illinois, and southward in Alleghenian Transition Zone environ-
ments to North Carolina and perhaps Georgia. Northward,
through Maine and Quebec, into the Maritime Provinces—and
interestingly, also in western Wisconsin and Minnesota—the
subspecies borealis Chermock & Chermock is found, separated
from the nominate subspecies by a sharp cline.

In this study my concern is with populations of E. phaeton,
the existence of which has been known for some time, to the
southwest of the above areas. O’Byrne (1934, 1941) and
Meiners (1956) have verified phaeton in the vicinity of St.
Louis, Missouri; Brower (1930) recorded it near Springfield,
Missouri; Young (1956) found it at Brown county in south
central Indiana; Field (1938) cites a single specimen collected
in 1871 near Lawrence, Kansas. Hoffman (1940) recorded it,
undoubtedly in error, from Coahuila, Mexico. On the strength
of Field’s record, nearly all popular guides to Lepidoptera have
since given the range of nominate phaeton as westward to
Kansas.

In 1962, E. phaeton apparently underwent a population explo-
sion in the Ozark area. Collectors became both aware and
interested in the situation and during the next three years a

1 Accepted for publication October 6, 1967.
(85)

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [| April, 1968

bevy of them, including J. R. Heitzman, Dr. L. J. Paulissen,
Mrs. J. R. Myers, J. W. Cunningham, my wife and myself,
uncovered 28 colonies in 14 counties of Missouri, Arkansas,
Kansas and Oklahoma. My search of private and institutional
collections has revealed three additional localities in Missouri
and Arkansas.

The habits and habitat of Euphydryas phaeton are well
known. The classic account by Scudder (1899) can be sum-
marized thus: The butterflies are seldom found far from the
marshy places where the food plant, Chelone glabra, grows.
The eggs are laid in clusters on this plant during July and hatch
in about 20 days. Each caterpillar devours part of its egg and
then the entire colony spins a small web on the lower surface
of a Chelone leaf. Larvae for a time eat only the leaf paren-
chyma covered by this web, but then construct a web covering
the top of the plant and feed on the enclosed leaves—extending
the web as leaves are consumed. The larvae stay in this web
continually; after the third molt, they become inactive, stop
eating and hibernate. In the spring they leave the web and
may feed on Lonicera or other plants, attaining full growth in
May. The pupal stage lasts 14 to 18 days and, in the vicinity
of Boston, the adults appear about June 12th.

The restriction of E. phaeton to low marshy areas near to
its required larval foodplant, Chelone glabra, is almost univer-
sally emphasized, as by Scudder (1899), Holland (1931), Field
(1938), Macy & Shepard (1941), Clark & Clark (1951), Klots
(1951) and Ehrlich & Ehrlich (1961). In the Ozarks region,
however, the butterfly’s habits and food are quite different.
O’Byrne (1934) found colonies in dry valleys and occasionally
on hillsides in the St. Louis area and noted that the larvae fed
on Aureolaria grandiflora. Brower (1930) noted that all of
the colonies he found near Springfield were high up on thinly
wooded ridges and the larvae were feeding on tall growing
Aureolaria. Saunders (1932), however, also noted larvae feed-
ing on Aureolaria on a high rocky ridge in Connecticut.

All of the colonies that I found in the Ozarks were on high,
well drained hilltops, though the males would stray a consider-

Fics. 1-8. Fic. 1, upper side and Fic. 2, under side, Euphydryas phae-
ton ozarkae, n. ssp., holotype male, Camden Co., Missouri. Fic. 3, upper
side and Fic. 4, under side, E. p. phaeton (Drury), male, McGraw, New
York, in Carnegie Museum. Fic. 5, upper side and Fic. 6, under side,
E. p. ozarkae, n. ssp., allotype female, Camden Co., Missouri. Fic. as
upper side and Fie. 8, underside, E. p. phaeton (Drury), female, McGraw,
New York, in Carnegie Museum. All figures 88% natural size.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 87

able distance away—a habit never noted in Chelone-feeding
phaeton. While Chelone glabra is found throughout the Ozarks,
I never found FE. phaeton in association with it but rather with
Aureolaria. I noted additional differences in the Ozark phaeton’s
habits, including a stronger and faster flight which makes them
more difficult to capture than examples that I have encountered
in Minnesota and Pennsylvania. The adult flight period is
somewhat shorter in the Ozarks, where I found it to be 10 to
14 days during late May and early June. In Minnesota, phaeton
flies from mid-June until late July and Clench (in litt.) ob-
served an average flight of 40 days for the Powdermill Nature
Reserve in Westmoreland county, Pennsylvania.

Field (1938) first noted that specimens from Missouri and
Kansas appeared different in maculation and suggested that they
might represent an unnamed subspecies. Examination of series
of phaeton from the Ozark region indicates that they can be
readily separated from northern and eastern populations by
the facies. Taking this into account, along with the noted
differences in food plants and habits, it seems desirable to desig-
nate a new subspecies.

Euphydryas phaeton ozarkae, NEW SUBSPECIES

Male (Figs. 1, 2).—The same general appearance as nomi-
nate E. phaeton (Figs. 3, 4) but the red coloring is paler and
of a more yellow cast. With an expanse of one forewing (base
to apex) of 28 to 32 mm it is somewhat larger.

Upperside (Fig. 1): Marginal red spots are reduced in size.
Black lines over veins are wider and the black marginal band
invades the red band, resulting in a wider spacing of the red
spots. Red spots at apex of the forewing tend to be narrow,
in no case are they wider than high. Red spots in forewing
cell are not well developed—75% of specimens have only one
poorly defined spot ; in the remainder one spot is weakly devel-
oped and there is a faint suggestion of the second.

Underside (Fig. 2): White coloring tends to be “whiter”
than on the nominate subspecies. Discal cluster of red spots
are more broken and separated by black.

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ April, 1968

The genitalia (Fig. 9) do not differ from the nominate sub-
species.

Female (Figs. 5, 6).—The same general appearance as nomi-
nate phaeton (Figs. 7, 8) but the red coloring is reduced—
often wanting altogether on upper surfaces—and is of a paler,
yellower cast. Very large size—expanse of one forewing (base
to apex) 31 to 38 mm.

Fic. 9. Valve (above) and penis (below) of male paratype, Euphy-
dryas phaeton ozarkae, Camden Co., Missouri, drawn to scale shown from
slide no. 1457, R. M. Fox.

Upperside (Fig. 5): Forewing discal red is not present.
Marginal red spots, if present, have a distinctly triangular shape
and are reduced in size so that the space between them is as
large as the spots themselves. White areas tend to be larger
and “whiter’—four white bands are present on the forewing,
fusing to three near the anal angle. Outer row of white spots
are larger than marginal row of red spots on forewing.

Underside (Fig. 6): Discal red pattern appears to be more
broken because of the wider separation of the spots. White
rows tend to be wider and more regular.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 89

Holotype male——Ridge north of Lynch Hollow, near county
road F, Camden county, Missouri (26-V—1962), J. H. Masters,
collector. Expanse of forewing 30 mm. Deposited in Carnegie
Museum, Pittsburgh.

Allotype female—Same data as the holotype. Expanse of
forewing 36 mm. Deposited in Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh.

Paratypes.—156 3’s and 30 9’s, same locality as holotype,
various dates, late May and early June 1962, 1963 and 1965.
J. H. and Wilma Masters, collectors. Paratypes are deposited
in the collections of Carnegie Museum, American Museum of
Natural History, California Academy of Sciences, Cornell Uni-
versity, United States National Museum, University of Ar-
kansas and University of Missouri. The remainder will, for
the present, remain in the author’s and several other private
collections.

The map (Fig. 10) shows the known distribution of E. p.
ozarkae. Those from non-Ozark counties along the Missouri
and Mississippi rivers appear to differ only to a minor extent.
I have not examined any specimens from Brown county, Indiana
(Young, 1956) but since this county is south of the normal
range of E. phaeton phaeton and since it is composed of hilly
terrain much like an Ozarks plateau in miniature, its population
is probably ozarkae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am deeply indebted to Dr. Richard M. Fox of Carnegie
Museum, who encouraged me to produce this paper and who
photographed the types and prepared the genitalia, which were
drawn by R. T. Satterwhite of Carnegie Museum. I also ap-
preciate the help of J. Richard Heitzman of Independence, Mis-
souri; Dr. Leo J. Paulissen of Fayetteville, Arkansas; Fred T.
Thorne of San Diego, California; Richard Breedlove of San
Diego, California ; John T. Sorensen of Minneapolis, Minnesota ;
William A. Bergman of Minneapolis, Minnesota; L. Paul Grey
of Lincoln, Maine; Kilian Roever of Phoenix, Arizona; Harry
K. Clench of Carnegie Museum; and the late Frank H. Cher-

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1968

oe
aritp

Fic. 10. Known distribution of Euphydryas phaeton ozarkae in Mis-
souri, Arkansas, Kansas and Oklahoma. Solid triangles, colonies from
which specimens have been studied ; open triangles, recorded colonies from
which specimens have not been studied.

mock of Baltimore, Maryland—all of whom contributed speci-
mens, locality data or field observations to the study.

REFERENCES CITED

Brower, A. E. 1930. A list of butterflies of the Ozark region of Mis-
souri. Ent. News 41: 286-289.

Crark, A. H. and L. F. Clark. 1951. The butterflies of Virginia.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 116(7) : 1-239.

Exreuicy, P. R. and A. H. Exriicu. 1961. How to know the butter-
flies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 91

Fretp, W. C. 1938. A manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas.
Bull. U. Kansas 39(10) : 1-328.

HorrmMan, C. C. 1940. Catalago Sistematico y zoogeografico de los
Lepidopteros Mexicanos. Ann. Inst. Biol. (Mexico) 11: 640-739.

Hoiianp, W. J. 1931. The butterfly book, revised edition. Doubleday,
Doran & Co., Garden City, N. Y.

Kuiots, A. B. 1951. Field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin
Co., Boston, Mass.

Macy, R. W. and H. H. SuHeparp. 1941. Butterflies. U. Minnesota
Press, Minneapolis.

Merners, E. P. 1956. Lepidoptera collecting at Ranken, Missouri. Lep.
News 10: 163-168.

O’Byrne, H. I. 1934. Observations on the life history of the “Baltimore
Checkerspot” butterfly, Euphydryas phaeton, in Missouri. Trans.
Acad. Sci. Saint Louis 28 : 227-230.

——. 1941. A revised list of the butterflies of St. Louis county, Mis-
souri. Webster Groves Nature Study Soc., Bulletin 3.

Saunpers, A. A. 1932. Butterflies of Allegheny State Park. New
York State Museum, Handbook 13.

Scupper, S. H. 1899. Everyday butterflies. Cambridge, Mass.

Younc, F. N. 1956. Euphydryas phaeton in southern Indiana. Lep.
News 10: 46.

A New Psephenus and its Larva from Mexico
(Coleoptera: Psephenidae)

PauL J. SPANGLER ? 3

ABSTRACT

The adult and larva of a new species of Psephenus from Mexico are
described and illustrated. This is the fifth species of the genus described
from Mexico.

Only four species of psephenid beetles, Psephenus haldemani
Horn (1870), Psephenus palpalis Champion (1913), Psephenus
usingert Hinton (1934), and Psephenus texanus Brown and

1 This study was made possible, in part, by Grant GB-1697 from the
National Science Foundation.

2 Department of Entomology, United States National Museum, Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

3 Accepted for publication October 7, 1967.

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1968

Arrington (1967), have been described previously from Mexico.
The distinctive new species described below was collected at an
elevation of approximately 8,000 feet near El Salto in the state
of Durango, Mexico. The unique male beetle was found rest-
ing above water on a partially submerged log in a small, cold
and clear stream. Thirty-eight larvae were collected in the
stream and are assumed to be the immature stage of this beetle.

I am grateful to my entomological colleagues from the Ento-
mological Research Institute of the Canadian Department of
Agriculture whom I visited at their camp near El Salto and
who arranged the field excursion during which this new species
was found.

Psephenus oresbius NEW SPECIES

Length of holotype male 5.5 mm, greatest width 3.1 mm (Fig.
1). Head black except testaceous area directly behind eyes;
pronotum and scutellum black. Elytra, antennae, legs, mouth-
parts and lateral margins of abdominal segments brown; pro-
sternum, mesosternum, metasternum and middle of first three
abdominal segments dark gray; hypopleurae and epipleurae
testaceous.

Body flattened, subcuneate ; head and pronotum densely cov-
ered with short black pubescence; elytra covered with fine,
dense, suberect, yellowish brown hairs with longer and more
erect hairs interspersed. Ventral surface with dense covering
of yellowish brown pubescence.

Head densely finely punctate; ridged between eyes; vertex
distinctly and broadly concave. Eyes prominent, hemispherical.
Antennae (Fig. 3) densely pubescent, short, extending to base
of pronotum; first segment longest, second and third segments
subequal in length, remaining segments subequal and each
slightly shorter than third. Clypeus and labrum arcuately emar-
ginate anteriorly. Maxillary palpus (Fig. 2) four segmented,
slightly less than one-half as long as antenna; basal segment
smallest, about one-fourth as long as second segment; second
segment one-third longer than third; third segment about three-
fourths as long as fourth segment ; fourth segment flattened and

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 93

broadly triangularly expanded, the outer side of apex glabrous
when viewed from side. Labial palpus three segmented; basal
two segments broad and subequal in length; third segment as
long as but only two-thirds as broad as second segment and
dark reddish brown.

OND

Yi nik

hh nay aA iit
HL

1
Hill
ih
i} Hy
iftt

Lat

ny AU} LARA
Hh ae
ine Mt th ne
Hi

ral

wy
iM
th inn Ne
Wit

Fics. 1-6. Psephenus oresbius, new species, holotype. Fic. 1. Dorsal
view. Fic. 2. Right maxillary palpus, dorsal view. Fic. 3. Left an-
tenna, dorsal view. Fic. 4. Aedeagus, ventral view. Fic. 5. Aedeagus,
lateral view. Fic. 6. Aedeagus, dorsal view.

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1968

Pronotum twice as wide as long; densely finely punctate
except a short, longitudinal, glabrous callus in front of scutel-
lum ; apex bisinuate, finely margined and about one-half as wide
as base; sides explanate, converging to apex and feebly bi-
sinuate; base strongly bisinuate; disc strongly convex; apical
angles broadly rounded; basal angles produced and_ broadly
rounded.

Elytra widest at apical one-third, with feeble impression on
inner side of humerus; lateral margins explanate; finely densely
punctate; slightly dehiscent apically. Scutellum finely densely
punctate.

Prosternal process long, extending slightly behind anterior
edge of mesocoxae, longitudinally carinate on midline. Meso-
sternum with narrow, deep, longitudinal sulcus. Metasternum
swollen; incised between metacoxae; midline with very fine
longitudinal ridge. Third ventral abdominal segment with yel-
low, glabrous, cicatrixlike depression along anterior edge; fifth
ventral abdominal segment emarginate at middle along posterior
margin; sixth segment triangularly incised leaving exposed two
lateral lobes; seventh segment rounded at apex. Protibia
slender, with fine, dark, lateral carina terminating in a small
projection at apex. Tarsi each five segmented. First segment
of fore and mid tarsus with dense pubescent pad beneath.
Tarsal claw robust, moderately long.

Male genitalia trilobate (Figs. 4,6). Parameres broad, stout,
almost flat above ; apical three-fourths concave beneath. Median
lobe stout, divided into upper and lower parts (Fig. 5). Basal
piece well developed, sclerotized, convex above and concave
beneath.

Female —Unknown.

Holotype.—Mexico, Durango, 11 mi. W. El Salto, V1I-29-
30-1964, Paul J. Spangler. Type No. 69084, deposited in the
U. S. National Museum.

Comparative notes. This new species is similar to Psephenus
usingert Hinton but may be distinguished by its larger size,
triangular instead of oblong-oval last segment of maxillary palpi,
explanate margins of pronotum and elytra, and bicolored instead
of concolorous dorsum as described for usingert.

oT

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 9

Yip br Pri \
Y Ay TANS S\N
OTANAN 7)
FN

11

Fics. 7-11. Psephenus oresbius, larva. Fic. 7. Dorsal view. Fic. 8.
Head, dorsal view. Fic. 9. Right maxilla, ventral view. Fic. 10. La-
bium, ventral view. Fic. 11. Right mandible, ventral view.

DESCRIPTION OF THE LAST INSTAR LARVA

Length 10.1 mm, width 7.5 mm (Fig. 7). Testaceous above
except for numerous brown maculae and a few short sinuous
rows of asperities. Setal fringe around body entirely testaceous.

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1968

Body onisciform. Head hidden beneath broadly expanded an-
terior pronotal sclerite; dorsal surface (Fig. 8) with a wide,
cream-colored, V-shaped area between ecdysial cleavage lines;
a single long seta between ocelli and base of antenna and nine
smaller setae along inner edge of ocelli. Lateral pronotal
sclerites triangular. Mesonotum, metanotum and first seven
abdominal terga with approximately rectangular lateral sclerites
that are wider distally. All lateral sclerites fringed with setae
distally. Eighth tergum with large spiracular opening at each
posterolateral angle. Ventral surface of body creamy yellow.
Head partly retracted into conjunctiva; clypeus emarginate
medially ; frontoclypeal suture distinct; labrum broad, short,
covered with numerous fine seta-bearing punctures. Antenna
cylindrical, apparently three segmented; basal segment short ;
penultimate segment long, slightly longer than ultimate seg-
ment ; ultimate segment with 2 stout setae on apex. Maxillary
palpus (Fig. 9) four segmented; basal segment short; second
and third segments longer, subequal; ultimate segment small,
oblong and narrowed apically. Galea with numerous setae api-
cally. Lacinia with 3 stout setae on apex and 10 to 12 setae
along inner edge. Mandible stout (Fig. 11) with apex uniden-
tate and inner edge with a short row of setae near midlength;
prostheca stout and densely plumose. Labial palpus (Fig. 10)
apparently three segmented; first and second segments short,
subequal ; ultimate segment small and oblong. Abdominal seg-
ments 2 through 6 each with a pair of gills. Legs four seg-
mented. Foreleg with elongate stout coxa; coxae widely
separated; trochanter about a third shorter than coxa; femur
stout, widest distally and slightly longer than trochanter ; tibio-
tarsus stout, narrowing apically and one stout, short, curved
claw on apex.

REFERENCES CITED

Brown, H. P. and R. ArrincTon, Jr. 1967. A new species of Psephenus
from Mexico and Texas (Coleoptera: Dryopoidea, Psephenidae).
Coleop. Bull. 21(3) : 86-91.

Cuampion, G. C. 1913. Notes on various Central American Coleoptera,
with descriptions of new genera and species. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon-
don, pp. 58-169.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 97

Hinton, H. E. 1934. Psephenus usingeri, n. sp. from Mexico with
notes on the regional Ps. palpalis (Coleoptera: Psephenidae). Ann.
Ent. Soc. America 27(4) : 616-618, 2 figs.

Horn, G. H. 1870. Synopsis of the Parnidae of the United States.
Trans. American Ent. Soc. 3: 29-42. f

A New Species of Microctonus (Hymenoptera:
Braconidae) Parasitizing the Alfalfa Weevil**

Joun J. Drea,? Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res.
Serv., USDA, Moorestown, N. J.

ABSTRACT

Microctonus colesi n. sp. is described from the eastern United States.
This univoltine, unisexual species is a parasite of the alfalfa weevil,
Hypera postica (Gyllenhal).

In 1963, Coles and Puttler reported an unidentified species of
Microctonus from the alfalfa weevil, Hypera postica (Gyllen-
hal), in the eastern United States. Except for the coloration
of the female, it was indistinguishable from M. aethiops (Nees).
However, it is unisexual and oviposits in the larval stage of the
host; M. aethiops is bisexual, and the female oviposits in the
adult weevil. Subsequent studies uncovered morphological char-
acters that were sufficient to distinguish this species from M.
aethiops. With the increased emphasis placed on the study of
natural enemies of the alfalfa weevil, it was essential that this
new and possibly important parasite be named.

The terminology used for the following description is after
Viereck (1916) and Marsh (1965).

1 Accepted for publication November 9, 1967.

2 Hypera postica (Gyllenhal) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae ).

3] wish to thank Dr. P. Marsh, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, for per-
mission to examine specimens in his care and for his suggestions on the
manuscript.

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1968

Microctonus colesi NEW SPECIES

Female.—Length 2.9 mm excluding ovipositor. Head trans-
verse, 1.2 times width of mesoscutum; frons bare, ocellar tri-
angle sparcely pubescent, remainder of head moderately hairy ;
antenna not as long as body; flagellum 23 segments, uniform in
width, diminishing in length distally, moderately hairy, first
segment devoid of sensorial pits; scape about 1.6 times as long
as wide, twice length of pedicel; malar line 0.7 times basal
width of mandibles; occipital carina distinct laterally, weaken-
ing mesad, lacking for short distance medially ; ocell-ocular line
1.1 times postocellar line; temple 0.8 times as broad as eye;
face 1.3 times wide as long from antennal sockets to clypeus ;
anterior pits distinct; face slightly convex, finely rugose.

Fic. 1.—Forewing of adult female M. colesi. Fic. 2—Hindwing of adult
female M. colesi.

Mesoscutum shiny, with shallow, irregular punctations,
heavier anteriorly, moderately hairy, lateral lobes shiny, smooth,
sparcely hairy towards notauli, bare laterally, anterior and lat-
eral margins carinate, stronger laterally ; notauli (Fig. 3) com-
plete, shallow, broad, with deep, large punctations, area of con-
vergence large, foveolate, with a weak median carina; scutellar

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 99

furrow deep, divided by median carina, with 2 smaller longi-
tudinal carinea in furrow on each side, carinate laterally ; scu-
tellar disc shiny, smooth, convex, with scattered hairs laterally ;
scutellum punctate laterally; mesopleural disc shiny, bare,
smooth; mesopleuron moderately hairy, scattered, weak puncta-
tions above, wide diagonal impression below narrowing poste-
riorly, having broad punctations anteriorly and fine punctations
posteriorly, Propodeum (Fig. 4) reticulate, strongly declivate
posteriorly, excavated medio-posteriorly, with scattered hairs.

Fic. 3.—Mesoscutum of female M. colesi showing complete notauli.
Fic. 4—Propodeum of M. colesi. Fic. 5.—Petiole of M. colesi.

Radial cell 0.7 times length of stigma measured along wing
margin (Fig. 1); first abscissa of radius about 0.3 times width
of stigma and slightly shorter than nervulus; second abscissa
of radius moderately bowed; nervellus longer than lower ab-
scissa of basella-and longest marginal cilia (Fig. 2).

Petiole (Fig. 5) 1.9 times longer than its apical width, with
elongate dorsal pits just before dorsal midpoint; carinate lat-
erally; basal portion with median carina; distal portion with
several small subparallel carinae ; scattered hairs subapically and
laterally ; remainder of abdomen smooth, shiny, with row of
hairs subapical on each segment; no obvious suture between
tergit 2 and 3; ovipositor and petiole subequal; ovipositor
sheath slightly shorter than ovipositor.

Ovaries paired, with 16 ovarioles each (Fig. 6) ; ovary con-
tains about 400 eggs; egg (Fig. 8) approximately 0.19 mm long,
shorter and wider at midpoint than M. aethiops (Fig. 9).

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1968

Fic. 6—Ovaries of M. colesi. Fic. 7—Ovaries of M. aethiops (Nees).
Fic. 8.—Egg of M. colesi. Fic. 9—Egg of M. aethiops (Nees).

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 101

Color of frons, area of ocellar triangle, thorax, petiole, and
basal part of tergit II black; face, genae, temples, basal part of
clypeus, scape, pedicel, remainder of abdomen dark reddish-
brown; flagellum brownish-black; malar space and distal part
of clypeus yellow-brown; legs and wing veins pale brown.

Male.—Unknown.

Variation —Length 2.9-3.3 mm; flagellum 22-23 segments ;
reticulations of propodeum somewhat variable in configuration ;
color of head and abdomen often a dark reddish-brown to black ;
12-18 ovarioles per ovary.

Remarks.—This species is quite close to M. aethiops, but it
is more robust, and the female is darker. The distinct difference
between species is the number of ovarioles per ovary. WM.
aethiops has 3-6 ovarioles per ovary (Fig. 7) with approxi-
mately 50 eggs per ovary; M. colesi has 12-18 ovarioles per
ovary with an excess of 400 eggs per ovary.

Host.—Only known host is Hypera postica (Gyllenhal).

Distribution—North Carolina, Maryland, Delaware, New
Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Connecticut.

Holotype—U. S. National Museum No. 69657. Female,
reared from H. postica collected at Oxford, Pennsylvania, April
1963, by L. W. Coles.

Paratypes.—(Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) Connecticut : E. Wood-
stock, IV—12-67 (1); Storrs, I[V-12-67 (1) ; both ex. H. pos-
tica, Stewart and Drea. Delaware: Smyrna, V—16-63 (2),
V-22-64 (1); B. Puttler. New Jersey: Blawenburg, V—31-63
(3), R. W. Fuester; Lumberton, VI-5-63 (1), D. D. Jones;
Moorestown, V—28-64 (1), F. A. Streams. (USDA, Moores-
town, N. J.): New Jersey: Moorestown, V—1966 (3), ex. H.
postica, L. W. Coles; Mt. Holly, VI-4-63 (1), L. W. Coles;
VI463 (4), R. W. Fuester; V-25-64 (2), B. Puttler.
(U.S.N.M.): New Jersey: Moorestown, V-—1966 (6), ex.
H. postica, 1... W.. Goles, (1), J. J. Drea; V—1967 (5),) ex.
H. postica, W. H. Day. Pennsylvania: Downington, V—23-63
(9), L. W. Coles; Doylestown, V—31-63 (1), R. W. Fuester ;
Newtown, V-31-63 (3), R. W. Fuester; Oxford, IV—1963
(2), L. W. Coles. Unless noted, all specimens were collected
by sweeping alfalfa.

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ April, 1968

REFERENCES CITED

Cotes, L. W. and B. Purtrer. 1963. Status of the alialfa weevil bio-
logical control program in the eastern United States. J. Econ.
Entomol. 56(6) : 609-611.

Mars, P.M. 1965. The Nearctic Doryctinae I. A review of the sub-
family with a taxonomic revision of the tribe Hecabolini (Hymen-
optera: Braconidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. America 58(5) : 688-699.

Viereck, H. L. 1916. The Hymenoptera, or wasp-like insects of Con-
necticut. Guide to the Insects of Connecticut, part III. Connecticut
State Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 22. 824 pp.

Description and Biometrics of Variation in
Maculation Pattern in Papilio gallienus
gallienus Distant (Lepidoptera:
Papilionidae) *

Donatp J. Procaccint and Micuart T. Gyves, Department
of Biology, Emmanuel College, Boston, Massachusetts 02115

ABSTRACT

Four maculation patterns are commonly found within the discal cell, in
each of which line segments OA, Oa:, ai:A, and a:B are present. It was
found that in the female population line segment a:A is 6.5% shorter,
relative to segments Oa; and aiB, and segment OA is 5% shorter relative
to the same segments. Segment aiA was found to be 1.2% shorter in
females relative to line OA. Analysis of maculation pattern(s) of each
specimen and collection date indicated a significant variation in pattern
frequency throughout the four month period. Three different types of
cell banding were identified. This character appears to be randomly
distributed with regard to season. A larger sample would be required to
determine if a non-random distribution of banding type and sex exists.

The purpose of this study is twofold: first, the description of
previously unreported variation in the maculation pattern on the
underside of the secondary wing of P. gallienus gallienus Distant

1 Accepted for publication November 12, 1967.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 103

(Fig. 1), an inhabitant of the Congo region of Africa; and,
second, the correlation of this pattern with sex and seasonal
distribution. A total of 88 specimens, 72 males, 13 females, and
3 damaged forms, from the collection of the American: Museum
of Natural History, New York City, were analyzed. This rep-
resents the largest series of the butterfly in the Western Hemi-
sphere.

In order to measure the patterns an apparatus was con-
structed (Procaccini, Marks, and Gyves, 1968) which enables
the viewer to manoeuver the illuminated specimen beneath a
system of measuring grids until the outline of the pattern is
clear. Accurate measurements may then be taken through the
grids. The species lends itself to such numerical methods be-
cause of the contrast between the deep yellow maculation pat-
tern and the dark brown wing matrix.

RESULTS

Four maculation patterns were commonly found among the
88 specimens (Figs. 2-5). A fifth pattern (Fig. 6) was present
only on one wing of one specimen and was excluded from all
biometric procedures.

Another character in the discal cell is the presence of a light
yellow band which crosses the distal corner of the cell polygon.
Three banding patterns, distinguished by the figure formed by
the distal cell border and the proximal border of the band, were
observed. The first type, termed the major quadrilateral, is a
figure formed when the yellow band crosses the cell at two
points, the junction of the radio-medial cross vein and the
m,—m, cross vein anteriorly and the junction of the medio-
cubital and cu,-cu, cross veins posteriorly. The remaining
boundaries of the figure are the mi,—m, cross vein, the m,—m,
cross vein and the medio-cubital cross vein. The second band-
ing figure, termed the minor quadrilateral, is formed when the
yellow band crosses the cell posteriorly at the junction of the
medio-cubital and cu,—cu, cross veins and terminates at a point
midway through the m,—m, cross vein. The distal boundaries

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1968

of the figure are the m,—m, and the medio-cubital cross veins.
The third type, termed the pentagon, is a figure formed when
the yellow band crosses the cell posteriorly at the junction of
the medio-cubital and cu,—cu, cross veins and terminates ante-
riorly in the distal third of the radio-medial cross vein. The
other four sides of the figure are provided by the remaining
portion of the radio-medial vein and the m,—m,, m,—m,, and
the medio-cubital cross veins. Cell banding as opposed to the
maculation pattern is identical on both wings.

Correlation between pattern frequency and season.—The but-
terflies were collected during a four month period and all but
two specimens bore a date tag. The problem of correlating
month with pattern was somewhat complicated by the fact that
patterns may differ on each wing of the same specimen. The

= Se Se

Fies. 1-6. Maculation pattern in Papilio gallienus gallienus Distant.
lL. Djdiscal\ ‘cell. 2: Pattern ABC, -3.. Pattern A= BG. -&
Pattern A—>B+C. 5. Pattern A> B/C. 16, Pattern A/B/C

solution was to treat each butterfly as possessing two pattern
characters. The result of this analysis is shown on Graph 1.
It is clear that there exists a significant relationship between the
concentration of pattern types and month. The changing fre-
quencies do not represent chance fluctuations but may indicate
seasonal variants of a polymorphic population (Procaccini and
Marks, 1967).

79) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 105

Correlation between pattern size and sex.—In order to link
sex with the size of the maculation pattern only those segments
were considered which were found in all patterns. Therefore
segments of Oa,, a,A, OA, and a,B were compared since the
line terminating at point C differs in each of the pattern types.

0 a\ A

The arithmetical mean of each of these segments was calculated
and twelve ratios were set up between the various segments in
each sex. The ratios were analyzed in sets of three, each set
illustrating the values of the three segments relative to the
fourth. The numerical values of the relationships are given
in Fig. 7.

Segments Oa, and a,B possess the same ratio in both males
and females. This is most apparent in sets 3 and 4. With this
equal ratio there is a basis of comparison between male and
female patterns. From this point, it was determined that the
line segment a,A is 6.5% shorter and OA is 5% shorter in the
females, relative to segments Oa, and a,B. These relationships
are most clearly seen in sets 3 and 4. Segment a,A of set 1 is
likewise shown to be 1.2% shorter in the females relative to line
segment OA. The most striking difference between the pat-
terns of the two sexes is the size of segment a,A relative to the
other three segments. This triple relationship is best seen in
set 2. In this set the higher value in the female indicates a
lower relative value for segment a,A. The standard deviations
of the means were low in both sexes; 1.3% for the males and
2.7% tor the females.

Correlation between banding type, month, and sex.—An anal-
ysis of the relationship between cell banding type and month
proved inconclusive. The banding types seem to be randomly
distributed without regard to season. An analysis of the rela-
tionship between sex and banding type showed that 10 of the

106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ April, 1968

Population

ol
(2)

% Of Total

GrapH 1.—Correlation between pattern frequency and season in Papilio
gallienus gallienus Distant.

13 females belonged to the major quadrilateral type and that
the banding type termed the minor quadrilateral was found in
6 specimens, all male. Because of the small number of speci-
mens in each type category, these results cannot be considered
as predictive of a larger sample. The possibility exists, how-
ever, that the character is non-random with regard to sex.

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL

|) Values relative to OA

Male
Oa\/OA 0.168
alA/OA 0.832
a;B/OA 0.908

1.0

90g =

2) Values relative to aA

Male
OA/aqA 1.202
Oal/ajA 0.202

a;B/ajA 1.091
1.202
.202 1.0
ae

3) Values relative to Oa,

Male
OA/Oaq,; 5.950
ajA/Oaq,; 4.950
0;B/0q,; 5.400
5.950
me) 4.950

4) Values relative to a,\B

Male
OA/a\B 1.102
Oa\/a\B 0.185
a\A/a,B O97

1.102

NEWS 107

959

216

Fic. 7. Correlation between pattern size and sex in Papilio gallienus
gallienus Distant.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1968

REFERENCES CITED

Procaccini, D. J. and L. S. Marks. 1967. Computer analysis of mor-
phological pattern as an aid in taxonomic discrimination, pp. 223-233.
In K. Enslein (ed.) Proceedings of the 1966 Rochester Conference
on Data Acquisition and Processing in Biology and Medicine. Per-
gamon Press, New York.

Procaccin], D. J., L. S. Marks, and M. T. Gyves. 1968. An apparatus
for measuring maculation pattern. J. Lepid. Soc. (in press).

Concerning the True Identities of Gosiphilus and
Chomatobius, with Redescription of the Latter’s
Type-Species (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha:
Himantariidae) *

R. E. Crasityi, Jr., Smithsonian Institution, U. S. National
Museum, Washington, D. C.

In 1870 Humbert and Saussure proposed the new generic
name Chomatobius for the reception of two unrelated species,
Geophilus mexicanus Saussure, 1858, and Chomatobius brasili-
anus Humbert and Saussure. It is established now that brasili-
anus is an Oryid, and although Attems in his 1929 monograph
referred mexicanus to the Oryid genus Orphnaeus, the species
is actually an Himantariid assignable in my 1959 generic key
to Gosiphilus Chamberlin.

In 1959 I did not include mexicanus within my catalogue of
New World Himantariidae, because its original and all subse-
quent descriptions were either unclear or misleading and as
such seemed to fortify Attem’s disposition. Like Attems, I had
not seen the species’ holotype. Upon examining the Saussure
specimen in Geneva in 1960, I found it to be an Himantariid
clearly assignable to Gosiphilus.

At the time of the proposal of Chomatobius neither species
was in any way designated as the type of the genus. The earliest

1 Accepted for publication December 12, 1967.

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 109

fixation of a type species was that of O. F. Cook, who, in 1895,
stated mexicanus to be the type-species of Chomatobius; with
his action its type-species was fixed by subsequent designation.

Orphnaeus was proposed by Meinert in 1870, originally for
the reception of lividus Meinert, 1870, and brasilianus Humbert
and Saussure, of the same year. He selected no type-species.
Subsequently and at different times Chamberlin, Attems, and
others have stated Geophilus brevilabiatus Newport, 1845, to
be the type-species of Orphnaeus. But the Newport species was
never admissible as a possible type-species, because its name
was not among those initially referred to Orphnaeus by Meinert.
Even if brasilianus or lividus were taken to be junior subjective
synonyms of brevilabiatus, the latter could not be the type spe-
cles: a generic type-species is a name on paper, not a physical
entity. Therefore, since Orphnaeus remains to this day without
a legitimately designated type-species, I hereby designate its
type-species to be Orphnaeus lividus Meinert, 1870, which is
a junior, subjective synonym of Orphnaeus brevilabiatus
(Newport).

To summarize all of the foregoing, Chomatobius Humbert
and Saussure, 1870, has as its type-species Geophilus mexicanus
Saussure, 1858, by the subsequent designation of Cook, 1895.
Orphnaeus Meinert, 1870, has as its type-species Orphnaeus
lividus Meinert, 1870 (= Orphnaeus brevilabiatus (Newport,
1845), by present subsequent designation. Because the view
was held that mexicanus, type-species of Chomatobius, was re-
ferable to Orphnaeus, it followed that Chomatobius was in-
cluded with the junior synonyms of Orphnaeus, in which com-
pany it does not belong. Buried there, Chomatobius vanished
from thought, if not from sight.

There is no question in my mind that under the present classi-
ficatory system the holotype of mexicanus is congeneric with the
holotype of Gosiphilus laticeps (Wood, 1862). Inasmuch as
the Wood species has been established as the type-species of
Gosiphilus (by Crabill, 1953), it follows that Chomatobius
Humbert and Saussure, 1870, is the senior subjective synonym
of Gostphilus Chamberlin, 1912. Those species heretofore as-

110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1968

signed to Gosiphilus should be referred henceforth to Choma-
tobius.

The following ensemble of characters will distinguish Cho-
matobius from all other known Himantariids: second maxillary
coxosternum is medially deeply diastemate (accordingly, the
genus belongs to Himantariinae). Sternobothria, special sterni-
tal fossae and stigmatoid structures are absent. Major para-
tergites absent; small intercalary paratergites present. Prehen-
sorial tarsungula without basal denticle. Ventral porefields on
all sternites from second through penult. Second maxillary
claw always with basal spines. Coxopleuron with one or more
dorsal and two or more ventral glandular cavities, these cryptic
and heterogeneous. Ultimate telopodite without terminal claw ;
anal pores absent.

Chomatobius mexicanus (Saussure )

Geophilus mexicanus Saussure, 1858, p. 545.

Geophilus mexicanus Saussure—Saussure, 1860, p. 132.

Chomatobius mexicanus (Saussure)—Humbert et Saussure,
1870a, p. 205.

Chomatobius mexicanus (Saussure )—Cook, 1895, p. 69.

Orphnaeus mexicanus (Saussure)—Attems, 1929, p. 114.

General habitus ——Body uniformly wide, not attenuate ante-
riorly and posteriorly. Color sordid yellow to light brown.
Pedal segments: 119, 123, 127. Length: 45 mm-60 mm. Ves-
titure: typically long setae absent, replaced very sparely by
minute points (setal derivatives).

Antennae.—Articles 14, not 15 as Saussure believed. Length
(extended) to head length = 2.6:1. Shape: distally slightly
attenuate; dorsoventrally flattened, articles 2 through 5 more
so than the others. Apical article: as long as two preceding
together; its ectal and mesal setal sensoria at midlength.
Cephalic plate—Greatest width exceeds length = 1.1:1. An-
teriorly obtusely pointed; sides slightly excurved; rear margin
straight. Frontal suture evanescent. Clypeus.—Anteroclypeal
area and plagulae absent ; paraclypeal sutures present but vague.
Setae very short and sparse, disposed in two dilute groups, one

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 111

of each side of midline. Labrum.—Medial embayment broad
and very deep, nearly bissecting labrum; only the embayment
serrate. First maxillae—Medial lobes very long, their diastema
deeply cleaving coxosternum. Telopodite very indistinctly bi-
partite, with acuminate lappel. Coxosternum without lappets.
Second maxillae—Coxosternum medially deeply diastemate ;
dorsal and ventral condyles strongly developed; postmaxillary
sclerites relatively broad. Telopodite robust; terminal claw
shallowly cochlear on distal half, with two prominent basal
spines.

Prehensorial segment.—Each prehensor short and_ basally
squat, notably dominated by the robust tarsungula. Denticles
absent. Poison calyx of the elongate, linear type. Pleurograms
along pleuroprosternal sutures proximally prominent but nota-
bly vague between pleuroprosternal sutures and condyles. Ven-
trocoxal plates of prosternum ingressing deeply into body, ter-
minating in first somite. Each pleurite massive, embracing
epiprosternum but not fusing therewith.

Tergites—Dorsal sulci extremely vague. Pleuwrites—Major
paratergites absent; intercalary paratergites present, indistinct.
The most anterior spiracles slightly vertically elliptical, those
following essentially round. Legs.—First as long as second.
Tarsi without ventral maculae. Pretarsi: distoventrally shal-
lowly cochlear; parungues equal, about + as long as ungues.
Sternites—All wider than long. Ventral porefields: present on
sternite 2 through penult, each transversely much wider than
anteroposteriorly long, posteriorly slightly emarginate (reni-
form).

Ultimate pedal somite.—Pretergite fused to parapretargites
without intervening sutures. Tergite much wider than long.
Presternite as wide as sternite, the two adnate. Sternite: great-
est width exceeding greatest length= 1.3:1; sides straight,
posterior margin deeply emarginate. Coxopleural glands: ven-
trally with two cryptic, heterogeneous gland groups, dorsally
with one large heterogeneous group. Telopodite: as long as
that preceding ; with two tarsalia, the distal slightly longer than
the proximal ; claw absent ; not swollen, articles longer than wide.

tee ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1968

Known distribution—Mexico, based on three specimens, all
males. Veracruz, Cordoba (type locality). Morelos, near
Antiquo, 13.XJ.1948, H. Leech, Cal. Acad. Sci. San Luis
Potosi, near El Naranjo, 10.V11I.1966, G. E. Ball and D. White-
head, U. S. Nat. Mus.

LITERATURE CITED

AtteMs, C. 1929. Das Tierreich, Lief. 52: 1-388.

Coox, O. 1895. Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 18: 63-75.

Crasitt, R. 1953. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 48(4) : 85-88.

——, 1959. Ent. News 70(5) : 117-159.

Humpert, A., and Saussure, H. 1870a. Revue et Mag. Zool. (2)22:
202-205.

—. 1870b. Expedition Scient. du Mexique. Zoologie VI(2): 1-211.

MEINERT, F. 1870. Natur. Tidsskr. (3)7: 1-128.

SaussurE, H. 1859. Revue de Zoologie (2)10: 545.

—. 1860. Memoires L’Hist. Nat. Mexique IT: 1-135.

THE ENTOMOLOGIST’S RECORD

To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records,
corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidentifications, short field notes,
and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology
departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department.

Homoptera

MEMBRACIDAE: Cyrtolobus flavolatus Woodruff. New rec-
ord: Adams Co., Wisconsin, July 3, 1967 (Robert Woodruff) ;
Wood Co., Wisconsin, July 9, 1967 (Roy Dennis). Previously
known from Pennsylvania and New York. (Ref.: Woodruff,
L. B., 1924. Critical observations in the membracid genus
Cyrtolobus Goding (Hemip.-Homop.). Journ. New York Ent.
Soc., 32: 54-55.)—CiirForp J. DENNIs, Wisconsin State Uni-
versity, Whitewater.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. All inser-
tions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U.S. A.

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned
desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department
of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepi-
doptera. N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Jans-
kerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt
service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California, 19654.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES
by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

40 pages Abundantly illustrated Paperback
The beetles of the world may be keyed to family with the aid of

this book. The introduction to the anatomy of beetles found in
this concise text makes it completely self-contained.

$1.00 ea. postpaid. Supply limited; the entire stock now owned by:
INSTITUTE for the STUDY of NATURAL SPECIES

550 Elston Road
Lafayette, Indiana 47905

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

20.

a i

ieee.

23:

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
Piolates (SOumaps =... at cases ee eae $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ...$4.00

Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
LOO" pases, 170: heures, Dieolor plate. 2/2: oi. .106 $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
spiders, (1940-1966): IS\papes’. oo... 2 eee $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ...... $2.50

Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-
ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ....
$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

Us |
E85!
f

; \74

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MAY 19638

Vol. 79 No. 5

CONTENTS

Kaston—Remarks on Black Widow Spiders with an ac-

COUNESO! SOINE ANOMANES: 2.5.6 o/s oc Se naa oe an be ils als @ 113
Mallis—WiILL1amM Jacos Hotianp (1848-1932) ......... 125
Brown—JameEs Ripines (1803-1880) .................. 135
Toe ENTOMOLOGIST S IRECORD® 2720.22. 526- veel ls eee 138
‘REE ENPOMOLOCISE S-LIBRARY 055 Soh cistoice aww wie oe alae orgs 139

THE ENTOMOLOGIST’S MARKET PLACE

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.

AND

1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by HENry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by PHILIP
P. Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMIEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff:
H. W. Aten, M. E. Puitiirs, and S. S. RoBack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per
yearly volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic
and foreign, $6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, labora-
tories, etc., domestic and foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be ad-
dressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue
University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowl-
edged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles
longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments,
unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional
pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 4x6 inches. The cost of
setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1-4 pp. 5-8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 AS 17.62 8.75
Add’! 100 2.35 Sil 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52. Transporta-
tion charges will be extra.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENtromoLocicaL News. Titles, to
facilitate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters
including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents
for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150
words or less should precede the article. The editor may reword the abstract
for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author’s
complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a foot-
note. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including
illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or
if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate
publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news
in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions
open, and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.”
Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the
subject of the article are especially desirable.

Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

VoL. 79 MAY, 1968 No. 2

Remarks on Black Widow Spiders, with an
account of some anomalies” *

B. J. Kaston, Department of Zoology, San Diego State College,
San Diego, California

In 1902 Pickard-Cambridge published a revision of the genus
Latrodectus, in which he considerably reduced the number of
valid species. He maintained as distinct, however, the species
curacaviensis (Miller) of the New World, which he separated
from mactans (Fabricius), in part on the basis of the hourglass
mark being different in form. Nearly all later workers gener-
ally assumed that the spider which is most commonly called the
“black widow” represented a single species, mactans. True,
it was more or less generally agreed that this was an exceedingly
variable species, and indeed, many of the varieties had been
described as separate species, so that the list of synonyms is
a long one (see Petrunkevitch, 1911 and Bonnet, 1957).

In an extensive publication appearing in 1959, Levi not only
maintained curacaviensis, but considered that it was the species
which is widely distributed over the northern and western
United States and Canada, with mactans in the southern States.
Levi also devoted some discussion to the hourglass mark and
general pattern of spots, and especially noted, in his drawings
and maps, incidences where both species were completely devoid
of such markings. In 1964, with McCrone, he showed that the

1 These studies were carried on as a part of a larger project, with the
aid of a National Institutes of Health grant, No. GM 14623-01, and a fac-
ulty grant-in-aid from the San Diego State College Foundation, both here
gratefully acknowledged. The author wishes also to thank Steve Sitko
and Joseph Sandoval for their assistance of various kinds during the

progress of the studies.
2 Accepted for publication January 2, 1968.

(113)

114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [| May, 1968

“brown widow,’ L. geometricus C. L. Koch, and the “red
widow,” L. bishopi Kaston, appear to be limited (in the United
States at least) to southern Florida, but that of the two species
of “black widow,” mactans is more common in southern, but
another species was common in northern states and Canadian
provinces. This other species, which he had previously identi-
fied with the West Indian curacaviensis, was in reality what
is now being called variolus (Walckenaerr). There is an over-
lap in the distribution of the two, and although in my previous
papers (1937, 1937a, 1938, 1948, 1954) I had used only the
name mactans, it is known that both species occur in the south-
ern New England area, with variolus the more common. Levi
has recorded both species from California, but from my pre-
liminary studies over the past two years I am unable to assign
to either any black widows that I have seen from California,
Oregon, British Columbia, Alberta, Arizona, New Mexico, and
western Kansas. I have come to the conclusion that at least the
common black widow of the west must be called hesperus Cham-
berlin & Ivie (1935), an opinion in which Dr. W. J. Gertsch, of
the American Museum of Natural History, concurs. My rea-
sons, and more data substantiating this conclusion, will appear
in a subsequent publication, but for the present it may be said
that males of hesperus are most often a light brown color, while
males of mactans and variolus are mostly black. My studies on
the biology of these spiders have thus far included observations
on approximately 400 adults in the laboratory, and on thousands
of young reared in 40 families. In the course of these studies
a number of situations have come to light that are thought
worthy of publication at this time.

As indicated above, black widow spiders are very variable
with respect to their markings. It is well known that this varia-
tion extends to the size and shape of the ventral hourglass mark,
and to the number, size, shape, color and distribution of dorsal
markings. What is not so well known, however, is that even
the ground color of the abdomen in mature females can vary, so
that rather than black many specimens are purplish brown, some
are chestnut brown, and a few light chocolate brown. I have

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 115

in the laboratory brown specimens of both hesperus and mac-
tans. In some cases they were brown when collected in the
field. Other brown individuals were reared in the laboratory.
In the case of the latter some siblings of a family were brown
and others black. Of added interest is the fact that quite a
number of specimens were observed to have changed gradually
from black to brown over a period of several months. Also,
a few have changed from brown to black.

Levi (1966) and McCrone & Levi (1966) in their rearings
of Latrodectus, noted that they had never observed a virgin
female to produce an egg sac. In my own experience with
laboratory specimens of both mactans and hesperus, I have had
dozens of egg sacs produced by virgins. It is true that most
commonly the sacs are defective and oddly shaped. The normal
sac when completed is of a tough papery texture, and usually at
most only slightly translucent. In hesperus (Fig. 6) it is most
often creamy yellow to light tan, and similar to those of variolus
(which however tend to be lighter in color) in that they are
pear-shaped, but most often somewhat spread at the top. They
measure about 13 or 14 mm in length and about 10 to 12 mm
in diameter. The sacs of mactans usually show a grayish tinge,
even when fresh, are more nearly spherical, about 11 or 12 mm
in diameter, and generally show a conspicuous nipple at the top
(Fig. 7). The defective sacs vary much in shape, are less, or
even not at all, papery in texture, and sometimes have so little
covering of silk as to be quite transparent. A selection of the
different sacs observed appears in Fig. 8.

Defective egg sacs are made not only by virgin females but on
occasion also by females that have been impregnated. Generally
the ones made later in life are the abnormal ones in these
cases, and there is a tendency for these to contain a larger
number of infertile eggs. Also, I have seen instances where
the female would construct a sac, but not lay any eggs. In
other instances eggs would be laid, but not inside the sac,
as they would be found lying at the bottom of the container.
Montgomery (1908) had likewise found that infertile eggs
would be dropped to the bottom of the container. Sometimes

116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

the sac too, would be at the bottom, having been cut out of the
snare and dropped.

I have also observed that when sacs were cut open to allow
observations on the development of the embryos, those eggs that
are infertile tend to remain agglutinated for some days at least,
while those that are fertile dry in less than a day after oviposi-
tion, and roll around freely.

In listing the differences between three species of Latro-
dectus in Israel Levi (1966) included, among other traits, the
color of the eggs. I would doubt that this is a valid character.
A variation in color from ivory to yellow to pink has already
been reported by me (1948) for Steatoda borealis, and Deevey
(1949) had observed for L. mactans that some females laid
lavender pink eggs as well as the usual creamy yellow ones.
Similarly I have observed that females of mactans, hesperus,
and variolus occasionally lay eggs that are mauve or pink in
color though usually they will lay the cream to orange ones.
Moreover, eggs of different colors may be produced by a single
female, and in a few instances I have seen differently colored
eggs even in the same egg sac!

Another type of aberrant behavior concerns the eating of the
eggs by the mother. This has been reported for wolf spiders
and others (see Kaston, 1965). One female, a hesperus, #1038,
from Brawley, California, made seven normal sacs from Sep-
tember 23, 1966 to April 25, 1967, although none of the eggs
developed. On May 19, 1967, she made another egg sac, this
one atypical in appearance. On August 2, 1967 at 9:40 A.M.,
she was seen in the act of making another, having just laid a
batch of eggs. She was watched at frequent intervals during the
next hour, and it was noted that she did very little spinning of
silk during this time. At 10:45 A.M. she was seen with her
chelicerae in contact with the eggs, apparently eating them, and
by 1 P.M. she had completely consumed them all.

In the course of my observations on families of emerging spi-
derlings I often noticed that some of the spiderlings are very much
larger than their siblings. When I first began observing families
of spiderlings which were set out so that I could follow their post-

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Ely

embryonic development, I was puzzled by the fact that a few
would molt within a day or so of emergence, without their hav-
ing been given any insect food. Later on in my studies I noted
instances where, even prior to separating the mass of spiderlings
from one another for rearing, exuviae were present on the out-
side of the sac in amongst the crawling youngsters. This in-
dicated that some had already molted in less than a day after
emergence. Also, on occasion, a batch of emerged spiderlings
would include individuals of two sizes, the larger ones being
marked as in a later instar. J have noticed this for both mac-
tans and hesperus, in which ordinarily one molt takes place
inside the sac after hatching. Yet some of the spiderlings may
molt twice, and on several occasions I have noted large spider-
lings which appear to be in the third, and even fourth, instar
at the time of emergence from the sac. There seems to be a
greater tendency for this to show in those families where rela-
tively few spiderlings develop, and a large number of undevel-
oped eggs are in the sac with them. For example, in egg
sac no. 2132-F, of hesperus from Brawley, California, I found
153 undeveloped eggs, and only two spiderlings. One of these
latter already showed by its palpal development that it was a
male, and only two molts from maturity. From its appearance
I judged it to be in the fourth (post-emergence) instar, and on
September 21, 1967, it molted to the penultimate instar.

An egg sac no. 1106-8, made by a mactans from Annandale,
Virginia, had had no spiderlings emerging even several weeks
after the expected time, so I opened it to check on the number
of (infertile) eggs. Much to my astonishment, in addition to
the undeveloped eggs, of which there were 124, I found five
spiderlings, of which one was a quite large male only one molt
from maturity and still alive. The other four spiderlings ap-
peared to have only recently died, and looked like they had
attained the third instar. From the fact that the majority of
males which developed from another sac made by the same
mother had matured in the fifth instar I judged that the male
in 1106-B was in its fourth instar even though it had not
emerged. Parenthetically it should be noted that the emergence

118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1968

from the egg sac of mature or subadult males is normal for mem-
bers of the genus Mastophora (Family Araneidae), as I (1948)
and Gertsch (1955) have already pointed out. But these latter
males are not any bigger than their sisters emerging with them,
and are not in a later instar.

It is obvious that the older spiderlings referred to in the pre-
ceding paragraph had been feeding on their siblings within the
egg sac, but just what factors are responsible for this behavior
I am unable to state. There is a relation here to what has been
reported by Juberthie (1954) working with the black widow
spider of southern France, L. tredecimquttatus. Juberthie
noted that spiderlings within the egg sac will nourish them-
selves by sucking eggs that are there, and he considered this
a frequent occurrence. I have observed this activity in our spe-
cies too (mactans, hesperus, and variolus) but rather think, that
at least with our species this happens more frequently when
there are many undeveloped (infertile?) eggs, and less often
when there are fewer such.

With the exception of a few social species (see Kaston, 1965)
and when a male is attending a female, spiders live a solitary
existence, and one does not expect to find two on the same web.
I was much astonished therefore, to have brought in to the lab-
oratory two mature females of hesperus, that were collected
from the same web, on which they were standing an inch apart.
The web was under a piece of debris on the ground close to the
San Diego State College campus. The specimens (no. 1205 and
no. 1206) were brought in on December 7, 1966, and kept by
me within the same glass cage. I fed them mealworms regu-
larly, throwing the latter on to the web which the two spiders
shared in common, and over which they moved, often within an
inch of each other, without showing any signs of aggression.
On the morning of January 2, 1967, one of them was seen to be
busily constructing an egg sac, while the other remained motion-
less about three inches away. Finally, on the morning of Janu-
ary 16, 1967, I found that one had killed the other during the
preceding night, and was now eating her victim. Just how long
they had been together before capture I, of course, do not know,

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 119

but for at least 40 days in the laboratory they carried on this
most unusual relationship. Both had produced egg sacs from
which spiderlings emerged, so both must have mated. Were
the matings carried out on the same web? I am inclined to
believe that this was a case of siblings that never got very far
from each other after emergence from their egg sac, and that
chance abundance of insect food available to them had postponed
the inevitable eating of one by the other.

For many years it has been known that while males, once
mature, do not molt again, females of the Orthognatha, and of
the more primitive Labidognatha (e.g., some of the Haplogynae,
and others) do molt, usually at intervals of a year or so. The
higher entelogyne spiders are not known to molt after maturity
is attained. However, presumably on rare occasions mature
females do molt, and I have knowledge of five cases among the
hundreds of black widows I have had in the laboratory. One
mactons, no. 1091, from the Bronx in New York City, N. Y.,
matured on June 5, 1966, mated on August 30, 1966, and molted
again on September 23, 1966. A second mactans, no. 1187,
from the same locality, matured on November 11, 1966, and
molted once more on April 5, 1967. A third mactans, no.
1315, collected together with its egg sac on September 14, 1967,
at Carbondale, Illinois, was received by me on September 20.
In the vial with it was a cast skin, evidence that it had molted in
transit. Spiderlings emerged from the sac on September 21,
1967. A hesperus, no. 1052-C-136, from Brawley, California,
reared from the egg, matured October 2, 1966, after the sixth
post-emergence molt (i.e., in its seventh post-emergence instar ),
and molted again on November 8, 1966. Another hesperus, no.
1265, was collected already mature on August 3, 1967, at Barrett
Junction, California. She molted again on August 6, then on
August 21 produced an egg sac from which 134 spiderlings
emerged.

The case of my fifth specimen, no. 1265, is particularly inter-
esting, for it will be noted that even though the female did not
mate after her molt of August 6, it would appear that she still
nevertheless retained a supply of sperms sufficient for fertiliza-

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

tion of the eggs laid 15 days after her molt. In no case, where
I examined the exuviae from these post-maturing ecdyses, did
I find epigynal structures present. Hence it was physically
possible for a supply of sperms to be retained from the pre-
molting impregnation. Possibly this may serve as an explana-
tion for the phenomenon observed by Abalos and Baez, who

Fic. 1. Dorsal aspect of Latrodectus hesperus spiderling, showing
Siamese twinning of the anterior end. Fic. 2. Same individual from the
front. Fie. 3. L. hesperus spiderling with abnormally thickened left
front leg.
reported (1967) that they had had immature females of Latro-
dectus impregnated! Could it be that they had assumed their
females to be immature because these same females later molted
in the laboratory? Could this phenomenon (post-maturing ec-
dysis) be more general than supposed ?

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 121

Structural anomalies in spiders are encountered every now
and then, and I have previously reported on those concerning
the eyes, the genitalia, and other organs (1937b, 1961, 1962,
1963, 1963a). In the course of observations on the develop-
ment of black widows a few additional anomalies that are dif-
ferent were seen.

A female hesperus, no. 124, was collected at Dulzura, Cali-
fornia on June 15, 1966, and kept in the laboratory, where it
produced an egg sac on July 16. From this sac 186 spiderlings
developed, including one that showed partial Siamese twinning.
As can be seen from Fig. 1, the doubling is restricted to the
cephalothorax, the abdomen being quite normal in appearance.
In fact it is chiefly the cephalic portion which is doubled. Nor-
mal spiderlings of this species exhibit a black stripe extending
from between the posterior median eyes back to the posterior
declivity on the thoracic portion. In this specimen the stripe
is forked, with one branch going to each head. The full com-
plement of eight eyes appears for each head, and the two pairs
of pedipalps, as well as the two pairs of chelicerae, appear nor-
mal. However (Fig. 2), there is a peculiar additional append-
age in the midline between the left pedipalp of one and the right
pedipalp of the twin. This appendage may be an extra pedipalp,
though its segments are not of the same length as those of the
normal. Unfortunately, the specimen died one day after its first
post-emergence ecdysis.

Another female hesperus, no. 1122, collected along with the
preceding, no. 1124, produced an egg sac on July 19. From
this 184 spiderlings emerged, of which one showed an incipient
doubling as seen in Fig. 4. There is the same kind of median
forked stripe on the carapace as in the preceding case, but with
the right side more strongly developed. Correlated with this
is the full complement of eight eyes on this side, whereas only
six of the eyes are developed on the left side, making a total of
14 eyes (Fig. 5). The anterior median eyes of the left-sided
set are lacking. Because of the incomplete division of the two
heads, the left posterior lateral eye of the right “head” and the
right posterior lateral eye of the left “head” are partly fused,

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

and surrounded by a ring of pigment in common. The same
situation exists for the corresponding eyes of the anterior row.

Two cases of Siamese twinning had been reported by Rempel
(1954) in embryos of the black widow from Saskatchewan,
Canada. Here too the duplication involved the cephalothorax

Fic. 4. Dorsal aspect of L. hesperus spiderling showing incipient dou-
bling of anterior end. Fic. 5. Same individual from the front. Fie. 6.
Egg sac of L. hesperus, showing the usual appearance. Natural size.
Fic. 7. Egg sac of L. mactans, usual appearance. Natural size. Fie. 8.
An assortment of nine different defective sacs. Natural size.
only. Likewise Sekiguchi (1957) was able, by centrifuging, to
produce duplication in embryo spiders, of Araneus nauticus
chiefly.

The next structural anomaly to be here noted concerns a
spiderling from an egg sac, no. 2044-F, made January 23, 1967,
by a hesperus from Brawley, California. Emergence occurred

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 123

on February 20, and of the 209 spiderlings one had an abnormal
left front leg. As can be seen from Fig. 3 this leg is twice as
thick as the normal one of the opposite side.

The last anomaly involves a deformity of the right pedipalp of
a male hesperus, no. 1310, collected at San Dieguito Park in
San Diego, County, California, in early September, 1967. It
was noted that while the spider was easily recognized as a male
in the penultimate instar, the two palpal tarsi were not equally
enlarged. The right was only about half the size of the left.
When it molted to maturity on September 11, I noted that
the right palpal organ was very much deformed. As dis-
cussed and illustrated by Chrysanthus (1955) and by me
in my 1963 papers there seems no reason to doubt that here
again is a case of imperfect regeneration. As Bonnet (1930)
has shown, only if the loss of the palp, or part, occurred no later
than the preantepenultimate instar (i.e., if the male still had
three ecdyses to undergo before becoming mature) could the
palp be regenerated completely.

LITERATURE CITED

ABALOs, J. W. and E. C. Barz. 1967. The spider genus Latrodectus in
Santiago dell Estero, Argentina. Animal Toxins. (First Intern.
Symposium on Animal Toxins, Atlantic City, N. J., 9-11 April 1966.)
Pp. 59-74.

Bonnet, P. 1930. La mue, l’autotomie et la régénération chez les Araig-
nées, avec une étude des Dolomedes d'Europe. Societé d’histoire
naturelle de Toulouse, Bulletin 59: 237-700.

—. 1957. Bibliographia Araneorum. Tome 2, part 3, p. 2372. L’Im-
primerie Douladoure. Toulouse.

CHAMBERLIN, R. V. and W. Ive. 1935. The black widow spider and
its varieties in the United States. Bull. Univ. Utah 25(8): Biol.
Ser., 3(1) : 1-18.

CurysAantuus, Fr. 1955. On defectively regenerated palps in male
spiders. Naturhist. Mnbld. 44: 56-59.

Deevey, G. B. 1949. The developmental history of Latrodectus mactans
(Fabr.) at different rates of feeding. American Midl. Nat. 42: 189-
219.

GertscH, W. J. 1955. The North American bolas spiders of the genera
Mastophora and Agatostichus. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist. 106:
225-254.

124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

JuBerTHIE, C. 1954. Sur les cycles biologiques des Araignéees. Societé
dhistoire naturelle de Toulouse, Bulletin 89: 299-318.

Kaston, B. J. 1937. The distribution of black widow spiders. Science
85: 74.

——. 1937a. The black widow spider in New England. Bull. New
England Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 85, p. 1-11.

——. 1937b. Structural anomalies in spiders. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.
32: 104.

—. 1938. Check list of the spiders of Connecticut. Connecticut Geol.
Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. 60: 175-201.

——. 1948. The spiders of Connecticut. Ibid. 70: 1-874.

——. 1954. Is the black widow spider invading New England? Science
119: 192-193.

—. 1961. Spider gynandromorphs and intersexes. J. New York Ent.
Soc. 69: 177-190.

——. 1962. Ocular anomalies in spiders. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 57:
17-21.

——. 1963. Deformities of external genitalia in spiders. J. New York
Ent. Soc. 71: 30-39.
—. 1963a. Abnormal duplication of the epigynum and other structural
anomalies in spiders. Trans. American Micr. Soc. 82: 220-223.
—. 1965. Some little known aspects of spider behavior. American
Midl. Nat. 73: 336-356.

Levi, H. W. 1959. The spider genus Latrodectus. Trans. American
Micr. Soc. 78: 7-43.

—. 1966. The three species of Latrodectus found in Israel. J. Zool.
(London) 150: 427-432.

McCrone, J. D. and H. W. Levi. 1964. North American widow spiders
of the Latrodectus curacaviensis group. Psyche 71: 12-27.

—. 1966. Postembryological development of spiderlings from two
Peruvian Latrodectus populations. Psyche 73: 180-186.

Montcomery, T. H. 1908. Sex ratio and cocooning habits of an ara-
nead, and the genesis of sex ratio. J. Exper. Zool. 5: 429-452.

PETRUNKEyITcH, A. 1911. A synonymic index-catalog of spiders of
North, Central, and South America... etc. Bull. American Mus.
Nat. Hist. 29: 181.

PIcKARD-CAMBRIDGE, F. O. 1902. On the spiders of the genus Latro-
dectus Walckenaer. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1: 247-261.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 125

William Jacob Holland (1848-1932) *

ARNOLD MALLIS

Dr. Holland’s two famous volumes, The Butterfly Book and
The Moth Book, introduced many a youngster, and oldster, to
the collection and study of butterflies and moths. William
Jacob Holland was a noteworthy student of butterflies, espe-
cially from those exotic places made famous by early explorers
and missionaries. His talents had many facets, and he often
served concurrently as a minister of the gospel, a university
chancellor, a professor of ancient languages, a museum director,
a zoologist, an entomologist and a paleontologist.

Much that we know about Holland is from his answers at
the age of 81 to a questionnaire from H. D. Gunder (1929).
Holland was very unhappy with the article prepared from this
questionnaire by Gunder, especially with Gunder’s interpreta-
tion of his attitude to his religious activities. And we can see
in Holland’s own copy of ENtoMoLocicaL News, in the shaky
handwriting of an old man, this notation to Gunder’s article:
“N. B. I do not recognize this sketch as my work. It is a
transmogrification of what I wrote as replies to Gunder’s ques-
tionnaire.” Nevertheless, Gunder’s profile of the good doctor
is a very valuable source of information about Dr. Holland.

Besides Gunder’s and Avinoff’s articles, we were fortunate to
obtain biographical material about Dr. Holland from men who
knew Dr. Holland and told us a little about him. Another
source of valuable information was a very dusty box containing
a small part of Holland’s correspondence (boxes of his papers
were thrown out by a former secretary), a valuable cache found
by Dr. George E. Wallace in the catacombs beneath Carnegie
Museum. This correspondence provides us with a wonderful
insight to this cultured and brilliant man.

Holland’s father, the Rev. Francis Raymond Holland, was a
Moravian missionary in Bethany, Jamaica, where Holland was
born on August 16, 1848. His mother was from Bethlehem,

1 Accepted for publication November 25, 1967.

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1968

Pa. Both of his parents were greatly interested in natural
history, his father being an amateur conchologist, entomologist
and botanist. According to Gunder (1929) Holland wrote:

“Father’s home in Jamaica seemed to be headquarters for
naturalists and sooner or later lovers of nature found their way
there. C. B. Adams, Professor of Zoology at Amherst College,
lived for a long time with us while pursuing his studies on the
Island. My mother told me he often rocked my cradle when I
was an infant.”

Holland’s family returned to the United States in 1851 and
his father was made pastor of the Moravian Church at Dover,
and later at Tuscarawas, Ohio. The Rev. Holland brought his
collection of shells, plants and insects with him from Jamaica.
“As a child I was permitted the examination of these collec-
tions and on rainy or snowy days I delighted to look them over
and gradually came to know some of their Latin names. My
mother taught me to draw and to paint and I still have among
my papers a number of sketches of those Jamaican shells and
butterflies which I drew from life before I entered my teens.”
His father encouraged him to collect plants and told him the
Latin names whenever he could, and the two of them explored
the woods and fields.

In 1858, Rev. Holland was transferred to Salem, N. C., and
for a time young Holland was educated by private tutors in a
parochial school for boys. “All the spare time I could command
was devoted to collecting birds, birds’ nests and eggs, and to
fishing or shooting. My father taught me how to prepare bird-
skins and to rear and mount insects. The back verandah of
our house was covered in the summer and fall with breeding
boxes in which I reared many lepidoptera.”

William Jacob also studied books on natural history in the
library of Salem College for Women, including Say’s American
Entomology, and he made drawings and water colors of the
illustrations. ‘Being provided with a carpenter’s bench and
tools I learned to make my own insect boxes, a few of which
I still possess.”

Young Holland had reason to remember his return from the

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ee

South. “In the fall of 1863 the family came north by the
‘Underground Route,’ a trip full of adventure for a boy, as well
as for the adults.” The family arrived in Bethlehem, Pa., at
the home of his dead grandfather. Here he entered the Mora-
vian College, already having a mastery of elementary Latin,
Greek, and mathematics. ‘German and French were in a
measure ‘mother-tongues’ to me, for from my earliest childhood
I had been taught to use these languages.”

While in Bethlehem, he spent his Saturday’s learning to draw
and paint in oil and water colors under the tutelage of a German
artist. In 1867 he completed his course in Moravia and entered
Amherst in 1869. Here he became very interested in chemistry,
physics, geology, astronomy and paleontology. And in philoso-
phy he studied Kant, Hegel and Fichte. “My room-mate during
my senior year was Neesima, the first Japanese educated in
America. He taught me Japanese in return for assistance given
him in the study of Greek.’’ At the end of his senior year
Holland became principal of Amherst High School (1869-70)
in Massachusetts, and then Westborough High School (1870-
Ze

In 1871, at his father’s request Holland entered Princeton
Theological Seminary to prepare for the ministry. He studied
here for three years, devoting himself especially to Hebrew,
Chaldee and Arabic. “Writing in my eightieth year, I may say
that my Arabic has largely evaporated, but my Hebrew still
abides with me in some strength.”

Holland came to Pittsburgh in 1874 to become pastor of the
Bellefield Presbyterian Church, a position he held until 1891.
He almost immediately became a trustee of the Pennsylvania
College for Women (now Chatham College) where he also
held the position of Professor of Ancient Languages. From
1891 to 1901 he was Chancellor of the Western University of
Pennsylvania (now the University of Pittsburgh) where he
taught anatomy and zoology. The University grew rapidly
under his direction.

Dr. Holland visited Europe in 1892 to consult technical litera-
ture in the libraries and to study collections of butterflies and

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

moths from Africa to help him in his own collections of African
Lepidoptera. On his trips to the museums of England, France
and Germany he made many friends among the scientists and
carried on a lively correspondence with them for most of his life.

Despite Holland’s many duties in the United States, he always
managed to find time to continue his scientific studies. He
went to Japan in 1887 as a member of the United States Eclipse
Expedition, and in 1889 departed for Africa on a similar expe-
dition, and pursued a number of biological investigations of
special interest to him.

Because of a close friendship with Andrew Carnegie, Mr.
Carnegie often honored him “by confidentially discussing with
me his plans for the development of the cultural institutions
which he wished to establish in Pittsburgh and elsewhere,” and
in 1898, though still Chancellor of the University, he was elected
Director of the new Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. This
position he held with “signal success’ until 1922 when he be-
came Director Emeritus.

While in the Rocky Mountains of Wyoming in 1899, Dr.
Holland suffered an appendicitis attack which almost resulted
in his death. In 1901 he relinquished the Chancellorship at
the University in order to devote himself entirely to the guid-
ance of the Museum. Nevertheless, he was still on the Board
of Trustees of the University and deeply involved in many of
the activities in the city of Pittsburgh, including the Filtration
Commission which kept the city practically free of typhoid.
“Tf I had done nothing else for Pittsburgh than this, I should
be happy.” Several other of his activities included vice presi-
dency of the Carnegie Hero Fund from 1904 to 1922, member
of the Carnegie Corporation, and Belgian Consul in Pittsburgh
for a number of years after World War I. Dr. Holland was
also the founder of the American Association of Museums in
1907.

In 1898 he published The Butterfly Book: A Popular and
Scientific Manual Depicting All the Butterflies of the United
States and Canada with 48 plates in color photography. This
book alone established his reputation in the United States and

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 129

much of the world. Henry Skinner (1899) in reviewing the
book wrote: “The plates represent the highest type of what is
known as the three-color process and are successful to a remark-
able degree. Where they are not quite satisfactory it is owing
to the fact that the forms figured are so closely related as to
make any process insufficient. The majority of figures leave
nothing to be desired, as they are close to perfection. The work
is excellently done, and the author is to be sincerely congratu-
lated. This book will do more to stimulate an interest in these
insects than anything heretofore printed.”

Holland in the preface of the first edition says: “Its aim is to
guide the amateur collector in the right paths and to prepare
him by the intelligent accomplishment of his labors for the en-
joyment of still wider and more difficult researches in this and
allied fields of human knowledge. The work is confined to the
fauna of the continent of North America north of the Rio
Grande of Texas. It is essentially popular in its character.
Those who seek a more technical treatment must resort to the
writings of others.”

Holland also tells us in this preface that “The Butterflies of
North America, by W. H. Edwards, published in three volumes,
is sold at one hundred and fifty dollars, and as I know, is sold
even at this price below the cost of manufacture. The Butter-
flies of New England, by Dr. S. H. Scudder, in three volumes,
is sold at seventy-five dollars, and likewise represents at this
price only a partial return to the learned author for the money,
labor, and time expended upon it.”

The initial price of The Butterfly Book was five dollars, and
Dr. Holland notes in the preface of the Revised Edition which
appeared on his 82nd birthday that 65,000 copies of the original
edition were sold.

The Moth Book: A Popular Guide to a Knowledge of the
Moths of North America appeared in 1903 with 48 plates in
color and numerous black and white illustrations. It did for
the moths what The Butterfly Book did for the butterflies, and
also sold for five dollars. Students of American insects will
always be indebted to Dr. Holland for these two beautiful and

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

informative volumes which he lovingly labored on in the eve-
nings, the only time available to a very busy man.

Avinoff (1933) tells us that Dr. Holland’s collection was
rich in the Lepidoptera of North America, Africa and Asia.
“Especially valuable portions of the collection of Dr. Holland
were the Pyralids collected by Pryer in Japan and the well-
known collection of North American Rhopalocera assembled by
Edwards with all the types described by these noted entomolo-
gists. Dr. Holland’s collection included types of many hundreds
of new species which were described by him during his life
time.” Holland concentrated largely on the butterflies of equa-
torial Africa and Central and South America, and he left his
collection of four hundred to five hundred thousand mounted
specimens and his library, rich in books and serials, to the
Carnegie Museum.

Much of Holland’s collection was acquired through the efforts
of professional collectors and amateurs who were paid for their
efforts, among the latter was Maria E. Fernald, the wife of
Prof. C. M. Fernald, and the Reverend A. C. Good, a missionary
in Africa. Dr. Holland purchased the famous William H. Ed-
wards collection of North American butterflies just as the latter
was negotiating to sell it to European collectors. “I agreed in
exchange for the collection to pay all the expenses of producing
the third volume of his celebrated work, The Butterflies of
North America.”

Dr. Holland was extremely conservative in the classification

of butterflies and heartily belabored in correspondence and print
his colleagues who took liberties in “splitting” genus and

species. Thus, he had little use for taxonomists who used
Hubner’s Tentamen as a basis for changing long established
generic names, and he was very unhappy about specialists who
used high power microscopes to find “invisible distinctions.”
In The Moth Book he views “splitters” and “lumpers” as fol-
lows: “When a man cultivates the habit of discrimination to
excess, he is apt to become, so far as his labors as a systematist
are concerned, a “splitter.” A ‘splitter’ magnifies the importance
of trivial details; he regards minute differences with interest ;

79 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ESI

he searches with more than microscopic zeal after the little
things and leaves out of sight the lines of general resemblance.

“The ‘lumper’ on the other hand, is a man who detects no
differences. Questions of structure do not trouble him. Gen-
eral resemblances are the only things with which he deals.
The ‘lumper’ is the horror of the ‘splitter,’ the ‘splitter’ is
anathema to the ‘lumper’; both are the source of genuine grief
and much hardship to conscientious men who are the possessors
of normally constituted minds and truly scientific habits.”

Besides his entomological interests, Dr. Holland was greatly
devoted to the study of paleontology, and he was especially in-
terested in dinosaurs and under his direction the Carnegie
Museum acquired a famous collection of these singular reptiles
from fossil beds in the West. Among the discoveries was
Diplodocus carnegiei whose huge skeleton in Carnegie Museum
is viewed with awe by thousands of visitors each year. Nine
plaster of paris replicas were made for museums in Europe and
both the Americas, and for this contribution to science Dr.
Holland received many foreign decorations, which he loved to
wear on special occasions on his frequent trips to Europe.

We learn a little about Dr. Holland himself from his answers
to Gunder’s (1929) questionnaire :

“Personal hobbies? Well, in my youth I loved all outdoor
sports and was a good swimmer. I was fond of horses and
rode a great deal. In the last few years I liked a good game
of golf, but rarely get the chance to swing the clubs! I always
enjoy a game of whist, but have grown rusty as a chess player.
Years ago in Japan I achieved quite a reputation over the chess
board. They (there)* were fine players over there, too.”

“You ask me about my outstanding mental traits. It seems
that nature has always endowed me with a good memory, not
quite so good today as it used to be, but I still retain a reading
knowledge of a number of the ancient languages and can re-
member where many lepidoptera species (species of lepidop-
tera)* for example, were figured and described. I am naturally

* Notation by Dr. Holland in his own copy of Entomological News on
Gunder’s article.

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

of an active and industrious turn and the only thing that trou-
bles me is lack of time in which to do the things I would like
to do.”

As mentioned previously, Dr. Holland, because of his friend-
ship with Andrew Carnegie, was an important factor in the
founding of the Science Section of Carnegie Museum, and in
1898 he was elected Director of Carnegie Museum. The mu-
seum was greatly enlarged in 1907.

How closely Dr. Holland was associated with the formation
of the museum can be seen from this paragraph of a letter he
wrote on April 17, 1907 to Mr. Hugo Kahl, Custodian in the
Section of Entomology: “Please examine all windows and note
whether they work properly, whether the weights and sashes
are in good order, whether locks have been put on where they
are called for, whether the electric light arrangements are com-
plete. Call my attention, if you please, to any matters in regard
to the new cases which have been installed which in your judg-
ment may require attention, etc.”

Dr. Holland was a man with great administrative ability, and
very definitely ran the museum like the skipper of a tight ship.
Because he was a brilliant man, he had little patience for fools,
and, at times, even ordinary mortals. He occasionally treated
the scientific personnel in the museum as so many hired hands
and although many of them had great respect for his abilities,
a number had little affection for him. He was a somewhat
large, overbearing individual whose good humor, with age, took
on a sarcastic edge. There can be no doubt that he occasionally
rubbed some of his scientific colleagues the wrong way, and one
paleontologist who did not appreciate his practical jokes too
much repaid him in coin when he named a small extinct animal
Dinohyas hollandi after Dr. Holland. At first blush this ap-
pears to be a great honor ; however, when the name is translated
it means “terrible pig of a Holland.”

Dr. O. E. Jennings, the famous botanist, once told me this
amusing anecdote about Dr. Holland and his staff archaeologist.
The latter argued long and hard with Dr. Holland about some
illustrations for an article. When he found that he was making

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 133

no impression on the obdurate Dr. Holland, he left in disgust
and headed for a local tavern to drown his sorrows. Several
hours later the tavern owner called up Dr. Holland to tell him
he forgot his hat. Dr. Holland indignantly replied,. “I have
not been down there.”” “Well, sir, your hat is here with your
name in it.” The staff archaeologist made a point of it not to
come up to Dr. Holland’s office for some time.

Dr. Holland was such a competent man that his time and
abilities were in constant demand and he had to stretch every
hour to encompass his many interests, religious, scientific, aca-
demic, civic, and social. Naturally Dr. Holland had great con-
fidence in his abilities as can be seen in this encounter with an
encyclopedia salesman who asked him “Do you want this new
encyclopedia?” Dr. Holland said “No.” Salesman, “Would
it be all right to see the other members of the museum?” Dr.
Holland, “No, if there is anything they want to know, let them
come and ask me!”

Dr. Holland was a good business man and it is said that at
times he drove a hard bargain to obtain what he wanted, but it
must also be remembered that he gave great financial help to
many a scientist when he needed it the most—and nearly al-
ways got something in return for it.

Once during World War I, when one of his collectors in
South America inundated him with a series of gloomy epistles,
the good doctor finally could no longer bear his burden of grief
and erupted as follows:

“My Mondays are meatless

My Tuesdays are wheatless

I grow more eatless each day

My house it is heatless

My bed it is sheetless

They’ve been sent to the Y.M.C.A.

The bars are all treatless

My coffee is sweetless

Each day I am poorer and wiser
My stockings are feetless

My trousers are seatless

My God, how I do hate the Kaiser!”

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1968

Yet if at times Dr. Holland showed a lack of humility, at
other times his door was open to the members of his staff who
would come to him with their personal problems. And despite
the demands on his time he would graciously help many of those
who needed his help, and would even answer in some detail a
letter from a woman who thought a fortune could be realized
from collecting Lepidoptera:

“Dear Madam :-—

Replying to your letter of August the 20th, which has
just been received, I desire to say that the return which a
collector of lepidoptera makes is found in the pleasure
which is derived from the study of these beautiful crea-
tures, and not to any great extent in dollars and cents.’’ etc.

Or he ends an inquiry about the name of a butterfly from an
old gentleman as follows: “You say you wrote me about fifty
years ago from Keytesville, Missouri, by which sign both you
and I are getting to be antiques and therefore far more valuable
than we used to be.”

Dr. Holland was greatly esteemed by his entomological col-
leagues, and the Fourth International Congress of Entomologists
at Ithaca, New York, honored him by acclamation on his 80th
birthday during the course of the Congress. He deserved this
honor for he was, among other things, in a large part responsible
for obtaining financial aid which enabled many of the foreign
entomologists to attend the meeting.

Holland continued his many activities in Carnegie Museum
as Director Emeritus long after he retired in 1922, and as
mentioned previously saw the revised edition of The Butterfly
Book appear on his 82nd birthday. He wrote in all about 500
papers on a great variety of subjects.

Despite a stroke which partially paralyzed him in 1932, he
continued his correspondence and dictation up to the time when

another stroke completely disabled him and he died on December
13; 1932:

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 135

LITERATURE CITED

AvinorF, A. 1928. Testimonial to Dr. Holland on his eightieth birth-
day. Annals Carnegie Museum 19: 11-13.

1933. William Jacob Holland. Ent. News 44 (6): 141-144.

Gunoer, J. D. 1929. The Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Ent.
News 40 (7) : 205-217.

James Ridings (1803-1880)'

F. Martin Brown, Fountain Valley School,
Colorado Springs, Colo.

James Ridings was one of the group of three ardent amateur
entomologists (Ridings, E. T. Cresson and George Newman)
who founded the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, later
called the American Entomological Society. He was born at
Bolton-le-Moors in Lancashire, England, on April 30, 1803.
When seventeen years old he immigrated to the United States
and settled in Philadelphia in 1830. There he became a promi-
nent builder and cabinet maker. His interest in natural history
drew him to the attention of the famed Dr. Rush who encour-
aged him. Little is known of Riding’s family affairs. He had
a daughter, Mary Ann, who in 1859 married Ezra Townsend
Cresson, a young entomological companion of Ridings. Another
daughter married a man named Archdeacon. His son, James
H. Ridings, was born in Philadelphia on the 12th of June, 1842
and became as active an amateur entomologist as his father.
The son was associated with the American Entomological So-
ciety from the 9th of February, 1863, when he joined, to the
time of his death April 17th, 1908. From September 1873 to
December 1897, the son was recording secretary of the society
his father had founded. The father served the Society as Vice-
president in 1859, the year of organization, and as curator of
the collections for four years, 1875-1878.

Ridings was an excellent collector. Although his own inter-
ests were with Lepidoptera he collected other orders for his

1 Accepted for publication January 9, 1968.

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

many friends and associates. His entomological journal for
1849-1862 is in the archives of the Academy of Sciences in
Philadelphia (Coll. No. 956). This is devoted largely to 1849
and contains ecological notes on the localities he visited in New
Jersey and Pennsylvania. There is evidence that he collected
frequently in the Shenandoah Valley of Virginia, visited with
W. H. Edwards in Coalburgh, West Virginia, and made at least
one trip for collecting purposes to Massachusetts. He spent one
season collecting in Georgia (1866).

An expedition to Nebraska and Colorado in 1864 was made
by both Ridings, father and son. The material they brought
back formed the basis for Reakirt’s (1865) account of butter-
flies in the Rocky Mountains. In addition to this paper others
incorporated study of the material. W.H. Edwards described
some of the novelties among the butterflies, Augustus Grote
wrote upon the moths, E. T. Cresson the Hymenoptera and
J. H. B. Bland the Coleoptera. Most of these reports are
found in volumes 4-6 of the Proceedings of the Philadelphia
Entomological Society. A considerable portion of the collec-
tion was purchased by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, a patron of the
Entomological Society, and deposited in the Society’s cabinet.

Ridings himself may well be considered a patron of the
Society. Initially the group met in rented rooms in the large
house of Charles Wilt, a member, at 1308-10 South Street,
Philadelphia. For these rooms Ridings built cabinets and stor-
age boxes to house the collection. Beginning in August 1862,
the Society occupied a fine two-storied brick building, 518 South
13th Street, on the northwest corner of 13th and Rodman
Streets. This building Ridings had built and rented to the
Society for a nominal fee. It was thus occupied until January
1876 when the Society moved its quarters to the recently com-
pleted Academy of Sciences building at 19th and Race Street,
where it still is housed.

Although there are many published articles concerned with
insects collected by Ridings, he himself wrote very little. He
published a few notes on moths and a brief article on Papilio
daunus. These are found in the journals of the Society. Sur-

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 137

prisingly few letters of James Ridings have been preserved.
There are five in the archives of the Academy of Sciences (Coll.
Nos. 957, 964). There is a single letter (1867) to W. H.
Edwards in the archives of the State of West Virginia: In this
Ridings declines the suggestion that he return to the “Pikes
Peak” region of Colorado since the Indians were restless. Thus
far I have not found any letters from Ridings in the massive
Strecker collection of letters.

Historians of entomology in North America have barely
touched upon Ridings. Osborn (1937, 1946) does not mention
him. Essig (1931) made only two passing references to him.
Carpenter (1945, p. 85) listed two biographical notes, both
brief. A portrait of Ridings as an elderly man appears as PI.
VII in EntomotocicaLt News for 1896.

REFERENCES CITED

Anonymous. 1896. “An Industrious Philadelphia Collector.” Entomo-
logical News 7: 161-162.

CarpPENTER, M. M. 1945. Bibliography of Biographies of Entomologists.
The American Midland Naturalist 33: 1-116.

Cresson, E. T. 1880. James Ridings. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 8: xv.

—. [1911]. A History of the American Entomological Society, Phila-
delphia, 1859-1909. 60 pp. Published by the Society.

Essic, E. O. 1931. A History of Entomology. vii-1029 pp., ill., Mac-
millan Company, New York, N. Y.

Osporn, H. 1937, 1946. Fragment of Entomological History. Pt. I,
vii-394 pp., ill.; pt. II, x—232 pp., ill., The Spahr & Glenn Company,
Columbus, Ohio.

REAKIRT, T. 1866. Coloradian Butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadel-
phia 6: 132-151.

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

The Entomologist’s Record

To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records,
corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidentifications, short field notes,
and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology
departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department

Society News

The Entomological Society of Pennsylvania was organized
at York, Pennsylvania in 1842 by Frederich Ernst Melsheimer,
son of Frederich Valentine Melsheimer and brother of John F.
Melsheimer. The Melsheimers were notably entomologists as-
sociated with the beginnings of this science in the United States.
The Entomological Society of Pennsylvania was active in cen-
tral Pennsylvania for only a few years. Reformed on January
23, 1924, the Society has since held yearly meetings at Harris-
burg and other locations in the Commonwealth.

At the first meeting, with 25 present, C. H. Hadley was
elected president and S. W. Frost secretary. The current 88
members are served by Edgar Eckess and Edgar Udine as
president and secretary, respectively.

The Society provides awards for winners of state 4-H insect
identification competition and the 4-H Entomology demonstra-
tion teams each year In 1965 the Society started issuing a
newsletter, published one to four times per year depending upon
the available funds. In 1967, the first number of the MeEtr-
SHEIMER ENTOMOLOGICAL SERIES was published. This series
will publish papers on arthropod taxonomy, biology, ecology,
morphology, surveys, and regulations. The contents of the
publication is restricted to arthropods of Pennsylvania and sur-
rounding states, and is open to members of the Entomological
Society of Pennsylvania only. Full membership is two dollars
per year and associate membership (students and 4-H club
members), one dollar per year. Persons or institutions inter-
ested in membership, publications, etc., should write to: Editor,
Entomological Society of Pennsylvania, c/o RoBEerT SNET-
SINGER, 101 Walker Lab, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 139

The Entomologist’s Library

In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles
received and of special interest to entomologists. The contents of each is noted by the
editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible
publication even if the work has been previously noted here—Ed.

General

GROSS. ELECTROPHORESIS: ITS. PRINCIPLE AND
APPLICATION

By S. Nakamura. Elsevier, 1967. 194 pp. Cloth, $17.00.

This book will be of particular interest to those insect physi-
ologists concerned with protein-protein or protein-substrate
binding phenomena. The author draws most of his examples
from the areas of antigen-antibody, serum protein and enzyme-
substrate interactions but it appears that the technique of cross-
electrophoresis could be applied usefully to many other prob-
lems of molecular interaction in chemistry and biochemistry.—
R. M. Hollingworth.

Insecta
INSEKTEN AUF REISEN

By E. T. Nietsen. Springer-Verlag, 1967. 92 pp. Cloth,
$3.20.

In this small book, written in Danish and translated into
German, the author discusses the migrations of butterflies.
moths, locusts, aphids, chinch bugs, ladybird beetles, dragon-
flies, and mosquitoes. He considers the biological significance
of periodic migrations of these insects and relates them to
similar migrations by birds and human beings. The book is
written clearly and is easily readable by the layman and scien-
tist. Based on the author’s own observations in the United
States, these are related to migrations described in the scientific
literature. Unfortunately no references are given. The book is
largly speculatory but is stimulating and provides many ideas
for thought—C. A. Edwards.

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1968

Coleoptera

BIONOMICS AND ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF TIGER
BEETLES OF SALINE HABITATS IN THE CENTEAL
UNITED STATES

By Harorp L. Wiitis. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 47: 145-
313, <196/.

Interest in this publication will go beyond the contribution it
makes to the taxonomy of Cicindelidae. The technique for the
treatment of the color pattern variation, distribution, and devel-
opment of the species are worth studying. The numerical treat-
ment of subspecies should be continued for the remainder of
the family for the United States. This might settle some of the
current problems in treating these kinds of taxa.—R. H. A.

Hymenoptera

THE DANCE LANGUAGE AND ORIENTATION OF
BEES

By Karv von Friscu. Belknap Press, Harvard, 1967. xiv
+ 566 p. Cloth, $15.00.

The one thing that motivates young people the most is to
read about the life and successes of great men. This book is,
in one sense, the autobiography of such a man. In it von Frisch
explains in beautiful prose (translated from the German by
Leigh E. Chadwick) the experimental design that enabled him
to untangle the fascinating problem of bee communication. As
anyone knows who has attempted an original experiment, the
successful one is viewed in hind sight as very simple, but the
stages that lead to this design are frought with seemingly end-
less hours of negative results. Reading about the changes nec-
essary for each step in the research will improve the work of
any young experimental biologist. This alone makes the monu-
mental volume priceless. The scientific contribution of the
work has already become a classic “breakthrough,” and a sub-
ject studied by all first year biology students. The monographic
treatment of the subject will be drawn upon by textbook authors
for at least the next 100 years.—R. H. A.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. A\ll inser-
tions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
wane) Pelham Ne Yeas. Ae

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned
desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department
of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepi-
doptera. N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Jans-
kerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt
service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California, 19654.

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED
STATES
A Manual for Identification
By Ross H. ARNETT, JR.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

The families of beetles found in the United States are described ;
illustrated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of

genera giving the number of species and their distribution are in-
cluded. A working bibliography for each family gives the recent
references to anatomy, larvae, biology, and keys for the identifica-
tion of the species. This second printing includes corrections
previously printed on flyleaf sheets.

1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations
Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

No.

20.

21.

ae

AD

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
LL plates, CO mAnS 2.05 6 eine een Sector $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ...$4.00

Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate .......... $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ............ $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ...... $2.50

Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-
ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ....
$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

“ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

JUNE 19638

Vol. 79 No. 6
CONTENTS

Weber—Tobago Island Fungus-growing ants ............ 141
Muchmore—A new species of Pseudoscorpion from North

AS rrOUITicles tines Migs etal the cae Siac Weaa hss Tad + 5, GAY Ew gre omeg 145
Shapiro—First additions to “Butterflies of the Delaware

WS gat en a eR ee CER fe ee a 150
Gunther—A review of Neorhynchocephalus (Diptera: Ne-

PeSLRItGAe ti MMOIS. 2 pee a vic Sac a cls s 2 agp ween ae 153
Scullen—Cercerini collections notes II (Hymenoptera:

SPORE LGC eh ares ern cic Sea aee oe ies ays onsen eae ey ede 154
Evans—Mexican and Central American Pompilinae (Hy-

menoptera, Pompilidae) : Supplementary Notes I ....... 158
EUNTOMOLOGISE SiR ECORD' aayod secs st qeut eta nee ees 168
ENTOMOLOGIST’S MARKET PLACE ........... Inside back cover

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.

AND

1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by HENry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by Puuitip
P. Carvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMIEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff:
H. W. A.ien, M. E. Puuitiirs, and S. S. Rospacx.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per
yearly volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic
and foreign, $6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, labora-
tories, etc., domestic and foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be ad-
dressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue
University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowl-
edged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles
longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments,
unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional
pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 46 inches. The cost of
setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1-4 pp. 5-8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 IES 17.62 8.75
Add’! 100 2.35 S15 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52. Transporta-
tion charges will be extra.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENromoLtocicaL News. Titles, to
facilitate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters
including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents
for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150
words or less should precede the article. The editor may reword the abstract
for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's
complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a foot-
note. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including
illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or
if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate
publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news
in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions
open, and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.”
Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the
subject of the article are especially desirable.

Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

VoL. 79 JUNE, 1968 No. 6

Tobago Island Fungus-growing Ants
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) '

Neat A. WEBER, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania

The island of Tobago, lying within sight of Trinidad, would
seem to have a depauperate fauna compared with that of the
larger island since it is smaller and less diverse, physically and
biologically. It is 26 miles long and some 7 miles at the widest.
Trinidad is within sight of Venezuela and is reported to have
been attached to it until about 6000 B.C. (Rouse 1964). De-
spite the closeness of the three land masses “the prevailing
winds and current proceed westward from the Guianas past
Trinidad to Margarita Island. ... When the Orinoco is in
flood it muddies the sea past Trinidad, and some of the debris
is carried into the Lesser Antilles” (loc. cit.).

During my year’s residence in Trinidad and visits during
other years the trade wind coming from the east was familiar
and welcome on the east coast facing Tobago. So far as insects
carried by winds are concerned, the direction of movement
would be more likely from Tobago to Trinidad. The Guiana
coast is too far away to be a probable factor. While the south-
western corner of Trinidad is muddied by the Orinoco, this
part of the island is like a sandspit and carriage of live fungus-
growing ants together with their fungus would seem to be ex-
tremely hazardous, if indeed they could start up their symbiotic
existence when they landed. However the intermediate island
of Soldado Rock (Worth, 1967) did have a live Atta cepha-
lotes female shown to me by J. M. Cherrett in 1967 (Cherrett
MS).

' Accepted for publication December 8, 1967.

(141)

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ June, 1968

The most reasonable explanation for the origin of the Tobago
attines, it appears to me, is that they were acquired directly
from Trinidad, either by physical connection of the land masses
or by temporary islets.

In consequence of the above factors, the finding in 1967 of
an attine, Cyphomyrmex bigibbosus Emery, that was known in
Trinidad only by a single dealate female from rain forest (Weber
1945) suggests that there may be local pockets of habitat in both
islands that permit relict species to survive. With the increas-
ing disappearance of primitive forest, such species may soon
become extinct. A second attine that is abundant in Trinidad
was also found for the first time in 1967 in Tobago. Both were
in the patches of relatively untouched forest in the higher parts
of the island between Roxborough and Bloody Bay. Both spe-
cies were relatively common in the then largely primitive forest
of British Guiana in 1935-6 (Weber 1946).

The present efforts at exterminating the two largest attines
of Tobago, Acromyrme.x octospinosus Reich and Atta cephalotes
L., are at least locally successful and, in an island of this size,
these efforts may soon be more widely successful. The latter
species was noted here in 1935 (Weber 1945). The present
fragmentary notes therefore may be worth recording for a
condition soon to change. The species known to me from brief
1965 and 1967 collecting are as follows:

Cyphomyrmex rimosus Spinola

Widely distributed but inconspicuous. Colonies had mature
males and females 7 July 1965 and were on grassy slopes, nest-
ing in black soil under the shade of trees. Also a regular in-
habitant of forests and cultivations, probably at all elevations
on the island. The most widely distributed attine, from Florida
to Argentina. Fungus in yeast-like and mycelial forms.

Cyphomyrmex bigibbosus Emery

A nest close to one of Trachymyrmex relictus and one of
Myrmicocrypta buenslii in clay on the crest of a steep, wooded

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 143

ridge. Males were present 31 August 1967. The fungal my-
celium was very different from that of Cyphomyrmex riumosus,
having a flocculent growth with clusters of hyphal terminations
that were slightly swollen. The substrate was heterogeneous
and vegetal.

Mycetophylax conformis (Mayr)

Seashore (E. O. Wilson, pers. commun. ).

Myrmicocrypta buenzlii Borgmeier

Nesting as above and about 50 meters distant. A _ large,
mature colony with a single compact fungus garden of small
cells. The chamber was 9 cm down in reddish clay and was 9
cm high by 12 x 14 cm laterally. The substrate was vegetal,
finely comminuted and tan in color. In soil about the garden
were mites and Collembola. The fungul mycelium was floccu-
lent but growing more in tufts on the substrate than that of
bigibbosus. No sexual brood was present on 31 August 1967
nor in Trinidad colonies at the same time.

Trachymyrmex relictus Borgmeier

Colony with alates 31 August 1967 in patch of forest near
top of main ridge of island. The entrance to the nest was a
bare hole 10 mm in diameter. Known from Trinidad and
Surinam. :

Trachymyrmex urichi Forel

Forested areas.

Acromyrmex octospinosus Reich

Nesting in hillside at road cut through low trees and bushes.
Had alates on 7 July 1965. Found also in cultivations, includ-
ing low-lying coconut of plantations and in the most undis-
turbed forest on main ridge of island. A part of a garden with
workers was successfully adopted by a fertilized female of the

144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ June, 1968

species from Trinidad and the resulting colony maintained in
the laboratory for more than two years (Weber 1967).

Atta cephalotes L.

Not found in low-lying, heavily cultivated areas where it must
formerly have existed. A colony with queen was taken in a
steep, grassy area on top of main ridge of island on 31 August
1967. The colony, judging from its size, must have originated
from a nuptial flight of April or early May. There was a single
crater and poorly developed trails of a few meters in length.
The single garden was 10-15 cm in diameter (estimated volume
1,000-1,200 cc) and rested on pieces of angular rock. The
female could have come from a parental nest in any direction,
there being patches of forest on all sides. There had been much
damage by a hurricane several years before. All workers were
less than 10 mm in length, the soldier caste not yet having been
formed. The colony grew rapidly in the laboratory and in two
months the garden had doubled in size.

SPECIES PROBABLY OCCURRING IN TOBAGO

No intensive collecting of attines appears to have been made
on Tobago and other species will probably be found when this
is done. These would be in Trinidad-type habitats and include:

Cyphomyrmex rimosus subsp. trinitatis Weber ; Mycocepurus
snuthi Forel; Apterostigma urichi Forel; Apterostigma mayri
Forel; Apterostigma auriculatum Wheeler ; Sericomyrmex uri-
chi Forel; Trachymyrmex cornetzt Forel; Trachymyrmex bug-
niont Forel.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT.—Field work was performed under the
National Science Foundation Undergraduate Research Par-
ticipation Program and NSF Grant GB-5346. Peter Weber
did most of the field work.

REFERENCES CITED

Cuerrett, J. M. A flight record for queens of Atta cephalotes L.
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae.) (mss.)

Rousse, J. 1964. Prehistory of the West Indies. Science 1964, 144:
499-513.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 145

Weser, N. A. 1945. The biology of the fungus-growing ants. Part
VIII. The Trinidad, B.W.I. species. Rev. de Entomol. 16: 1-88.

——. 1946. The biology of the fungus-growing ants. Part IX. The
British Guiana species. Rev. de Entomol. 17: 114-172.

——. 1967. Growth of young Acromyrmex colonies in their first year
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 60: 506-508.

WHEELER, W. M. 1919. The ants of Tobago Island. Psyche 26: 113.

WorrtH, C. B. 1967. A naturalist in Trinidad. J. B. Lippincott Co.,
Philadelphia, 291 pp.

A New Species of the Pseudoscorpion Genus
Serianus (Arachnida, Chelonethida,
(Olpiidae) from North Carolina *’

Witt1Am B. Mucumore, Department of Biology, University
of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627

ABSTRACT

The new species, Serianus carolinensis, is the first representative of
the genus to be recorded from the eastern United States.

Recently, Weygoldt (1966) has reported upon the unique
mating behavior of some pseudoscorpions of the genus Serianus,
which he found in the sand dunes near Beaufort, North Caro-
lina. These animals prove to belong to a new species of Seri-
anus, which is described below. I am indebted to Dr. Weygoldt
for the specimens upon which this study is based. Types are
deposited in the eollection of the American Museum of Natural
History.

Serianus carolinensis, NEW SPECIES

Material—Holotype male (WM917.01010) and numerous
paratypes, including adults of both sexes and three small nymphs,
taken from under stones and wood in dunes near Beaufort,
Carteret County, North Carolina, by Peter Weygoldt during
March—July, 1966. Thirteen males and eight females were
mounted for study.

! Accepted for publication November 30, 1967.
2 This work was supported in part by a grant, GB5299, from the Na-
tional Science Foundation.

146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

Description—Male. (Data are given first for the holotype,
followed often in parentheses by ranges based on twelve para-
types). Generally similar to Serianus gratus Hoff, 1964, but
slightly smaller. Carapace, palps, and tergites rich golden
brown in color; chelicerae and legs light yellowish brown.
Carapace longer than broad; anterior four-fifths strongly scler-
otized and with a V-shaped posterior border; surface smooth.
With four corneate eyes, the anterior ones slightly larger than
the posterior; anterior eyes close to the carapacal margin and
separated from the posterior eyes by less than one ocular diame-
ter. Carapacal chaetotaxy 4-4-2-44-2 = 20 (some paratypes
with one or two fewer setae on the middle part of the carapace).
Coxal area typical of the genus.

Abdomen long ovate; many of the tergites and sternites di-
vided; surfaces smooth; pleural membranes with wavy, longi-
tudinal striations. Tergal chaetotaxy 4:4:4:4:4:6:6:6:-
6:10:6:mm. Most sternites with six marginal setae; in addi-
tion sternite 6 has a medial group of four (three to five) smaller
setae, sternite 7 a medial group of four (three to five) setae,
and sternite 8 a medial group of two (two); occasionally ster-
nite 9 has one or two smaller medial setae. Anterior stigmatic
plates with one to three small setae, and posterior plate with
one seta. Genital opercula with two groups of four (two to
five) setae along the anterior lip and two groups of two (two)
small setae along the posterior lip of the opening.

Chelicera typical of the genus, 0.34-0.38 the length of the
carapace, and 1.7—1.9 times as long as broad. Palm with five
setae; flagellum of four setae, of which the distal one is ter-
minally denticulate ; serrula exterior with 16 (15 or 16) plates.
Galea with a long lateral branch at about the midpoint and with
the main stalk terminally bifid (Fig. 1). Subapical lobe of
movable finger large, simple; a long thin, spine-like blade just
proximal to the subapical lobe on the medial side of the finger.
Fixed finger with three small and three medium sized teeth.

Palps without unusual features. Proportions of segments as
shown in Fig. 2; trochanter 2.0 (1.9-2.1), femur 3.0 (2.9-3.1),
tibia 2.3 (2.3-2.5) and chela without pedicel 3.3 (3.2-3.5)

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 147

times as long as broad; hand without pedicel 1.8 (1.6-1.85)
times as long as deep; movable finger 0.97 (0.92-1.0) times
as long as hand. ‘Tactile setae of chela generally as shown in
Fig. 3; but one paratype with seta sb missing from movable
finger and setae ist and est missing from fixed finger, and one
paratype with seta st missing from movable finger. Seta ¢ usu-
ally at or a little distal to the midpoint of the movable finger.
Dorsum of femur with a long, delicate, tactile seta 0.345-0.395
the length of the segment from the proximal end. Fixed finger
of chela with 20 (18-21) low, triangular teeth, the cusps dis-
placed toward the proximal side, and one or two, tiny, isolated
denticles at the proximal end of the row; movable finger with
19 (17-20) similar teeth and occasionally a tiny, proximal
denticle.

Legs of typical facies. Arolia bifid and about twice as long
as claws. Leg I with telofemur about 1.6 times as long as basi-
femur. Leg IV with entire femur 2.8 (2.5-2.8) times as long
as deep; tactile seta on tibia 0.34 (0.31-0.36) and on meta-
tarsus 0.24 (0.16-0.30) the length of the segment from the
proximal end.

Females.—( Data are often given as ranges for the eight para-
types.) Similar to male but slightly larger. Carapacal chaeto-
taxy 4-42-44-2- = 20 (three specimens with one fewer seta
on the middle part of the carapace). Chaetotaxy of abdominal
tergites as in male. Most sternites with six marginal setae.
and in addition- sternite 6 has a medial row of three smaller
setae, sternite 7 a medial row of three (two or three) setae, and
sternite 8 a medial pair of setae. Anterior genital operculum
with two groups of four setae.

Chelicera similar to that of male in all respects, including the
galea.

Palps as in the male. Trochanter 1.9-2.2, femur 2.8—3.1,
tibia 2.1-2.4, chela without pedicel 3.1-3.3 times as long as
broad; hand without pedicel 1.65—-1.8 times as long as deep;
movable finger 0.91-0.95 times as long as hand. In one para-
type tactile setae st and sb lie side by side, at exactly the same
level, on the movable chelal finger. Tactile seta on femur 0.35—

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

0.42 the length of the segment from the proximal end. Fixed
finger of chela with 18-22 marginal teeth and often one or two
tiny proximal denticles; movable finger with 17-21 teeth.

Legs as in the male.

Nymphs.—The three small nymphs in the collection provide
insufficient data for descriptions.

Measurements (mm).—Male.—Body length 2.1 (1.6-2.0).
Entire carapace 0.50 (0.465-0.51) long and 0.37 (0.35-0.39)
broad; strongly sclerotized part 0.43 (0.42-0.45) long; diameter
of eyes about 0.035. Chelicera 0.185 (0.165-0.185) by 0.10
(.09-0.105) ; movable finger 0.115 (0.10-0.125) long. Palpal
trochanter 0.215 (0.20-0.23) by 0.105 (0.095-0.12) ; femur
0.36 (0.34-0.385) by 0.12 (0.11-0.13) ; tibia 0.35 (0.32-0.38 )
by 0.15 (0.14-0.16) ; chela without pedicel 0.59 (0.56-0.62) by
0.18 (0.165-0.19) ; hand without pedicel 0.31 (0.30-0.32) by
0.17 (0.165—-0.195) deep; movable finger 0.30 (0.28-0.31) long.
Leg I: basifemur 0.08 (0.085-0.10) by 0.075 (0.075-0.085) ;
telofemur 0.14 (0.135-0.155) by 0.085 (0.08—0.095) ; tibia 0.155
(0.155-0.18) by 0.06 (0.055-0.06) ; metatarsus 0.055 (0.055—
0.07) by 0.05 (0.040.045) ; telotarsus 0.075 (0.08-0.085) by
0.04 (0.035-0.045). Leg IV: entire femur 0.345 (0.34-0.38)
long; basifemur 0.125 (0.12-0.135) by 0.09 (0.08-0.10) ; telo-
femur 0.285 (0.28-0.315) by 0.125 (0.13-0.155) ; tibia 0.235
(0.23-0.265 ) by 0.075 (0.075—0.085 ) ; metatarsus 0.075 (0.075-
0.09) by 0.05 (0.05-0.055) ; telotarsus 0.11 (0.10-0.12) by
0.045 (0.045-0.05).

Females——Body length 2.0-2.8. Entire carapace 0.51-0.56
long by 0.37-0.43 broad; heavily sclerotized part 0.44—-0.49
long; diameter of eyes about 0.035. Chelicera 0.18—-0.21 by
0.10-0.12; movable finger 0.105—0.13 long. Palpal trochanter
0.23-0.24 by 0.105-0.125 ; femur 0.35-0.41 by 0.125-0.135 ; tibia
0.34-0.395 by 0.155—-0.165 ; chela without pedicel 0.60—0.645 by
0.185-0.205; hand without pedicel 0.315-0.34 by 0.185-0.20
deep; movable finger 0.29-0.315 long. Leg I: basifemur 0.095—
0.10 by 0.08-0.095 ; telofemur 0.15-0.16 by 0.09-0.105. Leg
IV: entire femur 0.365—-0.395 by 0.145-0.155; tibia 0.255—0.28
by 0.08-0.09.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 149

Remarks.—Serianus carolinensis 1s similar in many respects
to S. gratus Hoff from Jamaica, but differs from the latter in
the following respects: slightly smaller size; slightly more
slender palpal femur and tibia; more slender legs; lateral branch
of the galea arising near the midpoint and nearly as long as the
main branch; serrula exterior with 15 or 16 plates rather than
17 or 18; tactile seta t of the movable chelal finger usually at
or distal to, rather than proximal to, the midpoint of the seg-
ment; sixth and seventh abdominal sternites usually with three
or four setae, instead of five, in the medial groups; and occa-
sionally with one or two medial setae on the ninth sternite.

One paratype male is abnormal in having pedal coxae I and
II on the right side fused and reduced in size. Leg I is normal
while leg II is very small and poorly formed, apparently con-
sisting only of the withered remnants of trochanter, femur, and
tibia. This is obviously the result of some developmental mal-
function.

The variations in number of tactile setae on the chelae of two
paratype males appears similar to the situation reported by Hoff
(1950) for S. minutus from Argentina. It does not appear to
be strictly a neotenic condition, since in one case st is lacking
while in the other case sb is lacking. Unfortunately, not enough
nymphs are available to determine the pattern of addition of
tactile setae during development. This situation may simply
reflect a general tendency for variation in the chaetotaxy in the
species as seen also on the carapace and on the stigmatic plates.

The specimens of Serianus carolinensis mentioned here are
the first reported representatives of the genus from the eastern
United States. The nearest known relatives are S. dolosus Hoff
from New Mexico and S. gratus Hoff from Jamaica. Several
nymphs referable to Serianus, but not determinable to species,
are at hand from Dauphin Island, Mobile County, Alabama.
They were taken by Berlese extraction from the debris lodged
in a crotch of a pine tree by Walter R. Suter. Their presence
in Alabama suggests that representatives of the genus Serianus
may be expected in suitable habitats all along the Atlantic and
Gulf coasts of North America.

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

REFERENCES CITED

Horr, C. C. 1950. Pseudoescorpionidos nuevos o poco conocidos de la
Argentina (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida). Arthropoda 1: 225-237.

—. 1964. The Pseudoscorpions of Jamaica. Part 3. The suborder
Diplosphyronida. Bull. Inst. Jamaica, Sci. Ser. no. 10, pt. 3: 1-47.

Weycotpt, P. 1966. Spermatophore web formation in a pseudoscorpion.
Science 153: 1647-1649.

Fics. 1-3. Serianus carolinensis, new species, holotype male. Fic. 1.

Tip of movable, cheliceral finger, lateral aspect. Fic. 2. Left palp,

dorsal aspect. Fic. 3. Right chela, lateral aspect.

First Additions to “Butterflies of the
Delaware Valley’’’

ARTHUR M. SHAPIRO ”

The page citations in the following additions refer to Shapiro
(1966). The format follows that of the original publication.

1 Accepted for publication November 12, 1967.
2 Dept. of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca,

New York 14850.

79 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 154

PAINTED EADY... Vanessaxcandm 1a, p23:

The abundance level in 1966 equaled or surpassed that of
1959 on both sides of the Fall Line. It was first taken 3 May
(Tinicum Wildlife Preserve, Phila. Co., Pa.); last, 21 Oc-
tober (banks of Schuylkill, central Phila.). Larvae were taken
irom the following thistles: Carduus nutans L. (Devon, Chester
Co., Pa.) ; Cirsium vulgare (Savi) Ten. (C. lanceolatum auct.) ;
C. discolor (Muhl.) Spreng. (Essington, Delaware Co., Pa.) ;
and C. arvense (L.) Scop. Also it was reared from Malva
neglecta Wallr. (M. rotundifolia auct.), Devon, Chester Co.,
the first record on Malvaceae in our area. The species was not
seen in 1967 until 22 October (Camden, N. J.).

NORTHERN HAIRSTREAK. Euristrymon ontario Edw.,
oR oul

Muller (1965) recorded this species from Lakehurst, N. J.,
26 and 28 April. The spring flight now has been observed in
our area. One or two fresh FE. ontario observed closely in
pitch pine-oak scrub at Brown’s Mills, Burlington Co., N. J.,
18 April 1966.

PINE ELFIN. *Incisala nphon Hbn., p. 33.

One observed, in good condition, sex undetermined, 17 June
1966 at Devon, Chester Co., Pa. on the lowland Piedmont far
from serpentine barrens and any native “hard” pines.

BRONZE COPPER. Lycaena thoe Guer., p. 33.

A fresh female was taken at Tinicum, Phila. Co., 20 Sept.
1967. The range of this species has now been extended into
New Castle Co., Del. on the coastal plain: vic. Delaware City,
23 August 1967 (Ehle & Smaglinski), and Odessa, 4 Sept.
1967 (Ehle & Gardner).

SPRING AZURE. Lycaenopsis argiolus L., p. 35.

The large samples taken in 1966 and 1967 demonstrate the
occurrence at moderate frequency of f. vern. “lucia” south in

152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

the pine barrens of N. J. to the Cape May peninsula. It re-
mains very rare above the Fall Line. It is planned to publish
additional data elsewhere.

FALCATE ORANGE TIP. Anthocharis genutia Fabr., p. 37.

Two specimens were taken in typical pine barrens habitat,
3rown’s Mills and Country Lakes, Burlington Co., N. J., May
1960.

CHECKERED WHITE. Prueris protodice Bdv. & LeC., p. 40.

The following records are of form vernalis Edw.: PA: PH:
Tinicum—Eastwick, 22 March, 15 April 66; 26 March, 1 April,
21 Oct. 67; Frankford, 31 March, 2 April 6/7; central Phila.,
banks of Schuylkill, 21 Oct. 66 (abundant), 2 April 67 (abun-
dant), 23 April 67. MO: Cheltenham Twp., 23 April 67.
Ne J: CA: Camden, 28 April 6/7, 22° Oct. G7 abundant),
New early records for P. rapae L.: Upper Southampton Twp..,
Bucks Co., Pa., 13 March 66; Eastwick, Phila. Co., 14 March
66.

DREAMY DUSKY WING. Erynnis tcelus Scud. & Burg.,
Peano

This species was taken twice in the pine barrens at Country
Lakes, Burlington Co., N. J., May 1966. May 2, 1966 is the
earliest species record in our area. FE. brizo was present also.
The only recorded food plant of E. icelus present at Country
Lakes is Betula populifolia Marsh. The species also has been
bred from Populus grandidentata Michx. (Bell’s Mill Barrens,
Phila, 20-)'.

ADDITIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mutter, J. 1965. Supplemental List of Macrolepidoptera of New
Jersey. J. New York Ent. Soc. 73: 63-69.

SuHaAprIrO, A. M. 1966. Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. Philadel-
phia: American Entomological Society, Special Publication, 79 pp.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 153

A Review of the Neorhynchocephalus (Diptera:
Nemestrinidae) in Illinois with a New Record’

RonALD G. GUNTHER”

Nemestrinids, commonly called “tanglewing or tangle-veined
flies,” are relatively uncommon and are not likely to be taken
by the general collector (Borror and DeLong, 1964). Tangle-
wing flies are medium to large size found hovering persistently
from 2 to 10 feet above the ground with dense vegetation
beneath.

On July 18, 1967, I collected a single female specimen of
Neorhynchocephalus volaticus (Williston) in Wilcox Town-
ship, Hancock County, Illinois. This insect was making a
very loud buzzing noise as it hovered near Bergamot Mint,
Monarda fistubosa (L).

Donald W. Webb, assistant taxonomist, at the Illinois Nat-
ural History Survey informed me that their collection contains
only 10 specimens of Nemestrinidae. All ten insects are N.
sackenit (Williston) and came from the Carlinville area, Mac-
quin County, Illinois. N. volaticus has never been recorded
for Illinois.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF NEORHYNCHOCEPHALUS IN ILLINOIS

Abdomen segments distinct with white apical fringe and
black tufts of hair on the sides. Abdomen with red-
dish spots. Body covered with yellow pile. Coxa
and femora light colored with long blonde pile. Tibia
and tarsi very dark with black setae. Both branches
of the fourth longitudinal vein reached the wing mar-

CALE rs ek ecm 2 Es LEA Gs. te a cRe dn volaticus ( Williston)

Abdominal segments not spotted or distinctly banded.
Branches of the fourth longitudinal vein stalked well
before reaching the wing margin. Much smaller than
PEO MOUNT set OP na cecy Sey states oer ache as shoes oe sackenu (Williston )

1 Accepted for publication January 29, 1968.
2 Science Department, Mid-County Jr. High, Lacon, Illinois 61761.

154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank the Botany Department of Western Illinois
University and Donald W. Webb of the Illinois Natural His-
tory Survey for the identification and verification of the plant
and insect, respectively. I also express my gratitude to Dr.
Ross H. Arnett, Jr., for reading the manuscript and offering
suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED
BequaeErt, J. 1930. Notes on American Nemestrinidae. Psyche. 37:
286-297.
——, 1934. Notes on American Nemestrinidae, Second Paper. Jour.
New York Entom. Soc. 42: 163-184.

Borror, Donatp J. and Dwicut M. DeLona. 1964. An Introduction
to the Study of Insects. Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Rev. ed.
Curran, C. H. 1934. The families and genera of North American

Diptera. American Museum of Natural History. New York, N. Y.
STONE, ALAN, Curtis SaBroskKy, WILLIS WirTH, RicHArD Foote, and
Jack Coutson. 1965. A Catalog of The Diptera of America
North of Mexico. United States Dept. Agric., Washington D. C.

Cercerini Collections Notes—II’
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) *

HERMAN A. SCULLEN 3

The following notes supplement my 1965 revision of Cerceris.

Cerceris squamulifera Mickel
(Figs. 1, 2, 3 and 4)

This distinctive species was described by Mickel (1916, p.
411) from a single female. A limited number of additional
females have been identified and recorded by the writer (Scul-
len, 1965, p. 434). Since the above publication appeared a

1 Grants from General Research by the Graduate School, Oregon State
University and from the National Science Foundation have made these
studies possible.

2 Accepted for publication January 29, 1968.

3 Oregon State University, Corvallis, Ore. 97331.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 155

small number of males recognized as belonging to this species
have been identified and are here described.

MALE.—Length 10-11 mm. Black with yellow markings;
punctation and pubescence normal.

Head subequal in width to the thorax; black except for the
entire face, spot back of the eye, basal half of the mandibles,
and scape of the antennae, all of which are yellow; clypeal
border extension narrow with three low denticles; hair lobes
normal; mandibles unidentate ; antennae normal in form, amber
except for the scape which is largely yellow.

Thorax black except for a band on the pronotum, the scu-
tellum, a comma-shaped area on the propodeum, a patch on
the pleuron below the wing, and the tegulae, all of which are
yellow; tegulae slightly elevated and lightly pitted; enclosure
lightly rugose laterally, legs largely amber with yellow areas on
the hind coxae, all trochanters, all femori and the more distal
parts of all legs; wings subhyaline but somewhat clouded
anteriorly.

Abdomen with broad yellow bands on all terga, those on
terga 3, 4, 5 and 6 somewhat emarginate; sterna 2, 3, 4 and 5
with lateral yellow patches; pygidium as illustrated, Itc. 4.

The males vary somewhat in size. All have the characteris-
tic comma-shaped yellow patches on the propodeum, some
much more distinctive than others. The distribution as shown
by the following recordst is close to the distribution as recorded
for the females (Scullen, 1965, p. 434). Recorded specimens
of males are as follows:

KANSAS: Clark Co., 1,962 ft. elev., June (J. H. Snow) ;
Hamilton Co., 3,350 ft. elev.; Stafford Co., June 30, 1934
(R. H. Painter). NEBRASKA: Wallace, Lincoln Co.,
July 2, 1933 (R. Roberts). NEW MEXICO: Albu-
querque, July 23, 1950 (B. H. Beamer). TEXAS: Alfred,
March 29, 1951, at Acacia greggi (C. D. Michener) ; Aransas
Co., Aug. 6, 1928 (L. D. Beamer) ; Clarendon, Aug. 11, 1905
(C. R. Jones); 2¢¢, Galveston, May, June, 1900 (F. H.
Snow); 44, Beach, 7 mi. W. Galveston, June 13, 1956
(H. E. Evans and E. G. Matthews); ¢, Llano Co., June 10,

156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

1941, at Condalia obtusifolia (J. E. Gillaspy) ; 2 4, Victoria,
May 13, 1913, at Stillingia syiraria and S. sylvatica.

PLANT RECORD: Acacia greggi (Texas), Condalia ob-
tusifolia (Texas), Stilingia syiraria, S. sylvatica (Texas).

Fic. 1. Recorded distribution of male C. squamulifera Mickel.

Cerceris ganderi Rohwer

In a recent examination of material from the Department of
Entomology at the University of Kansas a female of the above
species from Texas was identified by the author. Cerceris
gandert Rohwer which was described from Federal District,

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 157

Mexico, is common in north central states of that country but
has not been recorded north of the border. The above female
was taken at 10 mi. south of Falfurrias, Brooks Co., Texas,
April 9, 1954, on Coreopsis (Tickweed), (R. E. Beer and
party). In size and color C. ganderi Rohwer closely resembles
C. nigrescens Smith but the clypeal structures of the females
are very different. Complete descriptions and illustrations will
appear in a later publication.

Fic. 2. Face of male C. squamulifera Mickel. Fic. 3. Thoracic ter-
gum of male C. squamulifera Mickel. Fic. 4. Pygidium of C. squamu-
lifera Mickel. Fic. 5. Face of male C. argia Mickel. Fic. 6. Py-
gidium of male C. argia Mickel. Fic. 7. Face of C. crandalli Scullen.
Fic. 8. Pygidium of male C. crandalli Scullen.

158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

Cerceris argia Mickel and C. crandalli Scullen
(C. argia Mickel, Figs. 5 and 6; C. crandalli Scullen, Figs. 7 and 8)

Illustrations of the males of the above species were omitted
from the authors “Review of the Genus Cerceris in America
North of Mexico” (Scullen, 1965, pp. 357-359, 372-374).
These are being reproduced at this time.

LITERATURE CITED

MickeL, CLARENCE. 1916. New species of Hymenoptera of the super-
family Sphecoidea. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 42: 399-434.
SCULLEN, HerMAN A. 1965. A Review of the genus Cerceris in Amer-
ica north of Mexico (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Proc. United

States Nat. Mus., 116 (no. 3506), 333-548.

Mexican and Central American Pompilinae
(Hymenoptera, Pompilidae): Supple-
mentary Notes, I°*

Howarp E. Evans?

Since publishing my Revision of the Mexican and Central
American Pompilinae in 1966 (Mem. American Ent. Soc., no.
20) I have accumulated additional material representing either
new species or significant range extensions. I hope to cover
this in two short papers in ENTomoLocicaL News. The first
paper considers several genera falling in the earlier part
of my revision, namely, Aporus, Allaporus, Psorthaspis,
Agenioideus, Priochilus, and Balboana. Some additional notes
on Epipompilus were published in 1967 (Breviora, Mus. Comp.
Zool.; no. 272))-

This new material requires no revision at the generic level,
but it does require the addition of one new infrageneric group,
the subgenus Enbanksia of the genus Agenioideus. I described

1 Accepted for publication January 29, 1968.
2 Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass. 02138.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 159

this subgenus from central South America in 1965 and am now
able to report it from Panama.

The genera are considered in the same order in which they
appear in my revision, and the abbreviations used are the
same (see pp. 3-4 of Memoir 20).

Genus APORUS Spinola
Aporus (Aporus) idris idris (Cameron)

This species is characteristic of tropical parts of Mexico and
British Honduras. Dr. W. R. M. Mason of the Entomology
Research Institute, Ottawa, took a male in a locality well north
of the previously known range, 20 miles east of Concordia,
Sinaloa, at 3,000 feet elevation, on 12 August 1964 [CNC].

Genus ALLAPORUS Banks
Allaporus fumipennis Evans

This species has been known only from two males from high
altitudes in the Mexican states of Puebla and Chiapas. I now
have discovered a female, from Teotihuacan, in the state of Mex-
ico, about 7,500 feet elevation, collected 29 October 1957 by R.
and K. Dreisbach [MSU]. It will run out in couplet 2 in my
1966 key, but it differs from A. toltecus Evans in several
respects: the body is almost without erect hairs; the pubescence
is brownish, without strong bluish reflections, and grades into
silvery on the lower front and on the coxae; the eyes are cov-
ered with short hairs; and the propodeum is flat in front,
abruptly declivous on the posterior fourth, the declivity covered
with coarse, irregular wrinkles. The specimen is 9.5 mm long,
the fore wing 6.5 mm; the wings are uniformly fumose except
that the fore wing is slightly darker beyond the cells; MID is
0.69 x TFD; UID is 0.9 X LID, the third antennal segment
0.42 x UID; POL:OOL = 4:3. The wing venation is essen-
tially the same as in toltecus, and as in that species the abdomen
is not notably compressed.

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1968

Allaporus vindex new species

Henry and Marjorie Townes collected at two localities in
Oaxaca a long series of an Allaporus very similar to fumipennis.
Oaxaca is within the known range of that species, but after
careful study I have concluded that they represent a new spe-
cies, the ninth known species of Allaporus. The body pubes-
cence is much more extensively silvery than in fumipennis, the
fore wings are hyaline or lightly infuscated on the basal half to
two-thirds, the propodeum is differently shaped and without
coarse wrinkles, and the male subgenital plate is much more
slender.

Holotype —Female, MEXICO: Vista Hermosa, 96.5 km
SW of Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, 1450 meters elev., 20 October 1962
(H. and M. Townes) |[Coll. Townes].

Description of type female—Length 8 mm; fore wing 7 mm.
Black; apical half of mandibles rufous; fore wings subhyaline
basally, gradually infuscated beyond the basal vein, heavily
infuscated beyond the stigma and first submarginal cell, but
with an irregular hyaline streak from the stigma through the
third discoidal cell; hind wings subhyaline, darker apically.
Body almost without erect hair; pubescence silvery over most
of body, grading into brownish on the vertex, thoracic dorsum,
outer parts of legs, and apex of abdomen. Clypeus 3 X as wide
as high, its apical margin arcuately concave; MID 0.66 xk TFD;
UID 0.88 x LID; third antennal segment 0.5 X UID; POL:
OOL = 11:10; vertex passing straight across between eye
tops, the crest not sharp. Propodeum gently rounded on the
anterior 0.6, on the posterior 0.4 obliquely declivous, without
rugae. Front femora not incrassate; wing venation similar to
that of fumipennis and toltecus; abdomen not notably com-
pressed.

Allotype.—Male, same data as type [Coll. Townes].

Description of allotype male—Length 6 mm; fore wing 5
mm. Color of body, pubescence, and wings essentially as in
female; body without erect setae. Clypeus short, transverse ;
head subcircular in anterior view, the vertex forming an even
arc above the eye tops, its crest rather sharp; front very broad,

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 161

MIP O.70 < TED y UID i “ips POL and OOK sup-
equal. Antennae very compact, third segment only slightly
longer than second, flagellar segments (except last) about 1.2
< as long as thick. Propodeum nearly flat in front, with an
oblique declivity on posterior third. Longer spur of hind tibia
equalling basitarsus in length. Subgenital plate very slender,
tapering to a sharp point (much more slender than in foltecus
and fumipennis, approximately the same as in smuithianus) ;
genitalia typical of the genus, in no way distinctive.

Paratypes.—4 females, 15 males; MEXICO: same data as
type except several collected 19 October 1962 | Coll. Townes;
MCZ]; 1 female, 2 males, MEXICO: Metate, 85.5 km SW
Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, 900 meters, 17 October 1962 (H. and M.
Townes) [Coll. Townes].

Variation—The four topotypic females resemble the type
closely, but show considerable size variation (fore wing 5-8
mm). The Metate female has the fore wings more heavily
clouded at the basal vein and through the basal two discoidal
cells, and the hyaline streak from the stigma fills much of the
third discoidal cell. In this specimen a few weak, fairly regular
transverse ridges can be detected on the propodeal declivity,
and the front is rather narrow (MID 0.62 x TFD). The male
paratypes show little variation in color of the body, wings or
pubescence, but the variation in size is considerable (fore wing
4.5-6.5 mm).

Genus PSORTHASPIS Banks
Psorthaspis coelestis Bradley

This species has been known only from the type, a female from
Costa Rica. I have recently discovered two Mexican females,
both from the state of Morelos. The occurrence of the female in
Morelos leads me to wonder if the three males from that state
which I assigned to P. regalis (Smith) may not be P. coelestts.
There is no way of resolving this on the basis of presently
available material.

The two Morelos females are slightly smaller than the type

162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

(fore wing 17 mm in both) and have the posterior ocelli slightly
farther removed from the vertex crest (by 1.35-1.50 x POL),
but they are otherwise very similar. One is from Huajintlan,
27 October 1957 (R. and K. Dreisbach) [MSU], the other
from “Cautcla” (? Cuautla), 28 July 1928 (L. J. Lipovsky)
[KU].

Genus AGENIOIDEUS Ashmead
Subgenus RIDESTUS Banks
Agenioideus (Ridestus) rubicundus Evans

I described this species from three males, two from Morelos
and one from Nayarit, Mexico. In the collections of the
American Museum of Natural History I have discovered a
female, collected by W. J. Gertsch 9 miles south of Colima,
Colima, Mexico, on 29 July 1964. The female, like the male,
is structurally very similar to biedermani Banks, but it differs
in having the body entirely ferruginous, only the apical half of
the antennae and the tips of the tarsi being somewhat fuscous :
the fore wings are lightly tinged with brown but have a darker
band along the outer margin; the hind wings are hyaline, also
with a dark apical band. This specimen is 11 mm long, the
fore wing 9 mm. The third antennal segment is 1.5 x the
upper interocular distance; the rugae on the posterior part of
the propodeum are quite strong; there are three slender comb-
spines on the front basitarsus, the apical one about 0.8 x the
length of the second tarsal segment.

Subgenus ENBANKSIA Evans

I described this subgenus in 1965 (Breviora, Mus. Comp.
Zool., no. 234) from Brazil, Paraguay, and Peru. A striking
new species from Panama unquestionably belongs here and in
fact is structurally very close to the type species, E. accoleus
(Banks). The female lacks a tarsal comb, as in the subgenus
Gymnochares, but the wings are banded (in the Panamanian
species, very broadly fumose), the spurs are white, and there

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 163

is a white spot on the base of the hind tibia. These features,
as well as the strongly polished integument and distinctive male
genitalia, separate this group readily from the other three
subgenera.

Agenioideus (Enbanksia) fumosus new species

This species is based on a single specimen borrowed many
years ago by the late R. R. Dreisbach and not available to me
at the time of my 1966 revision.

Holotype-—Female, PANAMA: Barro Colorado Island,
Canal Zone, May 1939 (J. Zetek, No. 4434, and Lot no. 39-
12208) [USNM].

Description of type female—Length 10 mm; fore wing 10
mm. Integument black, with limited whitish markings as fol-
lows: a transverse spot on each side of clypeus, pronotal collar,
a small spot at base of hind tibiae, and all tibial spurs; fore
wings subhyaline at extreme base and apex, but otherwise
heavily fumose; hind wings hyaline on basal half, fumose api-
cally and along anterior margin. Front mat, but thorax and
abdomen strongly shining; body with very few, inconspicuous
erect setae, but with coarse, whitish pubescence on the pro-
podeal slope, and somewhat finer, pale pubescence over most
of body. Clypeus 2.6 X as wide as high, its anterior margin
sinuate, weakly protuberant at the midline. Front of moderate
breadth, MID 059 x TFD; UID 0.80 x LID; POL and OOL
equal, the ocelli in a flat triangle. Antennae slender, third
segment 5 xX as long as thick, 0.85 x UID. Pronotum
short, broadly subangulate medially; postnotum very short;
propodeal slope low and even, the median line impressed.
Wing venation differing from that of A. (A.) humilis (Cres-
son) (Memoir 20, Fig. 10) in no important details, but the
third SMC considerably wider, especially above.

Genus PRIOCHIILUS Banks

This is a characteristic neotropical genus of which two species
have been known to range sparingly as far north as Mexico.

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1968

I am now able to add two more species to those known from
that country, one of these a new species from 3,000 feet eleva-
tion in Sinaloa, a totally unexpected locality for a member of
this genus.

Priochilus splendidulum splendidulum ( Fabricius)

This species has not previously been recorded north of Guate-
mala. Henry and Marjorie Townes took a male at Metate, 85.5
km SW of Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, Mexico, at 900 meters elevation
on 16 October 1962. This male is colored like Guatemala and
Costa Rica males, that is, the clypeus has a pair of large white
spots, the pronotum a white posterior band, and tergites 2 and
3 relatively broad white bands.

Priochilus solivagum new species

This species is closely related to P. gracile Evans, known
from Costa Rica and Surinam. It will run to that species in
my key (1966, pp. 151-152) if allowance is made for the absence
of white markings on the clypeus or front. The wings are
unbanded (except along the outer margin) and the aedoeagus
is very different, although the terminalia are otherwise similar
to those of P. gracile: Only the male is known.

Holotype-—Male, MEXICO: Sinaloa: 20 miles E of Con-
cordia, 3,000 feet, 4 Aug. 1964 (W. R. M. Mason) [CNC].

Description of type male.—Length 8.5 mm; fore wing 6.5
mm. Black, with white markings as follows: posterior margin
of pronotum narrowly, tergites 2 and 3 with narrow basal
bands, greater part of apical tergite, middle and hind tibial spurs
(except for black tips) ; front tibial spurs and front tarsi light
brown; wings hyaline, unbanded except infuscated along the
outer margin of fore wing and apex of hind wing. Body with-
out erect hairs; pubescence silvery over most of head, thorax,
base of abdomen, and leg bases. Clypeus twice as wide as
high, truncate apically. Head 1.17 X as wide as high; front
relatively broad and eyes strongly divergent above, MID 0.57 x
TED, bh xis UID 245 ED POL OL ae44 aan

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 165

tennae slender, segment three 0.57 X UID; outer flagellar seg-
ments weakly crenulate in profile. Anterior face of pronotum
forming, in profile, an abrupt slope from the posterior part,
posterior margin broadly angulate; postnotum produced back-
ward medially, as in gracile; propodeum, in profile, rather flat
for most of its length, the posterior third slightly more sloping.
Claws of front and middle tarsi bifid, hind tarsal claws simple
except for a basal swelling. SMC2 narrowed by about 0.6
above; SMC3 1.6 X as wide below as SMC2. SGP slender
and sharply pointed, as in gracile, genitalia basically very simi-
lar to those of that species except that the aedoeagus is abruptly
expanded on the apical fifth (Fig. 1).

Paratypes.—5 males, same data as type except dated 4-12
August 1964 [CNC, MCZ].

Variation.—Length of the fore wing varies from 5 to 6.5
mm. There is little color variation but in some specimens the
narrow tergal bands are partially covered by the preceding
tergite. SMC2 is narrowed from 0.7 to only about 0.2 above.
Otherwise there is little variation worthy of note.

Genus BALBOANA Banks

This genus is closely related to Priochilus and its range closely
coincides with that of that genus. I have long suspected that
the species of Balboana may be parasites of Priochilus, since
the apical sternite is compressed as in some parasitic genera, but
there is no real-evidence of such a relationship. One species
of Balboana (nayaritana) has been known from well north of
the range of Priochilus, but with the discovery of Priochilus
solivagum in Sinaloa this is no longer true. I am now able
to report B. nayaritana from Durango and B. cameroni, de-
scribed from Costa Rica, from southern Mexico. I believe that
I misassociated the sexes of B. cameroni in 1966, and IT have
described below what I consider to be the true male.

Balboana cameroni Evans

The type of this species is a female from Turrialba, Costa
Rica. Paratype females are from Turrialba and from Volcan

166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1968

de Chiriqui, Panama. <A female from Metate, 85.5 km SW of
Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, Mexico, collected on 17 October 1962 by
H. and M. Townes [Coll. Townes] keys readily to this species
and agrees with the type in most particulars. It is 11 mm
long, fore wing 9.2 mm; the front coxae are fuscous, the re-
maining coxae and all the femora dark castaneous, considerably
darker than in the type and paratypes. MID is 0.48 x TFD,
the third antennal segment considerably exceeding the narrow
vertex (1.3 x UID). The wing color and venation are closely
similar to those of the type.

The Townes took three males at this same locality, 17-21
October 1962. These males differ in several respects from the
male allotype from Turrialba, Costa Rica, and the latter speci-
men is tentatively reassigned to B. pulchella Evans. The fol-
lowing 1s a description of what I believe to be the male B.
cameron, based on the three Oaxaca males: length 6-8 mm,
fore wing 5.5-7.5 mm; black, with whitish spurs, the basal 6-7
antennal segments rufous; front legs testaceous beyond femora ;
front wings twice-banded, the basal band not extending into
SMC1; head subcircular in anterior view, the vertex forming
an even arc above the eye tops; inner orbits subparallel or
divergent above. MID 0.55-0.58 x TFD, UID 1.0-1.1 x LID,
POL and OOL subequal; subgenital plate long, slender, pointed,
strongly compressed; genitalia as shown in Fig. 2, differing
from those of the male previously associated with this species
in lacking long setae at the base of the parameres and volsellae
and in having broader digiti which are setose to the apex.

Balboana nayaritana Evans

This species was described from a single female from Com-
postela, Nayarit, Mexico. R. A. Scheibner collected a second
female 2 miles north of Pueblo Nuevo, Durango, on 23 July
1960 [MSU]. This specimen is smaller than the type (fore
wing 7 mm) and lacks the ferruginous markings on the pleura
and propodeum; the front is broader and the eyes less con-
vergent above (MID 0.58 x TFD; UID 0.87 x LID). The
wing color and venation are closely similar to those of the type,

79 | ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 167

and the specimen runs readily to B. nayaritana in my key if
allowance is made for the difference in color of the thorax.

Fic. 1. Priochilus solivagum n. sp., male genitalia, ventral aspect.
Fic. 2. Balboana camerom Evans, male genitalia, ventral aspect.

Balboana pulchella Evans

The male I formerly assigned to Bb. cameroni may actually
belong with B. pulchella, a species I described from a female
from Barro Colorado Island, Panama. It is readily distin-
guishable from the B. cameroni male, described above, in hav-
ing white markings on the face, pronotum, and hind tibiae as
well as several genitalic differences.

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1968

The Entomologist’s Record

To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records,
corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidentifications, short field notes,
and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology
departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department

Dermaptera

New Records from Rarotonga, Cook Islands: Two spe-
cies of Dermaptera were collected by the author in and around
Avarua, Rarotonga in August 1964, and appear to be the first
published record of Dermaptera from Rarotonga. Only two
previous records of Dermaptera from the Cook Islands are
known: the cosmopolitan species Chelisoches morio (Fabricius )
from Pukapuka (Rehn, 1948, Trans. American Ent. Soc., 74:
165-171) ; Chelisoches sp. from Aitutaki (Krauss, 1961, Proc.
Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 17: 415-418 [specified not C. morio]).
There are no previous records of Euborellia annulipes (Lucas),
another cosmopolitan species, from the Cook Islands.

All specimens were collected at sea level. Collecting Der-
maptera in the high center part of this volcanic island and along
the valleys leading from the mountains to the coastal shelf
proved fruitless. The specimens are now in the collection of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

CARCINOPHORIDAE: Euborellia annulipes (Lucas). [Forfice-
sila annulipes Lucas, 1847, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) 5: LX XXIV. ]
Avarua: August 3, 1964, dirt under rocks, 5 males, 7 females,
1 nymph; August 4, 1964, dirt under rock, 1 female; August 8,
1964, dirt under rock, 1 female; August 27, 1964, 1 female.

CHELISOCHEDAE: Chelisoches morio (Fabricius). | Forficula
morio Fabricius, 17/75, Syst. Ent., n. 6, p: 270:| Awarua:
August 10, 1964, annex of Rarotonga Hotel, 1 male; August
14, 1964, 1 female; August 15, 1964, 1 nymph; August 20,
1964, 1 female; August 25, 1964, 2 females; August 31, 1964,
1 female—Joan ApFrELBAUM, Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. All inser-
tions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U. S.A

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned
desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department
of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepi-
doptera. N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Jans-
kerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt
service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654.

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED
STATES

A Manual for Identification

; By Ross H. ARneEtT, Jr.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

The families of beetles found in the United States are described ;
illustrated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of
genera giving the number of species and their distribution are in-
cluded. A working bibliography for each family gives the recent
references to anatomy, larvae, biology, and keys for the identifica-
tion of the species. This second printing includes corrections
previously printed on flyleaf sheets.

1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations
Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

20.

spat;

mee.

bes

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
Fi plates; G0 maps cis 1 .)s a ee Se ee $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures .. .$4.00

Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate .......... $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ............ $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ......$2.50

Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-
ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs
1.50

Sd 3

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

QL
Lol
E% Bi

“RNTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

JULY 1968

Vol. 79 No.

|

CONTENTS

Stibick—A_ preliminary revision of the genus Tropihypnus

(Coleopteram latemdae) is at ne. 2c. sae cps gts « 2 ee ame 169
EKtnier—Range extensions of Trichoptera into Minnesota,

with! Geseriptions of two new species ...:......%.2.5¢% 188
ee EN OnuOPOGISI Ss. Re CORD Eats nie cee are layees.m 2 ede tsar eee 192
Treg NTOMOLOGISHS IAIBRARY lh. osace2s etc oo. he ewe 194

PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA.

AND
1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA. 19103

Ta

~ atewet

SWI riouUly) <2
yl aN
2 \
. URI i bn Ww? y

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Edited, 1890-1910, by HENry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by Puuiip
P. Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScumieEpER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August
and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon
Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff:
H. W. Aten, M. E. Puutuires, and S. S. Ropacx.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to
Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per
yearly volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic
and foreign, $6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, labora-
tories, etc., domestic and foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be ad-
dressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr.. Department of Entomology, Purdue
University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowl-
edged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles
longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments,
unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional
pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged as follows: For text-
figures, the cost of engraving ; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of
engraving plus printing. Size limit, when printed, 46 inches. The cost of
setting tables will be charged to authors.

SEPARATA: Separates (as reprints with extraneous matter removed)
may be obtained only from the printer at the prices quoted below. Authors must
place their orders for such separates with the editor at the time of submitting
manuscripts, or when returning proof.

Copies 1-4 pp. 5—8 pp. 9-12 pp. Covers
50 $5.87 $ 9.40 $14.69 $6.50
100 7.03 11.15 17.62 8.75
Addl 100 235) Bi 5.85 4.70

Plates printed one side: First 50, $4.68; Additional 100’s, $3.52. Transporta-
tion charges will be extra.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENtoMoLocicaAL News. Titles, to
facilitate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters
including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents
for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150
words or less should precede the article. The editor may reword the abstract
for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author’s
complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a foot-
note. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including
illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or
if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate
publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news
in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions
open, and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.”
Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the
subject of the article are especially desirable.

Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Vou. 79 JULY, 1968 No. 7

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Tropihypnus
(Coleoptera, Elateridae) ©

JEFFREY N. L. StrsicK ?

The known species of Tropihypnus are four~ °” the fringes
of the Himalayas and adjacent mount>*t Talses. The few
specimens available have enabled me 8 compile the information

that follows.

TROPIHYPNUS

Tropixypnus Reitter, 1905, p. 9; Schenkling (1925, pt. 80, p.
216); Fleutiaux (1932, p. 254); Gurjeva (1963, p. 31).
Crypnoidus Fleutiaux (1928, p. 252), (1930, p. 31).

General—Length 4-6 mm; shape either elongate and paral-
lel-sided or attenuate towards elytral apices, body flattened to
convex; color orange to fuscous or piceous; punctation and
pubescence variable, but vestiture of venter normally with addi-
tional subvestiture of minute, wiry, lightly flavous setae.

Head—Frons generally flat, frontal margin variable, but
always completely and strongly ridged. Antennae reaching
pronotal hind angles; scape normally twice size of pedicel;
pedicel cylindrical, generally shorter than third; fourth to sixth
segments feebly serrate; seventh to tenth segments doubly ser-
rate; last segment oblong. Last segment of maxillary palpi
somewhat securiform, oblong.

1 Approved by the Agricultural Experiment Station, Purdue Univer-
sity, Lafayette, Indiana, as Journal Paper no. 3356.

2 Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

8 Accepted for publication February 14, 1968.

(169)

170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

Thorax.—Pronotum generally wider than long, moderately
arcuate on sides, with prominent front and hind angles; strong
sharp carina extending along outer edge from hind angles to
inner side of anterior angles, while gradually diverging from
outer (lateral) carina of pronotum; weak carina on inner side
at base; disk flat to convex, median impression usually obso-
lete; punctation and rugosity various; pubescence directed
cephalad. Pleural region generally more punctate and opaque
‘han prosternum, both generally micropunctate; setae of both
directea cephalad, and with additional sparse subvestiture of
favous, deexbent, minute setae. Prosternum prominent, pro-
sternal sutures Staight, single, and with broad carina along

anterior edge and side Parc and claws simple. Scutellum

variably flat to convex, oblong Elytra about twice as long as
wide ; striae deeply punctate, especially in humeral area: inter-
vals more moderately punctate.

Abdomen.—Always fairly uniform in appearance, with mod-
erate to dense punctation ; vestiture sparse, scattered setae inter-
mixed with dense subvestiture of minute setae.

Male genitalia.—Trilobate, fused or free. Generally rather
stout, with notable exceptions.

Female genitalia—Saccular, membranous. Bursa copulatrix
either single or subdivided. Colleterial glands present, variable
in size and position. Accessory gland present, prominent, and
tuberculate.

Larvae and pupae unknown.

Discussion—This genus is distinguished by its complete
frontal carina, oblong scutellum, prominent prosternum, and
broad, straight prosternal sutures, closed mesocoxal cavities,
and by two lateral carinae extending from the front to hind
pronotal angles. The simple tarsi and claws are also char-
acteristic.

The type species of this genus is Tropihypnus bimargo Reitter
(Monobasic). Crypnoidus setosus Buysson, type species of
Crypnoidus Fleutiaux had been found by Fleutiaux (by com-

parison of the type) to be a synonym of T. bimargo (Fleutiaux,
1932):

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS RAL

The ecology of this genus is not known, but Fleutiaux (1928)
states that several species are found under stones along rivers.

The species now known were collected from areas in a semi-
circular are from India to North Viet Nam. Further data on
this genus is needed from the interior regions of Tibet and
China.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

ii Elvira Vatbentate x COMVex. ck fcnd nesta See a Stein re Z
Elytra subparallel, sides gradually convergent to
EU ee NE PLES SEM barn avi Nelers 2.1 oonnnn seats eco eee 3
2.(1) Pronotal punctation coarse and isolated; pubes-
CONEC AVG teary esas eeaneeed acl ere ere (9) gardnert Fleut.
Pronotal punction coarse, crowded; pubescence
V CHO Wee, cr ake s2bihs Sos eusl a teats, «ecole (10) bicarinatus Fleut.
3.(1) Scutellum with keel (Fig. 2); pronotal puncta-

tion coarse, often confluent ; body monocolored

ST eea Mieke, So era yee GOR ne tent (1) rungbongi n. sp.
Scutellum pointed at most (Fig. 3) ; punctation

various; abdomen never notched; body color

RiILO US eae te rae ace ARS ele tires Uys Me eS: Para) ape VS ologeyia +
4.(3) Body distinctly bicolored (1.e., pronotum reddish)... .5
Body monocolored (1.e., pronotum same color as
GES OLE OC va itis. Fe x ive deus y aise Snag tiie. (ovents =. way aed a OE 7
5.(4) Setae distinctly broad and flattened (Fig. 4),
nif ek Seb ATI CS Aare eR iene a ere ea (2) bimargo Reitt.
Setae normally thin and wiry (Fig. 5), yellowish... .6

6.(5) Hind angles stout, straight (Fig. 6); pronotal
punctation very dense, surface rugose..(3) unique A
Hind angles rather acute (Fig. 7); pronotal
punctation somewhat dense, moderately im-
pressed, Stariace smooth.) 2... .. 5... (4) unique B
Pubescence white; frons strongly punctate; pro-
notum coarsely, not closely punctate ; scutellum
sparsely punctate; body rusty red-brown...........
Rg oh PS re oe eee (11) chatterjeet Fleut.
Pubescence yellow; frons various; pronotum
generally closely, coarsely punctate ; body color
anidescubellutme VaTlOUsis:4c 4a tsk, eee ec ee 8
8.(7) Surface of pronotum deeply impressed, with
coarse and dense punctures, generally some-
what rugose (Fig. 8) ; male with slender penis
PS Or SIP) ove ak oto Spat 5 ie oe ete es or 9

NI
=
a

172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

Surface of pronotum only moderately impressed
at most, density of punctation various, but
never really dense so as to make surface rugose
Vas 9); male with broad penis (Figs. 18,

9.(8) oS punctures large, coarse, and deep, sur-
face strongly striate (Fig. 10): paramere of
aedeagus with shelf (Fig. 16)...(5) namsooa n. sp.
Pronotal punctures coarse and deep only, sur-
face rugose, but not striate (Fig. 8) ; paramere
of aedeagus without shelf (Fig. 17)....(6) unique C
10.(8) Color black, pronotal punctation dense, some-
what coarse (Fig. 9); penis lobed on sides
CPi Sy ioc areata ee atleast uae (7) punjabae nu. sp.
Color brown to brownish yellow; pronotal punc-
tation moderately fine and moderately spaced
(Fig. 11); penis arcuate only on sides (Fig.
NOW eos era alo ce se wee te eee (8) unique D

1. Tropihypnus rungbongi NEW SPECIES
(Bigs. 2:12, 13))

This species is distinguished best by the coarse and often
confluent punctation of the pronotum, the scutellar keel, and the
abdominal notches of the male. The genitalia are diagnostic.

Male.—Length 5.4-6 mm, width 1.9-2 mm; shape elongate,
parallel-sided, body slightly depressed; piceous, legs and an-
tennae flavous (sometimes rubescent), underside generally
lighter ; surface variable but generally rough, bright and shin-
ing ; vestiture moderate, flavous (sometimes ruboflavous), setae
wiry, semierect, underside with additional, moderately dense
subvestiture of minute, wiry, decumbent, and lightly flavous
setae.

Head.—Length about % of width (1.75/2.25), width nearly
1 that of pronotum; frons scarcely convex, frontal margin
strong, somewhat protuberant between eyes; surface smooth and
shining, punctures rather dense, coarse, and deep. Antennae
attaining apex of pronotal hind angles; scape rather cylindrical
but still expanded in general appearance; pedicel cylindrical
about § length of cylindrical 3rd segment ; 4th to 6th segments

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS U73

feebly serrate; 7th to 10th segments more or less doubly ser-
rate, slightly longer than pedicel; last segment oblong, slightly
longer than 10th; relative segment lengths as follows, (2:1.25:
2eROeeG eal o3 1:6: 1521.52 1.4: 1.6).
Thorax.—Pronotum wider than long (4.5/5); moderately
arcuate in front, widest behind middle, strongly arcuate in front
of hind angles; hind angles stout at base, acute at tip, divergent,
with strong, sharp carina along outer edge that extends to inner
side of anterior angles while gradually diverging from outer,
lateral carina of pronotum; weak carina on inner edge at base,
extending 4 way up base; front angles moderately acute, partly
surrounding eyes, carinate as noted above. Disk feebly convex,
sloping rather quickly towards base, median impression obso-
lete; punctation very dense, punctures coarse, deep, elongate,
and confluent; surface laevis, extremely rugose; pubescence
directed caudad, basal setae directed cephalad. Pleural region
with dense, coarse, and deep punctures, apparently lucidus;
setae directed cephalad. Pleural region with dense, coarse, and
deep punctures; apparently bright and shining; setae directed
cephalad, sparse subvestiture of minute, flavous setae. Pro-
sternal lobe prominent, truncate, with strong, broad carina
along anterior edge and sides, transverse impression behind
feeble or absent; punctation dense, moderately coarse, surface
smooth and shining; setae directed cephalad; prosternal mucro
fairly straight (only feebly directed inwards). Metasternum
smooth and shining, punctation moderately close and coarse,
intermixed with dense micropunctation; setae directed caudad,
subvestiture of fairly dense, lightly flavous setae. Scutellum
flat, except for large and prominent keel at anterior end;
shape oblong (2.15/2.75), except for truncated anterior edge;
surface smooth and shining; closely, moderately punctate.
Elytra 4 mm long, ratio of width to length (2.1/4.2) ; striae
heavily punctate, especially in humeral area; intervals mod-
erately punctate in center row, finely punctate on side rows
(when punctures are present) ; surface smooth and shining.
Abdomen.—Smooth and shining; punctation dense, but only
moderately impressed, more densely micropunctate; subvesti-
ture moderately dense. Fifth sternum deeply notched on sides.

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

Male genitalia—Trilobate, fused. Penis slender, ventral
surface nearly complete, sides very gradually divergent from
apex to base of lateral struts; * lateral struts slim, very elongate
and slender, slightly and gradually arcuate medially near apex,
seven times length of median strut; +} length of penis; median
strut moderately broad and elongate. Parameres slim, slender,
broader in basal half; fused to penis at about apex of median
strut ; sides moderately arcuate, tapering both towards apex and
to base. Pars basalis deeply concave, basal notches prominent.

Female.—Size generally larger, 7-5.9 mm (4.2 mm in one
case); width about 2 mm. Antennae approximately one seg-
ment short of apex of pronotal hind angles. Fifth sternum
lacking the notches characteristic of the male.

Female genitalia.—Bursa copulatrix elongate, broadly sub-
divided; anterior subdivision with numerous granules near
apical end; posterior subdivision of bursa slightly tapering to
diverticulum of spermathecal duct. Colleterial glands slightly
larger than either subdivision of bursa. Accessory gland promi-
nent, broad and cylinderate, slightly tapering to apex.

Discussion—The male holotype has the following label:
“Sikkim, Gopaldhara, Rungbong Vall., H. Stevens.” The fe-
male allotype has the same data. Paratypes, 85 males, 90
females, as follows: Same data as Holotype: 77 males, 78 fe-
males. “Sikkim, Dikchu, Tista Vall., 13.11.1920, H. Stevens”
(one male), ibid. 14.111.1920 ibid. (two males). “Sikkim,
Namsoo, xi.1920, H. Stevens” (twelve females, five males).

The holotype, allotype, and % of the paratypes are in my col-
lection and in the Purdue Entomology Research Collection.

2. Tropihypnus bimargo (Reitter, 1896)
(Figs. 1, 4)
Paracardiophorus bimargo Reitter, 1896, p. 235

4The term center struts has been vaguely used to indicate all the
apodemes of the penis. Since the center, unpaired strut is of taxonomic
importance; it is here referred to as the median strut; the paired struts
are then termed lateral struts.

i ral |
A |
le Ls |
-_ eee
a |
7 ey |

ae
. ae
tin

YALLIZY OSYVWIE SNNdAHIdOUL ‘| “DIS

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 175

Tropihypnus bimargo Reitter (1905, p. 9; Fleutiaux (1932, p.
254); Schenkling (1925, pt. 80, p. 216) ; Gurjeva (1963,
p. 31), (1966, p. 45)

OQuasimus setosus Buysson (1934, p. 42) Syn.

Tropihypnus bimargo ab. alatauensis Jagemann, 1939, p. 70

This species is recognized by its bicolored appearance and
the broad, flattened, whitish setae. Also distinctive is the rather
large and flattened body, and the thin, shelf-like frontal carina.

Female.—Length 4.7-6 mm, width 1.7 mm; shape elongate,
parallel-sided, body depressed; pronotum and antennae lightly
orange, propleuron and legs tending to a flavous shade, rest of
body fuscous to rufescent; punctation moderate, well spaced;
surface smooth, generally micro-reticulate; vestiture moderate,
niveous, decumbent, setae rather stout, underside with addi-
tional subvestiture of minute, wiry lightly flavous, decumbent
setae of variable density.

Head.—Length about 3 of width (1.75/2.75), width 4 that
of pronotum; frons flat, frontal margin strong, somewhat pro-
tuberant as a thin medially arcuate shelf between eyes; surface
smooth and shining, micro-reticulate; punctures moderately
scattered and deep. Antennae one segment shorter than apex
of pronotal hind angles; scape normally expanded, slightly flat-
tened ; pedicel cylindrical, } length of cylindrical 3rd segment ;
4th to 6th segments feebly serrate; 7th to 10th segments more
or less doubly serrate, slightly longer than pedicel; last segment
oblong, longer than pedicel; relative segment lengths as follows,
Giese 15s 1a: LAs. AT 1 S: 122):

Thorax.—Pronotum wider than median length (4.25/5.25) ;
moderately arcuate in front, widest behind middle, arcuate in
front of hind angles; hind angles stout at base, acute at apex,
scarcely divergent, with strong, sharp carina along outer edge
that extends to inner side of anterior angles while gradually
diverging from outer lateral carina of pronotum; weak carina
on inner side at base, extending } way up pronotal base; front
angles moderately acute, partly surrounding eyes, carinate as
noted above. Disk almost flat (scarcely convex), sloping grad-
ually towards base, median impression obsolete; punctation

176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

rather evenly, moderately distributed, punctures generally elon-
gate; surface smooth and shining, micro-reticulate ; pubescence
directed caudad, basal setae directed cephalad. Pleural region
with circular punctures, otherwise punctate as on pronotum;
strongly micro-reticulate and thus less shiny; setae directed
cephalad, sparse subvestiture of minute, flavous setae. Pro-
sternal lobe prominent, with moderately strong broad carina
extending along anterior edge and sides, bounded behind by
transverse impression ; punctation moderate, but somewhat scat-
tered ; surface highly shiny and smooth; setae directed cephalad ;
prosternal mucro concave inwardly (dorsad), otherwise straight
and simple. Metasternum smooth and shining ; punctation mod-
erate, intermixed with sparse micropunctation; setae directed
caudad, subvestiture of dense, lightly flavous setae. Scutellum
fairly flat, except towards prominent anterior edge; surface
micro-reticulate, moderately punctate. Elytra 4 mm long, ratio
of width to length (1.75/4); striae heavily, deeply punctate,
especially in humeral area; intervals finely punctate, usually
two (but sometimes one) rows of punctures in 3rd interval;
surface micro-rugose.

Abdomen.—Micro-reticulate, otherwise smooth and _ shining ;
punctation moderate, micropunctures denser ; subvestiture dense,
of wiry, flavous, and decumbent setae.

Female genitalia—The specimens available, while not well
preserved, seem similar to unique B and T. nomsooa in every
respect.

Male.—Unknown.

Discussion—Some notes on the ecology are provided by
Gurjeva (1963, 1966).

Type material—I have seen the single “Typus” from the
Reitter collection, Magyar Nemzeti Museum, Budapest, Hun-
gary. This Holotype has the following labels: “Issyk-kul,”
“Senicum!,”? an unreadable label, “Paracardiophorus bimargo,
n. sp., 1896,” “Gen. Tropihypnus, m.,” “Typus, Coll. Reitter.”
I have no reason to question the identity of this species.

The type locality, Issyk-Kul, is in Turkestan, U.S.S.R.

Distribution —I have seen only three specimens, all female
(incl. type). One is also from Reitter’s collection, the other

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS iy ef

from the Staatliches Museum ftir Tierkunde, Germany. All
localities as follows:

U.S.S.R.: Turkestan (1 female), Issyk-kul (1 female).

China: Sinkiang Province, Tien-Shau (1 female), 1946, coll.
Prof. Dr. Fuchs.

Comments.—T. bimargo is very distinct, and highly decora-
tive (Fig. 1). I do not know the variety alatauensis Jagemann.
I have not seen the type of Quaswmus setosus Buysson, nor that
of Crypnoidus setosus Fleutiaux. Fleutiaux, in 1934, moved
both these names into synonymy under T. bimargo, stating that
the types were identical.

3. unique A
(Figs. 3,5, 6, 14)

This form is recognized by its bicolored body, wiry yellow
setae, and stout, straight, pronotal hind angles. The densely
punctate, rugose pronotum also helps to distinguish it.

Discussion.—One specimen only, a male, with the following
labels; “Tonkin: Bao-Ha, Oct., 1923, H. Stevens,” “Sladen-
Godman Trust Exped., B.M., 1924-329,” “Hypnoidus, Fleu-
tiaux, vid.,” “Tropihypnus, C. M. F. von Hayek, det. 1965.”

Bao-Ha is located in North Vietnam, near the Chinese border.
This specimen is in the British Museum (Natural History),
London, England.-

unique A seems to represent a hitherto unknown species.
The physical features given in the diagnosis and the male geni-
talia are quite distinct. Only a lack of additional specimens
refrains me from formal designation. A complete description
is on file with the ACSIC project at Purdue.

4. unique B
(Fig. 7)

The bicolored appearance, moderate punctation, slender yel-
lowish setae, and acute hind angles are diagnostic. In addition,
the pronotum is smooth and rather flat.

178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

Discussion.—One specimen only, a female, with the follow-
ing labels: “Hazara, N.W.F. Prov., Lower Kagan Valley, 3-
5,000 ft., 24.v.1927,” “Tropihypnus ex., C. M. F. von Hayek,
det. 1965.” The Kagan Valley is located in Pakistan. This
specimen is in the British Museum (Natural History), Lon-
don, England.

The closest relative is probably the previous specimen (unique
A) discussed. But the pronotal punctation, hind angles, and
general appearance seem so distant that unique B does not ap-
pear to be conspecific with unique A or any of the other forms
listed in this paper. The lack of male genitalia for examination
is a handicap. A complete description is on file with the
ACSIP project at Purdue.

5. Tropihypnus namsooa NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 10,15, 16)

The extremely large, coarse, and deep punctation of the pro-
notum, the yellowish wiry setae, and the uniformly fuscous
color assist in identification. The broad shelf of the male
parameres is immediately diagnostic.

Male.—Length 5 mm, width 1.5 mm; shape elongate, paral-
lel-sided, body feebly convex; color fuscous, more rubescent
on front and posterior edges, and underneath especially on
pronotal hind angles, legs and antennae flavous; punctation gen-
erally coarse, rather dense; surface generally bright and shin-
ing; vestiture moderate, flavous, setae semi-erect and rather
coarse, underside with additional subvestiture of minute, wiry
lightly flavous, and decumbent setae.

Head.—Length about 4 of width (1.25/2.5), width 3 that of
pronotum: frons feebly convex, frontal margin strong, only
moderately protuberant as a thick ridge between eyes; surface
micro-reticulate, but still smooth and shining; punctures mod-
erately impressed, rather closely spaced. Antennae reaching
apex of pronotal hind angles; scape rather cylindrical; pedicel
cylindrical, 4th length of cylindrical 3rd segment; 4th to 6th
segments feebly serrate; 7th to 10th segments more or less

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 179

doubly serrate, slightly longer than pedicel; last segment oblong,
same length as 10th; relative segment lengths as follows (2:1:
e2oreleeeal 51,25 225 li 2ae 1 2 oer oeskZ5)),

Thorax.—Pronotum wider than median length (4/3.2) ; ar-
cuate in front, widest behind middle, strongly arcuate in front
of hind angles; hind angles acute, divergent, with strong, sharp
carina along outer edge that extends to inner side of anterior
angles while gradually diverging from outer lateral carina of
pronotum; weak carina on inner side at base, extending 4 way
up pronotal base; front angles only moderately acute, partly
surrounding eyes, carinate as noted above. Disk moderately
convex, sloping rather sharply towards base, median impression
obsolete ; punctation moderately dense, punctures large and very
coarse, deeply set, but separate, forming somewhat irregular
striations ; surface bright and shining, but rather rugose ; pubes-
cence directed caudad, basal setae directed cephalad, subvesti-
ture of scattered minute setae; surface smooth and shining.
Prosternal lobe prominent, with moderately strong broad carina
extending along anterior edge and sides, transverse impression
obsolete ; punctation only moderately dense and coarse, but deep ;
surface smooth and shining; setae and microsetae intermixed,
rather scattered, directed cephalad; prosteral mucro somewhat
concave inwardly (dorsad), otherwise straight and simple.
Metasternum smooth and shining ; punctation moderately dense,
moderately coarse and deep, intermixed with moderately dense
micropunctation ; setae directed caudad, subvestiture of mod-
erately dense minute setae. Scutellum fairly flat, except for
truncated anterior edge ; surface smooth and shining, moderately
finely punctate. Elytra 3.2 mm long, ratio of width to length
(1.5/3.2); striae heavily and deeply punctate, especially in
humeral area; intervals more finely punctate, usually two, but
sometimes one row of punctures; surface lucidus.

Abdomen.—Bright and shining; punctation rather dense, but
moderate in sculpture, micropunctation denser, supporting a
dense subvestiture of minute setae.

Male genitalia—tTrilobate, articulate; penis slender, ventral
surface obsolete; scarcely papilliform at apex; sides gradually

180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

divergent to base of lateral struts; lateral struts slim, slender,
divergent from base for $ of length, thence convergent to apex,
twice length of median strut, the latter present as a broad lobe.
Parameres exceptionally broad and thick, slender only at apex;
sides feebly arcuate, broad laminate extension near apex. Pars
Basalis deeply notched on sides, elongate.

Female.—Similar to male.

Female genitalia.—Bursa copulatrix elongate, bag-like. Col-
leterial glands near terminal end of bursa, small, delicate, and
indistinct. Prominent and cylindrical accessory gland at end
of bursa; diverticulum of spermathecal duct present just before
accessory gland; both processes arching over colleterial glands
and median oviduct.

Type material—Two specimens; the male holotype and fe-
male allotype, both with the same date, as follows: “Sikkim:
Namsoo, xi:1920, H. Stevens.”” Both types are in the British
Museum (Natural History), London, England.

Comments.—Apparently found in association with T. rung-
bongi by Stevens, and (although distinct and unrelated) easily
overlooked.

6. unique C
(Figs. 8, 17)

This species is identified by the male genitalia, but readily
separated by a uniform reddish-brown color, yellow setae, coarse
and deep pronotal punctation, and a non-striate pronotal surface.

Material—One specimen only, a male, with the following
labels: “Kaldhunga, Baldwani Dn., 26, 3, ‘23, H.G.C.,” “H. G.
Champion Coll., B.M., 1953-1956,” “Tropihpynus sp., C. M. F.
von Hayek, det. 1965.” The locality, Kaldhunga, is in India.
This specimen is in the British Museum (Natural History),
London, England.

Comments—This specimen is externally similar to T. punja-
bae and T. namsooa. The pronotal punctation and male geni-
talia are unique, and it also has dense scutellar punctation.
This is probably a separate species, but formal recognition is

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 181

reserved due to lack of additional specimens. A complete
description is on file with the ACSIP project at Purdue.

7. Tropihypnus punjabae NEW SPECIES

A piceous color, dense (sometimes teardrop-shaped) punc-
tation on a smooth pronotum, and the male genitalia suffice to
distinguish this species.

Male.—Length 5-4.5 mm, width 1.5—-1.2 mm; shape elongate,
parallel-sided, body only moderately depressed; piceous, legs
and antennae flavous, but pronotal angles and sides of ventral
aspect with rubescent tinge; punctation generally dense, punc-
tures verging on coarse; surface generally smooth and shining ;
vestiture moderate, setae wiry, reddish-yellow to completely
flavous, semierect, underside with additional subvestiture of
minute, wiry, lightly flavous and decumbent setae of moderate
density.

Head.—Length about % of width; frons scarcely convex,
frontal margin strong, only moderately protuberant as a thick
ridge between eyes; surface smooth and shining (sometimes
feebly micro-reticulate) ; punctures dense, sometimes confluent,
rather coarse and deep. Antennae scarcely exceeding apex of
pronotal hind angles; scape normally expanded, slightly flat-
tened; pedicel cylindrical % length of cylindrical 3rd segment ;
4th and 6th segments feebly serrate; 7th to 10th segments more
or less doubly serrate, each slightly longer than pedicel; last
segment oblong,-about size of 10th segment; relative segment
lenoths as follows. (2: i: 14eh4 1.9.13: 1.3; 13714: 15).

Thorax.—Pronotum wider than long (4.1/3.5) ; moderately
arcuate in frons, widest behind middle, feebly arcuate in front
of hind angles; hind angles stout at base, prolonged and acute
at apex, divergent, with strong sharp carina along outer edge
that extends to inner side of anterior angles while gradually
diverging from outer lateral carina of pronotum; weak carina
on inner side at base, extending + way up pronotal base; front
angles sharply acute, partly surrounding eyes, carinate as noted
above. Disk feebly convex, sloping moderately towards base,
median impression obsolete; punctation dense, not especially

182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | July, 1968

coarse, punctures often lacrimiform ; surface smooth and shining ;
pubescence directed caudad, basal setae directed cephalad.
Pleural region with rather circular, dense and deep punctation ;
micro-reticulate on edges but otherwise smooth and _ shining
setae directed cephalad, sparse subvestiture of minute, flavous
setae. Prosternal lobe prominent, with strong, broad carina
along anterior edge and sides, transverse impression behind
feeble or absent ; punctation dense to moderate; surface smooth
and shining; setae directed cephalad; prosternal mucro concave
inwardly (dorsad), otherwise straight and simple. Metaster-
num smooth and shining; punctation dense and rather deep,
intermixed with dense micropunctation; setae directed caudad,
subvestiture of dense, lighlty flavous setae. Scutellum fairly
flat except at anterior end with prominent tubercle; shape
oblong (2.2/2.4), except for truncated anterior edge; surface
smooth and shining; rather finely punctate. Elytra 3 mm long,
ratio of width to length (4.1/9.5); striae heavily punctate,
especially in humeral area; intervals moderately punctate in
center row (always present), occasional side rows of fine punc-
tures; surface generally smooth and shining.

Abdomen.—Smooth and shining; micropunctate, intermixed
with moderate and closely spaced punctures; subvestiture mod-
erately dense.

Male genitalia.—Trilobate, articulate. Penis broad at base,
somewhat slender at apex, this simple (never papilliform) ;
ventral surface obsolete; sides gradually divergent to moderate
lobe near base of lateral struts; lateral struts slim, slender, and
straight, twice length of stout median strut. Parameres rather
broad and thick, very gradually flattened at apex; lobes promi-
nent and acute; sides moderately arcuate near apex. Pars
basalis scarcely notched on sides, somewhat elongate.

Female.—Similar to male.

Female genitalia—Bursa copulatrix elongate, bag-like. Col-
leterial glands near terminal end of bursa, small, delicate, and
indistinct. Prominent cylindrical accessory gland at end of
bursa; diverticulum of spermathecal duct just before accessory
gland ; both processes arching over colleterial glands and median
oviduct.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 183

Type material—The male holotype and female allotype with
the same data, as follows: “Jibhi, Seraj, Punjab, 6,000 ft.,
H.G.C. v. 1926,” “H. G. Champion Coll., B.M., 1953-1956.”
Paratypes, 15 males, 6 females, 14 undetermined; as. follows:

Same data as above: 5 males. “Sikkim, Gopaldhara, Rung-
bong Vall., H. Stevens’ (10 males, 6 females), 14 undeter-
mined ).

The type locality, Jibhi, is in India. The Holotype, Allotype,
and most of the Paratypes are in the British Museum (Natural
History), London, England. About one third of the paratypes
are in my collection or in the Purdue Entomology Research
Collection.

8. unique D
(Figs. 11, 19)

The light chestnut color, yellow, wiry setae, moderate to fine
punctation, and the male genitalia serve to separate this form.

Type material—One specimen only, a male, with the follow-
ing data: “India, Punjab, Simla, E. C. Ansorge, B.M., 1922-
355,” “Hypnoidus, Fleutiaux, vid.” This specimen is in the
British Museum (Natural History) London, England.

Comments.—The distinctive fulvescent color may be charac-
teristic of this form. It is easily separated by punctation from
T. punjabae, and the male genitalia seem sufficient to show that
unique D is a different species. However, there is a remote
chance that it is conspecific to T. chatterjeei, which I have not
seen. In addition, there is only one specimen, so it seems wisest
at this time to defer naming of this form. A complete descrip-
tion is on file in the ACSIC program at Purdue.

9. Tropihypnus gardneri (Fleutiaux, 1928)

Crypnoidus gardneri Fleutiaux, 1928, p. 253

I have not seen any material of this species. The description
is translated from the original and slightly modified. The type
locality, Kotgarth, is in India.

184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

This species is distinguished by the coarse and isolated pro-
notal punctation, whitish setae, and reddish pronotum.

Length 5 mm. Pubescence white, not dense, fairly long.
Head black ; punctation uniform, regularly scattered. Antennae
a clear rusty red-brown; 2nd segment slightly shorter than the
4th. Pronotum reddish, convex, declivous in rear, semilunar
in front, rounded off laterally, sinuate near the base; anterior
angles pointed; posterior angles pointed and divergent ; puncta-
tion coarse and isolated. Scutellum black, flat, rounded off,
sparsely punctate. Elytra black, attenuate in rear, convex,
greatly and profoundly striate; striae strongly punctate; inter-
striae with a number of fine punctures more sparsely spaced;
pubescence bristling obliquely in the rear. Underside a clear
rusty red-brown; metasternum and metacoxae dark in color;
punctation large and isolated. Legs pale yellow.

Type material—Presumed to be in the National Museum,
Paris, France.

Distribution —‘‘Inde anglaise septentrionale : Chakranta 3,500
feet, Coll. S. N. Chatterjee; Kotgarth, Simla Hills, 7,000 feet,
September. Coll S. N. Chatterjee.”

Ecology.—Fleutiaux reports that the specimens were found
under debris on the banks of a river.

10. Tropihypnus bicarinatus (Fleutiaux, 1907)

Hypnoidus bicarinatus Fleutiaux, 1907, p. 164; Schenkling
(1925p) 210)
Crypnoidus bicarinatus Fleutiaux (1928, p. 253), (1930, p. 640)

I have not seen any material of this species. The description
is translated from the original and slightly modified. The type
locality, Bao-lac, is in North Vietnam, near the Chinese border.

This species is distinguished by its monocolored brownish
appearance, coarse and dense pronotal punctation, and its dense,
yellowish setae.

Length, 5 mm. Oblong, convex; brown; pubescence yellow,
coarse and a little dense. Head flat, edged anteriorly, puncta-
tion strong and isolated. Antennae yellow. Pronotum nar-

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 185

rowed in front, very sinuate on the sides, covered by a strong
and isolated punctation; limited laterally by two carinae from
the posterior angles which terminate on the anterior border near
the eyes; base depressed, marked on each side by a short carina
on the inside of the posterior angles and directed outside. Scu-
tellum strongly striate, with a double row of large punctures ;
interstriae convex. Underside of the same color (as the body),
punctation coarse and isolated. Prosternum not large, proster-
num lobe very prominent in front. Metacoxal plates strongly
dilate inwardly, narrowly so outside. Legs yellow.

Type material—Presumed to be in the National Museum,
Paris, France:

Distribution —‘Tonkin: Bao-lac.”

11. Tropihypnus chatterjeei (Fleutiaux, 1928)
Crypnoidus chatterjeei Fleutiaux, 1928, p. 253

I have not seen any material of this species. The description
is translated from the original and slightly modified. The type
locality, Dehra-Dun, is in India.

This species is distinguished by its reddish color, white setae,
and the punctation of the frons, pronotum, and scutellum.

Length 5 mm. Elongate, parallel, depressed; entirely clear
rusty red brown; pubescence white, arranged in rows. Head
strongly punctate. Antennae a clear rusty red-brown; 2nd seg-
ment about as long, but shorter than 4th. Pronotum semilunar
in front, rounded off laterally, sinuate near the base; anterior
angles pointed; posterior angles pointed and divergent; punc-
tation coarse and slightly dense. Scutellum flat, rounded off,
sparsely punctate. Elytra parallel, sides gradually convergent
to apex; striae scarcely profound, strongly punctate ; interstriae
with a row of finer punctures more sparsely spaced. Underside
of the same color (as the body), legs a livid yellow.

Type material—Presumed to be in the National Museum,
Paris, France.

Distribution—‘‘Inde anglaise septentrionale: Dehra-Dun Si-
waliks, 3,000 feet, septembre. Coll. S. N. Chatterjee.”

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

Ecology.—The same as T. gardneri, i.e. under debris along

a river.
The setae and other characters of T. chatterjeei seem most
distinctive; it is perhaps closest to the unique D of this paper.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.—I owe the greatest debt to Miss C. M. F. von
Hayek, British Museum (N. H.), London, England, both for the loan
of the majority of the specimens used for this study and for bringing this
genus to my attention. My thanks are due to Dr. Z. Kaszab, Magyar
Nemzeti Museum, Budapest, Hungary, for the type (and one specimen)
of Tropihypnus bimargo from the Reitter collection, and to Dr. H.
Hertel, Staatliches Museum fiir Tierfunde, Dresden, Germany, for an
additional specimen of 7. bimargo. I am grateful for the facilities pro-
vided me by Purdue University during the course of this study. I must
also credit Mrs. Nova Young, Department of Entomology, Purdue Uni-
versity, for the oil painting used to illustrate T. bimargo in Fig. 1.

LITERATURE CITED

Buysson, H., pu. 1914. Drei neue Elateridenarten. Coleopterol. Rund-
schau 3: 41-43.

FLeutiAux, E. 1907. Description d’Elaterides nouveaux du Tonkin.
Bull. Soc. Ent. France 12: 164.

— —, 1928. Description d’un genre nouveau d’Elateridae de la sous-
famille des Hypolithinae. Bull. Soc. Ent. France 33: 252-254.
——. 1930. Les Elaterides de l’Indochine Francaise. Bull. du Museum

National d’Historie Naturelle 2(2) : 636.

——., 1932. Synonymie d’un Elateride Palearctique. Bull. Soc. Ent.
France 37: 254.

GurjeEva, E. 1963. Hypnoidini of Central Asia. Akad. Nauk Kirgiz
Soviet Socialist Republic Entomol. Rabot 2: 31.

——. 1966. Biology of Elaterid-Beetles of Central Asia. Fauna and
Zoography of Insects of Central Asia, p. 145. Akad. Nauk Kirgiz,
Soviet Socialist Republic.

JAGEMANN, E. 1939. Einige neue Elateriden-Formen aus dem Palae-
arctische Faunengebiet. Entom. Nachr. Troppau 13: 68-70.

Reiter, E. 1896. Abbildungen mit Beschreibungen zehn neuer Coleop-
teren aus der palaarctischen Fauna. Wiener Entom. Zeit. 15: 235.

——. 1905. Bestimmungs-Tabelle der europaeischen Coleopteren, 56.
Elateridae, Brunn: 9.

SCHENKLING, S. 1925. Coleop. Cat., Junk, Berlin. Pars. 80 pp., 210-
216.

Ficures 2-19.—Fic. 2. JT. rungbongi, dorsal view of scutellum.
Fic. 3. unique A, dorsal view of scutellum. Fic. 4. TJ. bimargo, pro-
notal setae, a) side view, b) dorsal view. Fic. 5. unique A, pronotal

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 187

11

ray
cop)

13

ErGeale

setae, a) side view, b) dorsal view. Fic. 6. unique A, left hind angle
of pronotum. Fic. 7. unique B, left hind angle of pronotum. Fic. 8
unique C, section of pronotum, showing punctation and rugosity. Fic. 9.
T. punjabae, section of pronotum, showing punctation. Fic. 10. 7.
namsooa, section of pronotum, showing punctation and rugosity. Fie. 11.
unique D, section of pronotum, showing punctation. Fic. 12. T. rung-
bongi, female genitalia. Fic. 13. T. rungbongi, male genitalia. Fic. 14.
unique A, male genitalia. Fic. 15. 7. namsooa, female genitalia. Fic.
16. JT. namsooa, male genitalia. Fic. 17. unique C, male genitalia.
Fic. 18. T. punjabae, male genitalia. Fic. 19. unique D, male genitalia.

188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

Range Extensions of Trichoptera into Minnesota,
with Descriptions of Two New Species’

Davip A. ETNIER”

Examinations of additional light trap samples from northern
Minnesota have revealed the presence of 30 species of Trichop-
tera not previously reported from that area by Etnier (1965).
Two of these were previously undescribed. Range extensions
of many of the other species are as much as 1,000 miles or more.

The samples examined were provided by the University of
Minnesota Department of Entomology. All species were iden-
tified by the author unless otherwise indicated. Those not illus-
trated in Ross (1944) are followed by a reference to a recent
illustration.

Athripsodes brevis new species

The rounded ventral aspect of the claspers will serve to differ-
entiate this species from the related species A. alagmus Ross
and A. tarsi-punctatus (Vorhies). In A. brevis the cerci ter-
minate in a mesal projection well differentiated from the lateral
flange of the cerci. In A. alagmus and A. tarsi-punctatus the
cerci taper gradually toward the tip.

Male—Length 11 mm. Color uniformly light tan, but the
entire specimen has been cleared. Male genitalia (Fig. 1) with
claspers rather reduced and rounded ventrally. The rounded
meso-caudal projection is visible in side view as a pointed and
slightly upturned projection. The membranous apical process
and the sclerotized mesal process are simple, and less developed
than is typical for the genus. Cerci with a rounded mesal ex-
tension and broad lateral areas in both dorsal and side views.
Tenth tergite and aedeagus similar to those of A. alagmus and
A. tarsi-punctatus.

Female-—Unknown.

1 Accepted for publication January 29, 1968.

2 Department of Zoology and Entomology, The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tenn. 37916.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 189

Holotype, male.—Garrison ranger station, Crow Wing county,
Minnesota, about August 8, 1965. Quentin Stropp.

The holotype has been deposited in the collection of the [l-
nois Natural History Survey.

Polycentropus milaca new species

While similar to both P. grellus (Milne) and P. glacialis
(Ross), the ventral aspect of the meso-dorsal lobe of the clasper
is triangular in P. milaca, truncate in P. grellus, and rounded
in P. glacialis. The caudal portion on the clasper is truncate in
P. milaca. In the two related species the ventro-caudal portion
of the clasper is variously produced.

Male—Length 7.5 mm. The entire specimen has _ been
cleared, but the remaining pigmentation indicates the mottled
dark brown color typical of the genus. Male genitalia (Fig. 2)
with claspers short and stout. The meso-ventral surface of the
clasper projects below the ventral surface in a blunt, rod-shaped
prominence. The meso-dorsal projection of the clasper is tri-
angular in ventral view and armed with small teeth along its
ventro-caudal surface. A rounded excavation is present on the
mesal face of the clasper. The cercus has an indication of a
suture about half way between its base and tip, and thus ap-
proaches the two-jointed structure present in P. interruptus
(Banks) and P. flavus (Banks). The aedeagus and rod-like
tenth tergite are rather typical for the group.

Female.—Unknown.

Holotype, male-——Link Lake ranger station, Itasca County,
Minnesota, about July 18, 1965. Robin Nelson.

The holotype has been deposited in the collection of the Ili-
nois Natural History Survey.

New distribution records are listed after the following species.

RHYACOPHILIDAE: Rhyacophila angelita Banks, Cook county
(Ross, 1956).

GLOSSOSOMATIDAE: Agapetus tomus Ross, Pine county (Ross,
1941a).

PHILOPOTAMIDAE: Wormaldia moesta (Banks), Cook county
(Dolophilus in Ross, 1944.)

190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

PsycuomyimaE: Polycentropus melanae (Ross), Hubbard
and Itasca counties (Ross, 1938a); P. milaca Etnier, Itasca
county (see illustration in this paper); P. weedi Blickle &
Morse, specimens previously reported as P. clinet (Milne) by
Etnier (1965) have now been assigned to this species (Blickle
and Morse, 1955).

es

Fic. 1. <Athripsodes brevis n. sp. A, lateral view of male genitalia ;
B, dorsal view of cerci and 9th and 10th tergites; C, caudal view of
clasper ; D, aedeagus, fully extruded. Fic. 2. Polycentropus milaca n. sp.
A, lateral view of male genitalia; B, mesal face of clasper; C, ventral
view of claspers.

7 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 191

HypropritipaE: Hydroptila ampoda Ross, Lake and Cook
counties (Ross, 1941b); H. berneri Ross, should be removed
from the list of Minnesota Trichoptera, the record was based
on misidentification of specimens of H. valhalla Denning; H.
callia Denning, Itasca county (Denning, 1947); H. delineata
Morton, Pine county ; H. metoeca Blickle & Morse, Crow Wing
county (Blickle and Morse, 1954); H. novicola Blickle &
Morse, Lake, St. Louis, and Pine counties (Blickle and Morse,
1954) ; H. quinola Ross, Lake county (Ross, 1947) ; H. tortosa
Ross, Lake county (Ross, 1938a) [identification by H. H.
Ross|; H. waskesia Ross, Crow Wing county; Ochrotrichia
spinosa (Ross), Pine and St. Louis counties. Specimens of
Oxyethira that are either O. aeola Ross or O. anabola Blickle
were found in material from Itasca and Hubbard counties but
these specimens have not been assigned to either species at this
writing (Ross, 1938a; Blickle, 1966); O. forcipata Mosely,
Hubbard and St. Louis counties; O. rossi Blickle & Morse:
Dr. R. L. Blickle has pointed out in personal communication
that O. berneri Etnier is a synonym of this species (Blickle and
Morse, 1957) ; O. zeronia Ross, Lake and Itasca counties [iden-
tification by H. H. Ross]; Stactobiella palmata (Ross), Lake
county (Tascobia in Ross, 1944).

PHRYGANEIDAE: Banksiola dossuaria (Say), Lake county
(Wiggins, 1956) [identification confirmed by G. B. Wiggins].

LIMNEPHILIDAE: Lenarchus keratus (Ross), Cook county
(Ross, 1938a); L. pulchellus (Banks), Lake and St. Louis
counties (Ross, 1938b); Limnephilus argenteus Banks, Lake
county (Ross, 1938b) ; L. sublunatus Provancher, Itasca county
(Ross, 1938b).

MoLannipDAE: Molanna blenda Sibley, Cook county; M.
tryphena Betten, Hubbard and St. Louis counties.

LEPTOCERIDAE: Athripsodes brevis Etnier, Crow Wing county
(see illustration in this paper) ; A. wetzeli Ross, Cook and St.
Louis counties (Ross, 1941la); Triaenodes baris Ross, Koo-
chiching county.

SERICOSTOMATIDAE: Sericostoma distinctum (Ulmer), Pine
and St. Louis counties (Banks, 1911, as Shizoplex lobata).

192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

LITERATURE CITED

Banks, NatHan. 1911. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 37: 335-360.

BiicKLeE, R. L. 1966. Ent. News 77: 185-187.

BiickLe, R. L., and W. J. Morse. 1954. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 49:
121-127.

—. 1955. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 50: 95-98.

——. 1957. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 52: 48-50.

DENNING, DonaLp G. 1947. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 42: 145-155.

Ernier, Davin A. 1965. Ent. News 76: 141-152.

KInGSOLVER, J. M., and H. H. Ross. 1961. Trans. Illinois Acad. Sci.
54: 28-33.

Ross, H. H., 1938a. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 21: 101-183.

——. 1938b. Psyche 45: 1-61.

——. 194la. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 67: 35-126.

——. 1941b. Canadian Ent. 73: 15-19.

——. 1944. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 23: 1-326.

—, 1947. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 73: 125-168.

—. 1956. Evolution and classification of the mountain caddisflies.
University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 213 p.

WiIccINs, GLENN B. 1956. Royal Ontario Mus. Div. Zool. and Paleon-
tology, Contributions, No. 43: 12 p.

The Entomologist’s Record

To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records,
corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidentifications, short field notes,
and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology
departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department

Nomenclatural changes in Oedemeridae (Coleoptera): In order to
use the following names, the changes indicated are necessary.

Oxacis bipunctata (Kirsch, 1886), NEW COMBINATION. (=
Ananca bipunctata Kirsch, 1886, Berliner Ent. Zeitsch. 30: 338.) An
examination of the holotype shows that this species is congeneric with
Oxacis and that it is similar to Oxacis bilineata Champion.

Paroxacis diehli (Pic, 1954), NEW COMBINATION. (= Oszacis
diehli Pic, 1954, Beitr. Fauna Perus, Jena, 4: 179.) This is one of the
few descriptions by Pic that establishes the correct genus, i.e., the claws,
according to his description, are toothed at the base, and therefore this
species belongs to the genus Parovracis.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 193

Hypasclera litoris (Wolcott, 1936), NEW COMBINATION. (=
Oxacis litoris Wolcott, 1930, Journ. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 20 (1):
206.) The holotype is congeneric with the type species of Hypasclera,
i.e., it has toothed claws and the right mandible has a small subapical
tooth—R. H. ARNETT, JR.

Don Gonzalo Ceballos y Fdez. de Cérdoba died on March 4, 1967 in
Spain. He was 72 years old. Dr. Ceballos was a specialist in the tax-
onomy of Ichneumonidae and perhaps Spain’s foremost entomologist. He
attended the Ithaca Congress in 1928. He received many honors in his
mother country and abroad—J. CHESTER BRADLEY.

R. V. Chamberlin died on October 31, 1967 in Utah. He has pub-
lished literally scores of papers over the years in the News. He was a
graduate of the class of 1904 at Cornell University where he got his
degree from J. H. Comstock.—R. E. Crasitt, Jr.

Dr. Richard Middleton Fox, the world authority on Ithomidae (Lepi-
doptera), died suddenly in Pittsburgh, Pa., on April 25th, 1968. Dr. Fox
was born in Morrisville, Pennsylvania, on April 15, 1911. He is survived
by his wife, Jean Walker Fox and a son and daughter by his first
marriage.

With the exception of his military service, Fox’s life was divided be-
tween teaching and entomological research. Before the war he was
engaged in research at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia
(1935-1941) and Reading, Pa. Public Museum (1941-1942). From
1946-1948 Fox was on the faculty at University of Pittsburgh which he
rejoined in 1960. He was an Associate Professor of Zoology at Colorado
College in Colorado Springs from 1949 to 1954. He and his wife Jean
moved to Liberia in 1954 where he was medical entomologist and acting
director of the Liberian Institute until 1957, and then director of field
research for Riker. Laboratories, Inc. (1958-1959). Upon returning to
this country Fox became Associate Curator, Section of Insects and
Spider, Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh, and Adjunct Professor of
Biology in the Graduate School at the University of Pittsburgh, which
positions he held at the time of his death. (See The Journal of the
Lepidopterists’ Society for a more complete biography).—F. Martin
Brown.

The New York Entomological Society marks the 75th anniversary of
the incorporation of the Society in 1968. It also is the year of its merger
with the Brooklyn Entomological Society. To honor these two events
the Society is to hold an anniversary dinner and meeting on Tuesday,
October 29, at the American Museum of Natural History—Etsr B.
Ktots.

194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

The Entomologist’s Library

In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles
received and of special interest to entomologists. The contents of each is noted by the
editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible
publication even if the work has been previously noted here.—Ed.

General

THE THEORY OF ISLAND BIOGEOGRAPHY

By McArtuor, R. H. anp Witson, E. C., 1967. Princeton
University Press, 203 pp. $3.95, paper; $8.00, cloth.

The eight chapters of this small book deal with the principles
of colonization and evolution of the flora and fauna of the
various types of islands in a manner and depth not previously
attained in the two-century history of this subject. Highly
technical, and mathematically documented, only the advanced
student will understand the details. At the end of each chapter
is an extremely useful summary which perhaps should be read
first. The integration of ideas and facts presented by these two
scholars informs the reader of their “break-through” in the sci-
ence of biogeography. One suspects as he reads that they have
more to tell and many readers will feel that a little more intro-
ductory material is needed to prepare them for the contents of
this book. Already the book is to be considered a classic, with
S = CA? becoming the island biogeographer’s E = MC*. Un-
doubtedly this book will be revised frequently and will remain
a standard work for years to come.—R. H. A.

ANIMAL VARIETY

By Lawrence S. Ditton. Wm. C. Brown Co., ix + 180
pp, 1967. “Paper:

As a part of the publishers “Concepts of Biology” series, this
book is an elementary introduction to the classification and evo-
lution of animals. Even though the book is extremely small,
an amazing amount of information is packed in and its contents
is well balanced. With this brief introduction as a background,
the student should be ready for more intensive courses in the
classification of animals in general and insects in particular.—

RH. A.

79 | ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 195

Invertebrates
INVERTEBRATE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

By E. J. W. Barrincron. Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968,
x + 549 pp. Cloth, $10.95.

Invertebrate Zoology textbooks are traditionally arranged by
phyla starting with the protozoa and ending with the inverte-
brate choradates. Barrington’s book is entirely different in that
it almost completely lacks taxonomic treatment and it is ar-
ranged by body system without regard to classification. The
text is drawn almost entirely from the primary journal litera-
ture, and as the first textbook discussion of this material it forms
a basic reference work as well as a class text. Entomologists
will immediately recognize the usefulness of such a work and
many will wish to read it as an excellent refresher course in
invertebrate zoology. Those who wish to use it as a text will
find it necessary to supplement it with reference material show-
ing the classification of invertebrates—R. H. A.

Insects
PRINCIPLES:OER INSECT CHEMOSTERILIZATION

By LaBrEcQUE AND SmitTH (ed.). Appleton, Century
Crofts, 1968. 354 pp. Cloth, $16.00.

An excellent review written by some of the scientists most
intimately associated with this fascinating new field—this book
is a must for any scientist interested in working in chemo-
sterilization. Bibliographies at the end of each chapter contain
the major references to the field. The lack of basic biological
information regarding even our commonest economic species is
pointed out as one of the major stumbling blocks in the practical
utilization of this tool—R. C. Dobson.

ECOLOGY OF INSECT: POPULATIONS IN, THEORY
AND PRACTICE

Byavie wk WCraARK: P. W. Geter, Ro D2 HueHEs sien:
Morris. Barnes and Noble, 1967. xiii + 232. Cloth, $8.00.

196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1968

The several chapters of this book include some interesting
redefinitions of terms pertaining to populations and environ-
ment, particularly the use of the “life system” concept in popu-
lation studies. Numerical change and other fluctuations in
population occupies much of the book, but ample space is given
to the study of natural populations. As a short review of
recent literature, suitable for the advanced undergraduate, grad-
uate student, and economic entomologist, this book will be use-
ful. It does bring together a lot of information scattered
through current periodicals and reviews. Too much of the
book is quotes and rehash of generally available, and undigested
information. Asa “gap-filler” the book serves a transient need.
—R. H. A.

Coleoptera

CURCULIONIDAE SUBFAMILY APIONINAE OF
NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA

By Davin G. KisstIncErR. Taxonomic Publications, South
Lancaster, Mass., 1968. vii + 559 pp. (incl. 221 pp. of illus.),
$20.00 bound.

Another large and difficult group has yielded to the relentless
investigation of Dr. Kissinger. This singularly laborous task
has occupied the author for many years. Through the support
on several granting agencies, his institution, and persistence,
the basic framework for further systematic work is now avail-
able for all to use.

The monograph presents usable keys, description and hun-
dreds of sharp photographs of all of the genera and species in-
volved. All available distribution and biological data is added.

The illustrations in this book deserve special mention. The
author has achieved an important breakthrough in taxonomic
insect photography. The characters of this difficult group are
illustrated in fine detail through the use of Polaroid© cameras
and films. This sets a new standard for taxonomic work that
must be followed by all. No longer can the difficulty in obtain-
ing art work be used as an excuse for not illustrating taxonomic
papers.—R. H. A.

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. All inser-
tions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for
research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology,
Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern
North American species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory
Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U. S. A.

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, un-
bound; Ferris’ Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition;
Creighton’s Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of
External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman,
152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned
desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department
of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepi-
doptera. N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Jans-
kerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt
service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654.

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED
STATES
A Manual for Identification

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

The families of beetles found in the United States are described ;
illustrated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of

genera giving the number of species and their distribution are in-
cluded. A working bibliography for each family gives the recent
references to anatomy, larvae, biology, and keys for the identifica-
tion of the species. This second printing includes corrections
previously printed on flyleaf sheets.

1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations
Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No.

merle)

Al:

ee:

nae

Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and
Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily
Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages,
MU plates, GO maps: eich 4-4 a) eee erie eee $12.50

Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic
Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleop-
tera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ...$4.00

Richard M. Fox—-A Monograph of the Ithomiidae
(Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox.
190 pases, 170: figures; 1 colori plate. #725 ee $9.00

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American
Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages 4.2. cos $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus
Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Aptero-
gyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ...... $2.50

Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Val-
ley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ....
$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

CoNTENTS on

STUDIES OF INSECT SPERMATOZOA
O. P. BrELanp, C. D. EppLEMAN AND J. J. BIrESELLE, P. 197

SomE ASPECTS OF THE ECOLOGY OF A SLAVE-MAKING ANT

Jay R. Harman, p. 217

THE BroLoGy oF A SYRPHID

T. L. Harris anp C. L. Hamrum,-p. 225

OpONATA FROM IsLA SAN ANDRES

Dennis R. Pautson, rp. 229

Tue Enrtomotocists’ REcorp, p. 224

Tue EntTomotocists’ Liprary, Pp. 228

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS’ MARKET PLACE, BACK COVER

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Vor..79 OGTOBER, 1968 No. 8

Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Puitir P.
Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMIEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and
September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lan-
caster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALten, M. E.
Puituips, and S. S. Rospack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento-
mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly
volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign,
$6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and
foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed
to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University,
Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac-
cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed
pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such
an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of
engraving. Size limit, when printed, 42 * 62 inches. The cost of setting tables will
be charged to authors.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENtomoLocicaL News. Titles, to facili-
tate computer recording, should be limited, 1f possible to 70 characters including spaces
and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short
abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the
article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in
Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code
number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be
greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring
to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa.
Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and
news in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open,
and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.” Articles of
wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the
article are especially desirable.

Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

STUDIES OF INSECT SPERMATOZOA. I.

Osmonp P. BRELAND, CHARLES D. EDDLEMAN AND
JoHN J. BIESELE?

ABSTRACT

Some relatively simple techniques, with special emphasis on phase contrast
microscopy, for a study of insect spermatozoa and spermiogenesis have been
discussed. Illustrations have been used to demonstrate the results of the uses
of these techniques. Some normal developmental phenomena that occur during
spermiogenesis in several species of insects have been described. In some cases,
before cell elongation begins, the tail of the developing spermatozoon encircles
the nucleus from one to several times, and/or the tail may become coiled within
the cytoplasm of the spermatid. In some mosquitoes, the elongating nucleus
may become folded upon itself or form a coil within the cell. These two devel-
opmental processes have been called nuclear rotation and nuclear folding or
coiling. Unrotated nuclei and folded and coiled nuclei, although normal devel-
opmental stages, are probably responsible for some of the apparent abnormalities
seen with the electron microscope during studies of spermiogenesis.

For several years we and our associates have been studying various
aspects of spermatogenesis (development), and the spermatozoa or
sperm of insects. During this work and concurrent reading of ap-
plicable publications, we have been impressed by several things: first,
that the spermatozoa of relatively few species of insects have been
studied by modern methods; second, that there is a tremendous varia-
tion among the sperm of the species that have been examined ; third,
that many workers have applied mammalian terms to the components
of insect sperm, apparently not recognizing that mammalian and
insect spermatozoa are fundamentally different; fourth, that misin-
terpretations of electron micrographs may be made unless the studies
are correlated with phase contrast microscopy; and finally, in view
of the variations that occur, it seems possible that spermatozoa, com-
bined with other data, could be used in taxonomic studies. This
latter possibility was pointed out many years ago by Wilson (1928).
He suggested that most species of animals might be identified by their
spermatozoa alone because of the great diversity in structure. So far
as we can determine, however, the use of insect spermatozoa in taxo-
nomic or systematic work has seldom been attempted.

This article is the first of two dealing with insect spermatozoa. A
primary objective of these papers is to interest additional investigators

1 The University of Texas at Austin.

197

198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

in the study of insect spermatozoa. Consequently, emphasis will be
placed on the following: some relatively simple techniques that can
be used for the work; the structure of representative spermatozoa ;
and the variations that occur among known insect sperm, including
some very bizarre forms. We also hope to demonstrate the impor-
tance of correlating phase contrast studies with those of the electron
microscope. An excellent summary of early work with insect sper-
matozoa may be found in Wilson (1928), whereas Dillon (1950) and
Nath (1956) give a general review of insect spermiogenesis and com-
parative spermiogenesis, respectively. Emphasis will be placed upon
work since these publications. Detailed discussions will be limited
because of space restrictions, but references will be given where more
details may be found.

The spermatozoa of different species may differ considerably in the
processes of development as well as in the structure and functioning
of the mature sperm. Thus comparative studies may be made of
development, or of the mature spermatozoa, or of both. By way of
review for those interested in development, it should be noted that
the process of development of the immature germ cell (spermato-
gonium )into the mature functional sperm is called spermatogenesis.
This process has three rather definite steps or phases, although this
fact is seldom emphasized even in text books of cytology. The first
step or phase of spermatogenesis is the multiplication division; the
spermatogonia divide a number of times mitotically, and eventually
increase in size. These enlarged cells are primary spermatocytes.
The second phase of spermatogenesis is meiosis. During meiosis each
spermatocyte divides twice, and after this each of the four cells, called
spermatids, has one-half the chromosome number of the spermato-
gonia. The meiotic part of spermatogenesis will not be discussed
further, but a simple technique that may be used for such studies is
found in Breland, Gassner and Riemann (1964).

The third phase of spermatogenesis involves the development of
the spermatid into the functional spermatozoon. This process is called
spermiogenesis or spermateleosis. During spermiogenesis the sper-
matid develops a tail, the chromatin or nuclear material becomes
greatly compressed, the nucleus elongates, parts of the mature sper-
matozoon develop from organelles of the spermatid, and excess cyto-
plasm is discarded. The mature spermatozoon and late developmental
stages will be stressed in these papers, but statements relative to the
origin of the different parts will be based upon studies of the whole
process of spermiogenesis.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 199

MATERIALS AND METHODS

In our work with spermatozoa, we have used the light microscope
(both bright field and phase contrast) and the electron microscope.
The light microscope, however, will be stressed since techniques are-
simpler and less time consuming, and since all laboratories do not
have access toan electron microscope. A combination study, using both
the light and the electron microscopes, is most advantageous, but as
will be seen, considerable information relative to insect sperm can be
obtained with either microscope alone. Techniques which we have
used in electron microscope studies of insect spermatozoa may be
found in Breland, Gassner, Riess and Biesele (1966).

When we first start investigating the unfamiliar spermatozoa of an
insect, the first things we try to determine are the best life cycle stages
and organs from which the desired stage of sperm (mature or devel-
opmental) may be obtained. These vary with the different kinds of
insects, although as might be expected, the developmental stages of
the spermatozoa are usually in younger life cycle stages than are the
mature spermatozoa. Sometimes developing and mature spermatozoa
occur in the same stage and organ. We have found developmental
stages in the testes of last instar larvae (mosquito: Culiseta inornata
(Williston) ; late nymphal stages (cockroaches: several species) ;
pupae (mosquitoes: several species) ; and even adults (beetle: Lepti-
notarsa decemlineata (Say). Mature spermatozoa are most likely to
be found in the testes and/or seminal vesicles of adult males, or in
the spermathecae of inseminated females.

As is well known, no general rule can be given for distinguishing
the sexes of insects, although the genitalia of the males are often
external, or can be caused to protrude by pressure on the posterior
abdominal sterna.

It is sometimes difficult to determine whether or not spermatozoa
are mature. Movement or activity are not good criteria, since imma-
ture stages may be active before any elongation has started (e.g., the
American cockroach). If females are available, and if spermatozoa
are found in the spermathecae, we have felt reasonably confident to
assume that a majority of the spermatozoa in the spermathecae are
mature. Thus comparable spermatozoa in the testes or seminal vesi-
cles are also probably mature. In at least one case, however, sper-
matozoa have been reported to complete their development and to
acquire motility within the spermathecae (fungus gnat: Sciara copro-
phila, Makielski, 1906). We have also found that spermathecal sperm
are sometimes partially degenerated.

200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

Once the proper life cycle stage and organ for a particular study
are established, we study the material in saline, using the phase
contrast microscope. Before dissection, we usually immobilize the
insect by placing it in a container and putting the container on dry
ice for a few minutes. Ether or another anesthetic could be used if
no dry ice is available. The insect is dissected in saline under a
dissecting microscope using small dissecting scissors and fine dissect-
ing needles and forceps. A small bit of the tissue to be examined is
placed on a microscope slide in Belar’s saline (Breland 1961) and
teased or separated with dissecting needles to separate the tissue.
Excess saline is removed with filter paper, and a cover slip is lightly
applied. The two sides of the cover slip parallel to the sides of the
slide are sealed with Kronig cement (clear fingernail polish can be
used) to prevent evaporation and movement of the cover slip.

The material is now examined with the low and high power objec-
tives, and if necessary, with oil immersion. To prevent drying,
saline is added from time to time at one unsealed edge of the cover
slip. If spermatozoa are present, they will often swim and exhibit
activity for an hour or more; thus speed and methods of locomotion
may be determined. In fact, we have seen the spermatozoa of the
American cockroach, stored in a refrigerator for 72 hours regain
activity after the slide lost the chill of the refrigerator.

The mature untreated spermatozoa of some insects do not show a
clear distinction between head and tail (e.g., German cockroach and
most mosquitoes ) and one possibly important difference among insect
sperm is the relative length of these two parts. We have found that
the exposure of spermatozoa to aceto-orcein and/or 70% acetic acid
will usually cause the head and tail to become distinct and often cause
the tail to separate into its component parts. These chemicals are
applied as a small drop at one unsealed edge of the cover slip; a bit
of filter paper is then brought in contact with the saline on the oppo-
site side to draw the stain or acid under the cover slip. We have
found that aceto-orcein usually causes a better reaction than acetic
acid alone. If the stain is used, the head is usually stained more
densely than the tail since the stain has a special affinity for nuclear
material. The tail elements often become darker upon continued
exposure to aceto-orcein. Sometimes destaining is necessary and this
is accomplished by introducing 70% acetic acid under the cover slip,
using the method described above. In some cases we have found
that differential staining is easier to distinguish with bright field than
with phase contrast.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 201

The so-called squash technique is often used with aceto-orcein for
a study of meiosis, but squashing of developing or mature spermatozoa
will cause distortions that are difficult to interpret.

Other techniques that can be used for studying spermatozoa include
fixing, embedding in paraffin, sectioning and staining; as well as the
use of cytochemical techniques. These methods are more difficult and
time-consuming than those described. However, interested workers
may find discussions of these techniques in recent books on cytotech-
niques, and in the references: Rai (1967) for fixing and embedding,
etce., and Moriber (1956) for cytochemical techniques.

We have implied that terminology is one of the problems con-
nected with the study of insect spermatozoa. Unfortunately, we do
not see any solution to this difficulty at the present time, but by con-
sidering what might be called representative insect sperm, a better
understanding of this and other problems may be obtained.

REPRESENTATIVE INSECT SPERMATOZOA

The expression, representative spermatozoa, is used here for known
insect sperm that are relatively simple in morphology, and uncom-
plicated by the presence of structures such as undulating membranes.
This type of spermatozoon is more similar to the hypothetical primi-
tive metazoan sperm of Franzén (1956) and others than are some
of the more complex sperm found in certain insects. Also, there are
probably more known insect spermatozoa resembling the representa-
tive type to be described, than there are of other kinds.

During the discussion, statements will be made relative to the
origin of different parts of the mature sperm. Although details of
development vary, the origin of certain parts of the mature sperm is
well known and is similar in many groups of animals. More com-
parative details may be found in Nath (doc. cit.).

A representative insect sperm (Fig. 1) consists of an anterior head
and a tail, but as has been noted, the line of demarkation between the
two is not always evident in untreated sperm (Figs. 2A, 2B, and 5C).
In some species, however (Figs. 2C and 5D). head and tail are
relatively distinct. The head is usually composed of an anterior acro-
some, derived from cell organelles known as Golgi bodies, and the
nucleus. The acrosome cannot always be distinguished from the
nucleus in untreated specimens (Fig. 2B). At the base of the head
in many insects is a structure partially surrounding the anterior end
of the tail. This structure is the centriole adjunct, sometimes called
juxtanuclear body. The centriole adjunct was first discovered by

202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

J. Bronte Gatenby and his coworkers (cf. Gatenby and Wigoder,
1929; Gatenby and Tahmisian, 1959) but its existence as a distinct
entity has been generally accepted only within the past few years.
The extent of the centriole adjunct varies in different species of
insects. In some species, it completely surrounds the tail near its
attachment to the head; the posterior border is often irregular as
indicated in the diagram (Gatenby and Tahmisian, loc. cit.).

The central portion of the tail is composed of the axial filament
or flagellum (the term, flagellum, is sometimes used for the whole
tail). It has been shown that the axial filament develops from a
centriole during development. Outside the axial filament are two
elongate structures, the mitochondial derivatives. During spermio-
genesis, the mitochondrial derivatives develop from the mitochondria
of the spermatid. In some insects, the mitochondrial derivatives form
a helical sheath around the flagellum (Nath, loc. cit.; Wilkes and
Lee, 1965) but in other species they are not helical, but extend paral-
lel to the axial filament (Bradfield, 1955; Davey, 1965). The mito-
chondrial derivatives usually occur along most of the length of the
tail, but often a short portion of the axial filament extends beyond
their posterior ends (Fig. 1).

The mammalian spermatozoon does not routinely have a centriole
adjunct, and the mitochondrial derivatives are usually limited to a
short area posterior to the base of the head. According to mamma-
lian terminology, the portion of the tail with the mitochondrial deriva-
tives is the middle piece, the posterior extension of the axial filament
at the tip of the tail is the end piece, and the part between the middle
pice and the end piece is the main piece. It is obvious that the tails
of insect and mammalian spermatozoa are quite different, and that
the application of the terms middle piece and main piece to insect
spermatozoa, without defining how the terms are being used, is very
confusing. Unfortunately, this practice is all too common among
present-day workers. More details relative to terminology may be
found in Breland, Gassner, Riess and Biesele (Joc. cit.).

DISCUSSION

We have noted that more information about spermatozoa can be
obtained by the combined use of the light and electron microscopes
than by the use of either one alone. However, some information can
be acquired by the use of only one of them. For example, electron
microscopy established the fact that the basic ultrastructure of the
axial filament or flagellum of spermatozoa is similar in many groups

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 203

of organisms. This basic structure consists of two central fibrils or
fibers and nine outer fibril groups. There is some variation in the
number of fibrils in the outer groups. In some there are apparently
only two fibrils in each group. These two fibrils are closely asso-
ciated with each other, forming a single compound unit. This type
of structure is expressed as the 9 + 2 pattern. In many insects and
in certain other animals, the axial filament has an additional row of
fibrils in the outer fibril group. This type of structure is designated
as the 9+. 9+ 2 pattern (Fig. 3A). In mosquitoes there is appar-
ently only a single central fibril, and the formula for this pattern 1s
9+9+41 (Fig. 3B). Unfortunately, the 9+9+1 formula has
been used in a recent publication for axial filaments with two central
fibrils (Thompson and Blum, 1967).

The use of the electron microscope has also confirmed the existence
of the centriole adjunct as a definite entity and has contributed much
information relative to other structures and organelles (Fig. 4).
When our work on spermatozoa first began, the identities of some
of the structures seen with the light microscope were established or
confirmed with the electron microscope.

Both developmental stages and mature spermatozoa can be studied
profitably with the light microscope, especially phase contrast. Tor
example, we have found that there are great differences among mature
insect spermatozoa, even within the same group. In mosquitoes we
have examined the spermatozoa of more than 10 species, representing
several genera. Although all we have seen have the same general
appearance, with no obvious distinction between head and tail in
untreated sperm, the length varies from about 220 microns (Culex
quinquefasciatus Say) to 570 microns (Culiseta inornata (Williston).
In cockroaches, there is even greater variation (Fig. 5). Of the 10
species we have examined, the length varies from approximately 85
microns (Periplaneta americana (L.) and P. fuliginosa (Serville) to
450 microns in Blattella germanica (L.). Head and tail are distinct
(although the distinctness varies) in all species seen except B. ger-
manica.

The spermatozoon of Arenivaga boliana (Saussure) has a spirally
shaped or helical head (Fig. 5A). Helical heads of insect spermato-
zoa have seldom been reported, but are known to occur in one species
of Hymenoptera (Wilkes, 1965). The tropical cockroach, Supella
supelectilium (Serville) apparently has a sperm with a greatly elon-
gated head (Fig. 5B), but we have not as yet determined whether
elements other than the true head are included in the straight anterior
portion.

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

Figures 6A through 6D show the reaction of the mature spermato-
zoa of several species of insects to aceto-orcein. All spermatozoa do
not react equally well to this treatment, although in most cases the
stain will cause the distinction between head and tail to become more
evident. The differences in reaction are probably dependent upon
the species and the age of the sperm receiving treatment. Spermato-
zoa that are definitely immature do not react as well as do mature
sperm. It may be that many of those with the appearance of maturity,
and which do not react well, are actually not mature physiologically.

Many stages of development of the axial filament and tail, the
nucleus, and the centriole adjunct, as well as, the sloughing of excess
cytoplasm, can be seen with the phase contrast microscope if the
material is mounted in saline (Figs. 7A through 8D). Two features
that often occur during spermiogenesis should be mentioned briefly.
One of these applies to the tail, the other to the nucleus.

We have seen many developing sperm in which the tail is attached
to the posterior end of the nucleus and in which the posterior exten-
sion of the tail follows the contours of the inside of the cell membrane
from one to several times; part of the tail may also be coiled within
the cell cytoplasm. We have interpreted this situation as follows:
the tail of the developing spermatozoon often starts growing before
the outer cell membrane is in the proper condition to participate in
cell elongation. When the end of the growing tail comes in contact
with the cell membrane, the tail follows the inner surface of the mem-
brane if cell elongation cannot occur. The tail may thus encircle the
nucleus from one to several times and/or become coiled within the cell
cytoplasm. As development proceeds, the state of the cell membrane
apparently changes. Cell elongation starts and continues by the tail
protruding from the cell surrounded by some of the cytoplasm.

In view of the fact that the head and tail of the mature spermatozoon
are in line with each other, the tail must straighten and the nucleus
must revolve from one to several times during development. Coiling
and uncoiling of the tail are obviously involved in the complete devel-
opment of cells of the type just described. However, to simplify ter-
minology we have used the expression, nuclear rotation, to include
all of the processes.

Nuclear rotation is probably widespread among insects. We have
seen evidences of the processes in mosquitoes (many species, Figs.
7A and 7C); Neuroptera (Myrmeleontidae: Hesperoleon sp., Fig.
7D); cockroaches (Periplaneta americana and Pseudomops septen-
trionalis Hebard, Fig. 7B). Nuclear rotation during spermiogenesis
has been reported previously in mosquitoes (Breland and Gassner,

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 205

1965). Its occurrence has been mentioned incidentally by other
workers, or has been shown in figures without discussion (e.g.,
Gatenby, 1931; Mathur, 1960). However, so far as we could deter-
mine, the processes involved have not been emphasized, nor has it
been noted that in some cases the nucleus must rotate more than once
during development. It seems probable that comparative studies of
these phenomena would be profitable.

With respect to the nucleus, we have seen, in some mosquitoes,
slender nuclei that are folded upon themselves, or in some cases,
nuclei that are coiled within the cell. We believe that these configu-
rations are also caused by the cell membrane in much the same way
as the encircling tails. When the anterior end of the lengthening
nucleus contacts the inner surface of the cell membrane the nucleus
continues to grow. However, if the cell membrane prevents cell
elongation at this time, the growing nucleus becomes folded or coiled.
When the condition of the cell membrane changes, the nucleus
straightens and continues development. Nuclear folding and coiling
probably occur in most cases after nuclear rotation but they may
occur before nuclear rotation is complete (Fig. 8A). To date we
have seen nuclear folding and coiling in a few mosquitoes only (Figs.
8A through 8D) but the possibility that they occur in other groups
should be investigated.

We do not believe that either nuclear rotation or nuclear folding
or coiling takes place in all developing cells, even in those species in
which the phenomena occur routinely. The reason for this opinion
is that we occasionally see very young stages in which the nucleus and
tail are in line with each other, and others in which cells with young
nuclei have already started to elongate. We believe that the deter-
mining factor is the condition of the outer cell membrane when the
elongating tail or nucleus first contacts it.

We believe, however, that unrotated nuclei and possibly folded and
coiled nuclei are responsible for some of the so-called abnormal devel-
opmental stages seen in electron microscope studies of spermiogenesis.
Cells in which the tails of developing spermatozoa encircle the nuclei
one to several times, in which the tail is coiled or looped, or in which
the nuclei are folded or coiled, would obviously show in transverse sec-
tion two or more axial filaments, duplicate mitochondial derivatives,
two or more nuclei, or various other peculiar combinations of struc-
tures.

Figure 9 shows several transverse sections, some of which might
be considered abnormal, but which could easily be normal stages of
development. The two axial filaments (Fig. 9A) in each of the two

206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

sections to the left are probably sections of the same axial filament in
each case. In both cells, the extra elements (EE) associated with
the axial filaments are on opposite sides of the axial filaments. This
arrangement suggests that the two sections in each case were made
through the same looped axial filament. The presence of two rather
than four mitochondrial derivatives indicates that the derivatives were
associated only with the basal part of the filament when the section
was made. The microtome knife apparently passed through the basal
portion of the axial filament with mitochondrial derivatives and a
posterior portion with which no derivatives were as yet associated.
During spermiogenesis, the posterior end of the axial filament usually
extends beyond the elongating mitochondrial derivatives.

In the mature spermatozoon of the German cockroach, the axial
filament and mitochondrial derivatives do not occur at the level of
the nucleus as they do in Fig. 9B. However, this section could easily
have been caused by the tail forming a single loop at the level of the
nucleus during development.

In conclusion, we would like to reemphasize the importance of phase
contrast microscopy in studies of spermiogenesis, and especially the
importance of correlating phase contrast work with that of the elec-
tron microscope. Electron microscopy alone may readily lead to
misinterpretations.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to express our appreciation to Drs. George Gassner, III,
and Kenneth Barker, and to Robert Riess, who made some of the
photographs and assisted with the electron microscopy, and to Everett
Simmons, who collected some of the insects that were used. We also
wish to thank Mrs. Pauline West, who made the drawing and
mounted the photograph, and Dr. Robert Barth, who supplied some
of the cockroaches. This work was supported in part by Grant No.
4644, Penrose Fund, from the American Philosophical Society,
USPHS Grants AI-03424-05, GM-15, 875-04, and K6-CA-18 366,
and by The University of Texas Research Institute.

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN FIGURES: A—Axial filament or flagellum;
AC—Acrosome ; C—Centriole ; CA—Centriole adjunct ; CC—Cyto-
plasm of cell; CF—Central fiber or fibers of axial filament; E—
Extension of axial filament; EE—Extra element of axial filament ;
H—Head of spermatozoon ; I—Inner doublet of fiber complex of axial
filament ; M-—Mitochondrial derivatives; N—Nucleus; O—Outer
fiber of fiber complex of axial filament ; SC—Cytoplasm being sloughed
or discarded ; T—Tail of spermatozoon.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 207

LITERATURE CITED

BraprFietp, J. R. C. 1955. Fiber patterns in flagella and cilia. Symp. Soc.
Exp. Biol. 9: 306-334.

BrELAND, OsmMonp P. 1961. Studies on the chromosomes of mosquitoes. Ann.
Ent. Soc. American 54: 360-375.

BrELAND, Osmonp P. and GeorGe GaAssNer, III. 1965. Cytolagy and Cyto-
taxonomy of mosquitoes. Proc. XIIIth Congr. Ent., pp. 247-248.

BRELAND, Osmonp P., GreorcE GassNer, III, and JoHN G. RIEMANN. 1964.
Studies of meiosis in the male of the mosquito, Culiseta inornata. Ann. Ent.
Soc. American 57: 472-479.

BrELAND, Osmonp P., GreorGE GASSNER, III, RosErt W. Riess and JouHn J.
BriesELE. 1966. Certain aspects of the centriole adjunct, spermiogenesis,
and the mature sperm of insects. Canadian J. Gen. and Cytol. 8: 759-773.

Davey, K. G. 1965. Reproduction in insects. W. H. Freeman and Company,
San Francisco.

Ditton, Lawrence S. 1950. A review of spermiogenesis in insects, with a
study of the process in Hippiscus rugosus under the phase microscope.
Texas J. Sci. 2: 419-430.

FRANZEN, AKE. 1956. On spermiogenesis, morphology of the spermatozoon,
and biology of fertilization among invertebrates. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala 31:
355-482.

GaTEeNBY, J. Bronte. 1931. The post-nuclear granule in Anasa tristis, with
some remarks on hemipteran spermatogenesis. American J. Anat. 48: 7-18.

GaTeNBy, J. Bronte and T. N. Taumistan. 1959. Centriole adjunct, cen-
trioles, mitochondria and ergastoplasm in orthopteran spermatogenesis. La
Cellule 60: 103-134.

GatenBy, J. Bronte and SyivrA B. Wicoper. 1929. The postnuclear body
in the spermatogenesis of Cavia cobaya and other animals. Proc. Roy. Soc.
B. 104: 471-480.

MAKIELSKI, SALLY K. 1966. The structure and maturation of the spermatozoa
of Sciara coprophila. J. Morph. 118: 11-41.

Martuur, R. S. 1960. The spermiogenesis of Pterobins maritimus. J. Roy.
Micro. Soc. 79: 165-171.

Moriper, Louts G. 1956. A cytochemical study of hemipteran spermatogene-
sis. J. Morph. 99: 271-327.

Natu, Visuwa. 1956. Cytology of spermatogenesis. Intern. Rev. Cytol. 5:
395-453.

Rat, K. S. 1967. Techniques for the study of cytogenetics and genetics of
vectors. In: Genetics of insect vectors of disease, J. W. Wright and R. Pal
(Eds.), pp. 673-701.

Tuomeson, T. E. and M. S. Brum. 1967. Structure and behavior of the
spermatozoa of the fire ant Solenopsis saevissima (Hymenoptera: Formi-
cidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. American 60: 632-642.

Wirkes, A. 1965. Sperm transfer and utilization by the arrhenotokous wasp
Dahlbominus fuscipennis (Zett.) (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae). Canadian
Ent. 97 : 647-657.

Witkes, ‘A. and Peter E. Lee. 1965. The ultrastructure of dimorphic sper-
matozoa in the hymenopteran, Dahlbominus fuscipennis (Zett.) (Eulophi-
dae). Canadian J. Genet. Cvtol. 7: 609-619.

Witson, Epmunp B. 1928. The cell in development and heredity, 3rd. ed.
The Macmillan Company, New York.

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

Acrosome

HEAD
Nucleus

Centriole

— Centriole
Adjunct

Axial
Filament

TAIL

Bere
Be cert

Extension of
Axial Filament

Fic. 1. Diagram of representative insect spermatozoon.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 209

Fic. 2. Insect spermatozoa in saline, phase contrast. A. Mosquito, Culex
restuans Theobald, anterior end of sperm; from testis of adult, ca. 1,600 x; B.
Mosquite, Toxorhynchites rutilus septentrionalis (Dyar and Knab) ; anterior end
of sperm; from testis of adult, ca. 1,600 x ; C. Cockroach, Periplaneta americana
(L.), from spermatheca, ca. 850 X.

210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

ane

Fic. 3. Electron micrographs of tails of insect spermatozoa, probably imma-
ture, transverse sections. A. Cockroach, Periplaneta americana (L.), showing
9+9-+ 2 fiber formula; from seminal vesicle of adult, ca. 96,000 X. B. Mos-
quito, Culiseta inornata (Williston), showing 9+9-+1 fiber formula; from
testis of adult, ca. 80,003 X.

79) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 201

es

bog

BRS
gs A a Ag
aye

Cw nee
ks

Fie. 4. Electron micrographs of developing insect spermatozoa, longitudinal
sections. A. Mosquito, Culiseta inornata (Williston), showing centriole adjunct
and associated structures; from testis of adult, ca. 10,000 x. B. and C. Cock-
roach, Periplaneta americana (L.), showing developing acrosome; from seminal
vesicle of adult. B. ca. 5,500 X ; C. Enlargement of part of C, ca, 18,000 x.

212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

Fic. 5. Spermatozoa of cockroaches in saline, phase contrast. A. Arenivaga
boliana (Saussure) ; note helical head; from seminal vesicle of adult, ca. 380 X.
B. Supella supellectilium (Serville), from seminal vesical of adult, ca. 640 x.
C. Blattella germanica (L.), anterior end of sperm; from spermatheca, ca. 430 x.
D. Periplaneta fuliginosa (Serville), from seminal vesicle of adult, ca. 430 x.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 213

—

Fic. 6. Insect spermatozoa after exposure to aceto-orcein, phase contrast.
A. Cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.); from spermatheca. B. Mosquito,
Culex pipiens quinquefasciatus Say; from testis of adult, ca. 1,070 X. C. Cock-
roach, Periplaneta fuliginosa (Serville) ; from testis of late instar nymph, ca.
685 x. D. Mosquito, Culex restuans Theobald; same sperm as in Fig. 2A;
from testis of adult, ca. 1,600 X.

214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

ble § re

See a ain

Fic. 7. Developing insect spermatozoa in saline, showing various degrees of
nuclear rotation, phase contrast. A. Mosquito, Aedes triseriatus (Say); from
testis of adult, ca, 1,600 X. B. Cockroach, Pseudomops septentrionalis Hebard,
from testis of adult, ca. 685 <X. C. Mosquito, Culiseta mornata (Williston),
from testis of pupa, ca. 1,600 x. D. Neuropteran. Herperoleon sp., from testis
of adult, ca. 1,120 X.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 215

Fic. 8. Developing mosquito spermatozoa in saline, showing nuclear folding
and coiling, phase contrast. A. Orthopodomyia sp.; from testis of adult, ca.
1,600 X. B. Aedes aegypti (L.); from testis of adult, ca, 1,600 X. C. Ortho-
podomyia alba Baker; from testis of pupa, ca. 1,100 x. D. Orthopodomyia alba
Baker ; from testis of adult, ca. 1,600 X.

216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

Fic. 9, Electron micrographs of developing spermatozoa of cockroaches,
transverse sections. Apparently abnormal sperm which could actually represent
normal developmental stages (see text). A. Byrsotria fumigata (Guerin), ca.
17,900 X. B. Blattella germanica (L.), ca. 36,000 X.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS PD

Some Aspects of the Ecology of the Slave-Making
Ant, Polyergus lucidus'

Jay R. HarMan ”

The raiding habits of ants belonging to the genus Polyergus
have been minutely described in entomological literature
(Wheeler), but the ecology of this curious ant group, owing
to both their rather infrequent occurrence and apparently un-
predictable activities, has been largely ignored. The environ-
mental factors which contribute to the success of Polyergus
colonies have received little formal treatment. I have had the
rare opportunity to make prolonged observations of several
colonies of Polyergus lucidus Mayr. over a period of eight years
in an area near Lansing, Illinois, a suburb south of Chicago.
The purpose of this paper is to present some general results of
that study, examining, in particular, those environmental factors
which appear to be most critical to the success of this ant.
Unfortunately, conditions of location as well as the author’s
personal schedule prevented detailed measurements from being
made, and the ideas put forth are based primarily upon empirical
observations.

Polyergus lucidus is an obligatory slave-making ant, entirely
dependent upon other ants imported into the colony (Wheeler,
1910). Unlike other temperate region ants, such as Formica
sanguinea, which have been known to conduct slave raids,
Polyergus lucidus appears to be unable to carry out even the
routine tasks of survival because of highly specialized anatomical
and behavioral adaptations. It apparently represents a later
step in the evolution of the slave-raiding ant, specialized to a
state of extreme dependence upon the slave ant, and attained a
marked degree of sophistication in the mechanical execution of
the raid itself.

1 Accepted for publication February 12, 1968.

2 Department of Geography, Michigan State University, East Lansing,
Michigan 48823.

218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

THE THERMAL REQUIREMENT

3ecause the survival of a Polyergus lucidus colony depends
initially upon the productivity of the slave raids, it can be
assumed that those colonies which survive for a prolonged period
exist in a microenvironment favorable to the execution of slave
raids. I have concluded that within the microenvironmental
complex temperature is consistently the one specific element
most important in determining the success of raids and, hence,
colony survival.

One of the first problems to confront the observer in the
field, however, concerns the causes of the onset of the Polyergus
lucidus raiding season and its termination nearly three months
later. That raiding often begins at the time of the summer
solstice is of some interest, but other factors must be considered.
During my period of observation, some relationships emerged
from variations in the onset of the raiding season. First, all
the colonies collectively displayed an annual variation in ap-
parent response to variations of early summer weather. For
example, raiding began earlier following a warm, sunny spring
than following a cool, wet spring. Furthermore, raiding did not
begin at the same time each summer among all the colonies ob-
served. Differences greater than a week were noted; those
colonies exposed to more sunlight usually began raiding the
earliest. These variations seemed greater in summers when
the hours of sunshine approached the possible maximum, a con-
dition which probably amplified the variations of exposure
among the different colonies.

These observations suggested that temperature was a critical
factor in altering the raiding pattern of Polyergus lucidus. This
conclusion was strengthened by the author’s excavation in late
May of many formicaries which yielded only hibernating Poly-
ergus lucidus, although the slaves had been active for a month.
This evidence and that gathered from observation of colony
activity under differing degrees of sun exposure indicated that
soil temperatures higher than those required by most other
locally occurring ants were necessary in order for this ant to
achieve a state of full activity, and that this requirement is the
principal factor in governing the time of the onset and termina-
tion of the raiding season. This thermal sensitivity became
more evident as the habits of Polyergus lucidus were inves-

tigated.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 219

THE IMPORTANCE OF EXPOSURE

A brief period of observation showed that exposure to direct
sunlight is of vital importance to the activities of the Polyergus
lucidus colony. Very few colonies were found to survive in
shaded sites. This ant characteristically raids on sunny days,
always during the afternoon, at a time normally following the
warmest period of the day. Only during abnormally cool days
(70-75° F) did the raids occur earlier, sometimes coinciding
with or even preceding the diurnal temperature maximum by
as much as one hour.

Although the precise relationship between direct sunlight and
the activities of this ant is not well understood, some specula-
tion can be made. By increasing the temperature at the soil
surface, direct sunlight may promote the activity of Polyergus
lucidus in several respects. First, the worker relies upon her
agility to avoid adversaries during the slave raid. Lower tem-
peratures, which may be produced by shading, lead to a higher
mortality of Polyergus lucidus workers, and continued losses
could eventually weaken the colony. I often observed that
colonies of the slave species, usually of the genus Formica, ex-
posed to direct sunlight were raided more frequently than shaded
colonies of equal accessibility. A possible explanation of this
pattern is that greater heat in the exposed areas permits more
rapid movement by the scouting Polyergus lucidus workers,
allowing them to cover more ground and to increase the chance
of their discovering a colony. Secondly, I have seen many
scouting Polyergus lucidus captured while investigating shaded
colonies. Had these colonies been situated in a warmer site, it
is unlikely that the scouts would have been so easily captured.
It is my opinion that many shaded colonies are never raided
simply because the scouting Polyergus lucidus workers are un-
able to escape once they have discovered the colonies. High
surface temperatures may be of further value to Polyergus luct-
dus by shortening the duration of the raid itself, decreasing the
likelihood of attack by predators.

Furthermore, the Polyergus lucidus formicary which is sit-
uated in direct sunlight may be favored in several respects.
First, its raid activities would be unhampered by cool weather,
provided near maximum possible sunshine existed. It was
found that when the ambient air temperature fell below 75° F,
normal raid activity was usually inhibited unless there was

220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

sufficient insolation to supplement the apparent heat deficit at
the soil surface. I also observed that some of the most vigorous
colonies made two or more raids each afternoon, sometimes con-
tinuing activity until nearly sunset. It is possible that other
Polyergus lucidus colonies not exposed to full sunlight would
be unable to conduct such raids because late afternoon reradia-
tion would reduce surface temperatures to unfavorable levels.

The relative vigor of a colony over extended time periods
seems closely related to the total seasonal input of slave ant
pupae. Because minor differences between the environment of
one colony and that of another will produce different patterns
of raiding, this input will vary from one colony to the next, and
extended through several years, these variations may ultimately
determine the success or failure of each colony.

Rarip ACTIVITY AND WEATHER VARIATIONS

From field experience I learned that there are weather “types”
which seem to favor the occurrence of Polyergus lucidus slave
raids. The greatest number of raids was noted when ambient
air temperature, soil moisture, wind, and sunlight combined to
produce maximum heating of the soil surface. High ambient
air temperature, of course, is a requirement, and on days of
maximum raid activity, temperatures frequently exceeded 85° F.
Diffuse and scattered sunlight was associated with a higher raid
frequency than was intense sunlight, possibly because scattering
may minimize the effect of sunlight interception by grasses and
herbaceous vegetation. Raids were infrequently observed on
windy days (average speed in excess of 20 mph) ; stronger wind
favors the removal of heat from the surface and thus decreases
the soil temperature.

Soil moisture was found to be second only to sunlight in
determining the suitability of conditions for a raid. The pres-
ence of moisture in soil materially alters its response to diurnal
heating ; moist soil maintains a surface temperature several de-
grees below that which would prevail if it were dry. It was
soon learned, therefore, that raids could not be expected when
surface soil moisture was near field capacity.

Raip ACTIVITY AND THUNDERSTORMS

After having observed Polyergus lucidus through several
summers, it became apparent that evening thunderstorms were

bo
—

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 2

often preceded by exceptional raid activity. Indeed, references
to the association between ant activity and meteorological phe-
nomena can be found even in weather lore (Inword, 1950).
Although no explanations of this association are available,
some conjecture is possible.

Owing to the relative infrequency of rain in Illinois during
the July-August period, the interval between such rains is
generally sufficient to allow for both a depletion of topsoil
moisture and an accumulation of aerosols in the lower atmos-
phere, assuming that frequent air mass exchange has not oc-
curred. Moreover, since most summer rains are triggered by
a passing atmospheric disturbance, surface winds preceding a
rain are generally from a southerly direction, importing mari-
time tropical air with its characteristic inversion and consequent
accumulation of aerosols in the lower of mid troposphere. Dry
topsoil, high ambient temperature, and maximum scattering of
insolation are combined therefore to produce the “condition”
most commonly associated with Polyergus lucidus raids (Table
1). While it is true that this weather sequence also may in-

TaBLeE 1. Summary of environmental conditions during all raids which
were recorded

Per Cent of Sky Covered

Temperature (°F.) | by Cloud
<70 | 70-75 | 75-85 sss | ose" | 50-75 >75
ae seer | | |
No. of raids | 0 | 5 | 12 32 47 | 2 0
observed | |
= | |
| No. of Davs Since
| Wind Direction Significant Rainfall
(50:5)
|
SE-SW | SW-NW |NW-NE | NE-SE 1 2 3 4 5 5
No. of raids 22 12 | 10 5 S| NB Sy ey Be
observed |

volve a change in barometric pressure, I do not believe this
element is directly associated with the observed increase in the
number of slave raids.

I am not suggesting that this ant will raid whenever environ-
mental conditions are ideal, for even when these conditions do
prevail, other factors, such as the availability of a productive

bo
bo
bo

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

colony of Formica sp., my be limiting. I am asserting, how-
ever, that on those days when raids are made environmental
factors exist in a favorable balance similar to that described
above.

THE ROLE oF THE Soil

The region surrounding the area of study lies entirely upon
the plain of Lake Chicago, a previous extension of Lake Michi-
gan. Flat, imperfectly drained, and subject to water ponding,
much of the region consists of a slowly permeable clay soil, al-
though a few sandy beach ridges trend east-west through the
region. In contrast to the bunch grasses of the clay soils, these
narrow ridges, rising as much as 30’ above the plain, were cov-
ered by stands of Quercus velutina, Quercus alba, and Nyssa
sylvatica. Polyergus lucidus is restricted to the heavier soils.
While I have found this ant on sandy sites in other regions
of the United States, I have never found it on such sites in
the area of study.

This local distribution of Polyergus lucidus is difficult to
explain. It would seem that sandy soils would be preferred
because of better aeration and more rapid response to spring
warmth (Shaw, 1952). Although I have made several trans-
plants of Polyergus lucidus, | have never known it to become
established in sandy soil even when the environment seemed
otherwise ideal.

While the distribution of Polyergus lucidus may in part be
explained by the presence of organisms in the sandy soil which
are hostile to the ant, a more satisfying explanation may be the
nature of the original vegetation of these two contrasting soils:
The shade of the oak forests may have been unfavorable for the
thermally sensitive ant, which in turn was confined to the sun-
nier prairie habitat of the clay soils. Autumn fires would have
further reduced the prairie grasses for the following spring
season. The problem of cold season inundation on the lower
clay soils is generally overcome by elevation of the formicary.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The following statements can be made regarding the ecology
of Polyergus lucidus as it was observed near Chicago, Illinois.
This ant apparently has a temperature requirement higher than

bo
Ww

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 2D

that of other ants occurring in the local area which seems to
explain some of the details of its daily activity and _ site
preference.

1) Polyergus lucidus commences springtime activity substan-
tially later than, and ceases autumn activity fully a month earlier
than, those ants which it enslaves.

2) Raiding activity was usually confined to those days when
ambient air temperature exceeded 70° F, and when sunshine,
soil moisture, and, to a lesser extent, wind were combined in
such a way as to produce maximum heating at the soil surface.

3) On those days of lower ambient temperature (70-75° F)
raids were made earlier in the afternoon than on days of higher
temperatures.

4) All vigorous colonies observed within the study area were
located in sites which received abundant direct sunshine.

This paper is speculative. My observations are based upon
lengthy field experience, but conclusions are limited by the lack
of quantitative data. Nevertheless, I hope that these observa-
tions and speculations will stimulate more precise and syste-
matic ecological research. Research on ants is often tedious,
particularly when the subject is as sporadic and seemingly un-
predictable as Polyergus lucidus. Yet I think that a large part
of the behavior of this ant is influenced by variations in the
microenvironment; much fruitful research could be directed
down this avenue. Polyergus lucidus responds to the elements
of the physical environment more clearly than do other common
ants of the températe zone. Therefore, an investigation of its
relationship to the microenvironment will probably be excep-
tionally rewarding.

LITERATURE CITED

WHEELER, W. M. 1910. Ants. Columbia University Press, New York,
pp. 474-487.

Inworp, R. 1950. Weather lore. Rider and Company, London, p. 205.

Suaw, B. T. 1952. Soil physical conditions and plant growth. Vol. II.
Academic Press, Inc., New York, p. 462.

224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

The Entomologist’s Record

To‘encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution

records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.

A Society of Coleopterists is planned for the purpose of inducing greater unity
among students of beetles. The founding meeting will be held on December 4, 1968,
during the Dallas meeting of the Entomological Society of America. Prior to this
meeting, an election will provide a temporary constitution, and a set of officers ready to
take over the operation of the society at Dallas. The Coleopterists; Bulletin, now
published at the Center for the Study of Coleoptera at Purdue University, will serve
pro-tem. as the official organ of the Society. Further information may be obtained
from R. T. Allen, Department of Entomology, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville,
Arkansas 72701, L. H. Herman, Department of Entomology, American Museum of
Natural History, New York, N. Y., 10024, or R. H. Arnett, Department of Entomol-
ogy, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907—R. H. A.

A Directory of Collections of Coleoptera in North America will be published
this November. Several hundred collections, federal, state, municipal, university, and
private will be listed. The area covered will include all of North America from Can-
ada through Panama. The entries describe the collection, its size, scope, storage sys-
tem, and personnel. Over 500 collections have been contacted by the Purdue Univer-
sity sponsor, the Center for the Study of Coleoptera, and the response has been
unanimous.—R. H. A.

A critique of: A suggested revision of nomenclatural procedure in animal
taxonomy (by H. F. Howden, H. E. Evans, and E. O. Wilson, Systematic Zoology,
17: 188-191). The proposal to change the starting date for zoological nomenclature
is not new, nor is the suggestion that various dates apply for various groups. This
suggestion has been made so often it rivals the number of proposals that the United
States adopt the metric system. Both suggestions have great merit, but it is a great
surprise to see the Howden et al. proposal made again with constant apology for
“radical” suggestions, by these three well known entomologists. Their system, the
acceptance of certain monographs after official approval, is only slightly different than
that already in effect, and certainly differs in principle only in that it is complicated
by making it “official.” It solves none of the existing problems. A good monograph is
accepted by usage, and if it is used, there is no need to make it “official.” The user
will not need to look at the earlier literature. The Howden proposal seems to over-
look the fact that the main purpose of a monograph is for the use of the non-specialist
in the group monographed, and it is only when a specialist questions the validity of the
statements in a work does he go back again to the earlier literature; then only to find
some fact omitted from the monograph. This would still have to be done even under
the system proposed by these authors. Howden, et al. sidestep the critical matter of
devising a means of chosing who is to make the judgment of which monograph to
accept. But inasmuch as there is seldom more than one per group, this doesn’t seem
to be a problem. They suggest a ten-year waiting period during which time the facts
are studied. In those groups where there are workers, this is being done constantly,
and at least in insects, most taxonomic work today 1s still the correcting of, or adding
to, existing monographs, catalogs, or revisions—R. H. ARNETT, JR.

tO
to
on

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Notes on the Biology of Baccha fascipennis Wied.
(Diptera, Syrphidae) *~
Topp L. Harris? and CHartes L. Hamrum +

The North American species, B. fascipennis Wiedemann,
1830, is one of the oldest members of the genus Baccha. A\l-
though not a common species, it has a broad distribution
throughout eastern United States and Canada. The larvae of
Baccha species have been considered aphidophagous. Although
the biology of B. clavata (Fabr.) is well-known among the
North American species, Heiss (1938) in her familiar study
of immature syrphids, emphasized the general lack of knowledge
concerning the life stages of Baccha species.

Collections of eggs, larvae, and puparia of B. fascipennis were
made in early September, 1965 and 1966 on chrysanthemum
plants in St. Peter, Minnesota. In both years these immature
stages were found in association with Pseudococcus citri Risso,
the citrus mealy bug. If this mealy bug is the primary prey
species of B. fascipennis, the somewhat tardy discovery of the
immature stages is not surprising. The eggs are deposited
among masses of cotton-like material secreted by the female
mealy bugs and resemble the young coccids. These cottony
masses almost completely conceal the first and second instar
larvae which tunnel through this material in search of their
prey. The puparia are the most discernible forms. Careful
stereoscopic examination of the infested mum plants revealed a
number of larvae, many of which were reared to adults.

Egg.—Yellowish-grey, 0.55 x 0.2 mm, somewhat truncate at
the non-micropylar end. It is strongly sculptured with lighter
colored elevations in the chorion. The incubation period is from
3-5 days at outside temperatures.

Larva (Fig. 1, A).—Length 6-7.5 mm, width 2.5 mm,
height 2.5 mm. Body cylindrical and often covered with bits
of the cottony material secreted by its coccid prey. First and
second instars may vary from cream white to light pink or tan,
final instar usually deep brown. <A _ single darkened dorsal
stripe may be present. Large segmental folds are evident in the

1 This study supported by the Gustavus Research Fund.

2 Accepted for publication March 5, 1968.

3 Present address: Ill. Nat. Hist. Survey, Urbana, Ill. 61801.
+ Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, Minn. 56082.

226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS { October, 1968
integument and a slightly flattened lateral ridge appears on the
posterior half of the third instar larva. The first anterior seg-
ment is considerably more narrow than the succeeding one. The
posterior half of the larva is swollen in the ultimate instar.

Life stages of Baccha fascipennis; A. Larva, B. Spiracular Plate,

BiG. 1:
C. Puparium, D. Adult.

Spines are sparse and not apparent on mature larvae. Short,

hyaline segmental spines appear in transverse rows and have

enlarged bases.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 224

The posterior respiratory apparatus is very short, dark brown,
and polished. It is about as long as it is broad with the respira-
tory plate located at such an angle that the first pair of spiracles
are exposed dorsally and the second and third pairs are directed
posteriad. Spiracular slits (Fig. 1, B) are slightly curved.
Interspiracular ornamentation consists of a pair of centrally
located rounded nodules.

Larvae attained full growth in 12-18 days.

Puparium (Fig. 1, C).—Length from 4.8-5.2 mm, width 2.5
mm, height 2.6 mm. Color varies from a deep golden brown
to dark brown with some darker segmental bands. From above,
the pupa appears club-shaped and strongly dilated anteriorly.
In lateral aspect the puparium abruptly constricts from a height
of 2.5 mm for about half of its length to a height of 1 mm. In
this view (Fig. 1, C) it is shaped somewhat like a duck’s head.
The integument is smooth and rather delicate. The posterior
respiratory apparatus appears as it did in the larva. The ven-
tral surface is flattened in the posterior region of the puparium,
presumably for attachment.

The pupal period continued 7—10 days.

About 60% of the larvae and puparia collected failed to com-
plete development. Pteromalid or ichneumonid parasites
emerged from most of the defunct puparia. One of these para-
site species, Pachyneuron allograptae Ashmead (Pteromalidae),
is described by Kamal (1926) as a parasite which oviposits on
newly formed puparia. All P. allograptae emerged from a small
rounded hole at the posterior of the inflated portion of the
puparium. Usually 3-5 adults emerged from the same host
after 15-19 days in the affected puparium.

The Ichneumonidae species recovered from infested Baccha
puparia were Ethelurgus syrphicola (Ashm.) and Syrphoctonus
flavolineatus (Grav.). Only one FE. syrphicola was collected.
It emerged after 21 days in the puparium. Four S. flavoline-
atus emerged after 14-17 days in the puparia. Both ichneu-
monid species emerged through a ragged hole in the anterior
portion of the puparia. Only single parasite specimens were
obtained from each affected puparium.

We wish to thank Dr. B. D. Burks for identifying the ptero-
malid parasite and Dr. W. H. Anderson for identifying the
ichneumonid parasites. Also we are indebted to Edmund Olson
for verifying the mealy bug as Pseudococcus citri.

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

REFERENCES CITED
Herss, E. M. Ill. Biol. Mono. 16, no. 4. Univ. of Illinois Bul. 36: 1-142,
1938.
KAMAL, M. Journ. Econ. Ent. 19: 721-730, 1926.

The Entomologist’s Library

In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs,

and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con-
tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical
reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has
been previously noted here.—Ed.

PUPAE OF THE WEEVIL TRIBE ANTHONOMINI (COLEOPTERA
CURCULIONIDAE)

By Horace R. Burke. Texas A. and M. University Tech. Monograph 5, 92 pp.,
68 figs.

The publishers and the author of this monograph are both to be congratulated; the
first for the production of one of the most attractive technical papers currently avail-
able, and the author for his fine work on this group. It is unusual for a study to begin
with the pupal stage, as is this case, the first of a planned three part series. The larvae
will be treated next, and the adult study will conclude the revision of this economically
important tribe in North America (including Mexico).

The present work includes the pupae of 47 species representing 7 genera; 41
species from North America; 4 from Europe; 1 from Central America and 1 from
South America, these latter species included to round out the study of available mate-
rial. The work contains a discussion of terminology, a key to the species, descriptions
of each, discussions, and material examined. Each species is illustrated.

This work will be widely used and leads the way for similar studies of other
weevil groups.—R. H. A.

FLEAS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES
By I. Fox. Hafner Publication Co., 1968, vii+ 191 pp. (facsimile of 1940 ed.).
Cloth, $7.00.

FLEAS OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICA

7

By C. A. Husparp. Hafner Publication Co., 1968, ix +533 pp. (facsimile of
1947 ed.). Cloth, $12.50.

The Hainer Publishing Company has, as part of its reprint series, published fac-
simile copies of this complementary set of volumes. Though no longer up-to-date,
they are still basic to North American flea studies and undoubtedly many younger
Siphonapterists will welcome the opportunity to obtain these out-of-print volumes.
The originals, when they appeared were reviewed in Ent. News, Fox, E. N., 51: 119
(Calvert), Hubbard, E. N. 58: 246 (E. T. Cresson, Jr.) —SELWyn S. RoBACK.

(Continued on p. 231)

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 229

Odonata from Isla San Andrés, Western
Caribbean Sea’ ”

Dennis Rw» PAULSON 2

The island of San Andrés, located about 120 miles east of
the Nicaraguan coast, was visited from 14 to 18 December
1966 by the author and his wife. No dragonflies have been
recorded previously from this or any other island in the ex-
treme western Caribbean Sea.

San Andrés is about seven miles long and one and one-half
miles wide and presently is covered by mixed vegetation of low
coppice and coconut palm groves, the latter predominating.
Mangrove swamps are scattered along the coast, mostly border-
ing protected bays. During the dry season (roughly January to
June or later), fresh water on the island is confined to several
ponds in the center of the island and one near the eastern shore
at San Luis. During the height of the rainy season (October to
December ), many low areas on the island hold water and sup-
port marsh vegetation. We were not able to visit the ponds
in the center of the island but studied the pond at San Luis and
several marshy areas near the airport. We also spent consider-
able time in mangroves and in the upland habitats of the island.
I consider it unlikely that any species exists commonly on San
Andrés that we did not encounter; thus, the following list of
species taken or observed is a reasonably complete one:

COENAGRIONIDAE: Ischnura ramburi Selys—4 g, 39.

LIBELLULIDAE: Brachymesia herbida Gundlach—2 Q,
29; Erythrodiplax umbrata Linnaeus—8 6, 39; Lepthemis
vesiculosa Fabricius—5 ¢, 49; Orthemis ferruginea Fabricius
—4 %, 29; Pantala flavescens Fabricius—observed; Trapezo-
stigma cophysa Hagen—l1 ¢.

The specimens collected have been divided between the Flor-
ida State Collection of Arthropods and the writer’s collection.

At the large, open pond at San Luis, bordered by mangroves
on one side and grasses and Eleocharis sp. on the other, the fol-

1 Contribution No. 123, Entomology Section, Division of Plant Industry,
Florida Department of Agriculture.

2 Accepted for publication March 9, 1968.

3 Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Division
of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture; Department of
Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98105.

230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

lowing species were observed: J. ramburi, both sexes common,
few tenerals; B. herbida, both sexes common, one exuvia; L.
vesiculosa, males common, one pair, One exuvia; O. ferruginea,
males common, several pairs and ovipositing females, one
exuvia; and T. cophysa, few males. At the marshy ponds and
a drainage ditch near the airport were flying many male E. uwm-
brata and a few each of J. ramburi, L. vesiculosa, O. ferruginea,
P. flavescens, and T. cophysa. Larvae of I. ramburi and E.
umbrata were taken from a shallow rain pond in that area. The
only species seen away from water were many E. wmbrata (fe-
males only), a few L. vesiculosa, and a few young O. ferruginea.
In some areas, probably those farthest from water, no odonates
at all were seen in several hours of walking.

As much attention has been paid to the so-called racial varia-
tion of Ischnura ramburi (see Paulson, 1966, for latest discus-
sion), it is of interest to record the chromotype on San Andrés.
Three of the males have the dorsum of abdominal segment nine
black for the anterior three-fifths and posterior one-eighth and
blue for the remainder; the fourth male is marked similarly,
but the anterior and posterior black areas are joined by a thin
mid-dorsal stripe. One of the three females is homoeochro-
matic ; segment nine of its abdomen is entirely black. Thus this
population is more like the ramburi-type than the credula-type,
somewhat surprising since the latter is the predominant type
in the West Indies.

Only seven species of Odonata are recorded from San Andrés,
all of them tropical species of wide distribution in the West
Indies and on the mainland. At least two factors mitigate
against the colonization of San Andrés by very many species
of dragonflies: (1) the prevailing winds sweep across the Carib-
bean from the east and northeast, the nearest source area thus
being Jamaica, some 470 miles to the northeast; and (2)
aquatic habitats are limited to shallow and for the most part
temporary ponds. The lack of such species as Lestes tenuatus
Rambur, Anomalagrion hastatum Say, and Anax amazili Bur-
meister, among others, is surprising, as these species disperse
readily over water and are circum-Caribbean in distribution.

The island of South Bimini, slightly smaller than San Andrés
and ecologically similar in its fresh-water habitats, supports at
least twelve species of odonates (Westfall, 1960; Paulson,
1966). Thus, twice as many species can theoretically exist in
the ponds of San Andrés as do exist there, and it is tempting

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 231

to speculate that its dragonfly fauna is not saturated. How-
ever, the equilibrium number of species on South Bimini should
be higher than that of San Andrés (MacArthur and Wilson,
1963), as it is much nearer faunistically rich source areas,
including Florida (55 miles) and Andros Island (75 miles).
The great distance of San Andrés from an upwind source area
may be the important factor controlling its equilibrium, and its
odonate fauna may never exceed by much the present total of
seven species.

LITERATURE CITED

MacArtuHur, R. H., and E. O. Witson. 1963. An equilibrium theory
of insular zoogeography. Evolution 17: 373-387.

Pautson, D. R. 1966. New records of Bahamian Odonata. Quart.
Jour. Florida Acad. Sci. 29: 97-110.

WestTFALL, M. J., Jr. 1960. The Odonata of the Bahama Islands, the
West Indies. American Mus. Novitates, No. 2020: 1-12.

(Continued from p. 228—THr Enromotoatsts’ Lriprary )

INSECTS AND PHYSIOLOGY

By J. W. L. BeEAMENtT AND J. E. TREHERNE. American Elsevier Publishing Co.,
1968, viii + 378 pp. Cloth, $25.00.

This volume, a tribute to Dr. V. Wigglesworth on the occasion of his retirement,
contains 23 articles illustrating the suitability of insects for physiological research. All
of the authors, at some time, have been associated with Dr. Wigglesworth at Cam-
bridge, though they are now widely scattered. The subjects covered are: the integu-
ment, morphogenesis, neurosecretion, flight, central nervous system, pharmacology,
sensory physiology, behavior, permeability and reproduction. Any survey volume of
this type shows an unevenness in the quality of the articles but all here are of interest
to any student of physiology, particularly as they illustrate the value of insects for
elucidating the broader problems of physiology.

The general format of the volume is attractive and the quality of the photographs
used is very good. There are some editorial and printing lapses but these are minor.—
SELWYN S. Ropack.

THE NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE FAMILIES OF COLEOPTERA

By R. A. Crowson. E. W. Classey, Ltd., 353 Hanworth Road, Hamption, Middle-
sex, England, 1967 reprint, 187 +6 pp. Cloth, $8.40 (approximately).

This standard work of Crowson is again available for entomologists after being
out of print for some time. Since it is the only place where one is able to find a com-
plete review of the whole order, those who could not obtain a copy of the first edition
will welcome this reprint. The addenda et corrigenda included at the end of the book
is not paged consecutively with the body of the book. This collection of Crowson’s
papers into one book is an excellent idea, as it enables the reader to have the author’s
ideas all in one place—whether or not the reader agrees with them. Of necessity this

232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | October, 1968

work is not written for an amateur and even though the author says he hopes it will
aid amateurs (and professional entomologists), it is difficult to visualize an amateur
knowing enough genera to be able to understand what he is reading—G. Frory.

INSECTS: THEIR WAYS AND MEANS OF LIVING

By R. E. Swnopcrass. Dover Publications, Inc., iv+ 362 pp. 1967, reprint.
Paper, $2.00.

Once again Dover Publications has republished a book that belongs on every
entomologists shelf. Even though it first came out in 1930, Snodgrass’ lucid writing
and many excellent drawings are still a joy to experience. The author tells the life
habits of a few members of the major orders of insects in a semi-popular style. He
explains the morphological reasons for most of these habits and admits the reason is
not known for the other phenomena described. Snodgrass makes the reader aware of
the wonders of nature and the need for more investigators to explore and explain them.
Hopetully, Dover Publications will continue to republish such books, even though
twelve of the original color illustrations are understandably black and white in this
print—G. FLory.

A PARTIAL) LIST OF ACTIVE COLEOPTERISTS, BY SPECISAELY
The Coleopterists; Bulletin, a supplement, 28 pp., 1968. $1.50, paper.

This first edition of beetle specialty lists is admitted to be very incomplete, but a
list of those who responded to the first questionnaire. According to the preface, an
annual edition is planned. It is hoped that future editions will be more complete.—
G. FLory.

ARTHROPODS OF FLORIDA AND NEIGHBORING LAND AREAS

Edited by Howarp V. Weems, Jr., Florida Department of Agriculture, Gaines-
ville, Florida.

Volumes 1 to 4 of this new series have already been published:

Lepidoptera of Florida, by C. P. Kimball, vol. 1, 363 pp., 26 pls. (3 in full color), 1965.
$5.00, paper.
The Widow spiders of Florida, by John D. McCrone and Karl J. Stone, vol. 2, 4 pp.,

1 pl. (full color), 1965. (No price given)

Florida armored scale insects, by G. Wallace Dekle, vol. 3, 265 pp., 252 figs. (1 color
plate on cover), 1965. (No price given)
Scorpions, Whip scorpions and wind scorpions of Florida, by Martin H. Muma, vol. 4,

22 pp., 20 figs., 1967. (No price given)

Attention is drawn to this series of publications because of the use of colored illus-
trations, as well as the important area being covered. Although no plans for future
issues have been announced, it is assumed that it will continue until all arthropods of
this critical zoogeographical area is covered.—R. H. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No. 20. Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and Central
American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen-
optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps..... $12.50

No. 21. Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of
the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
WMA eS kA SUL CS se acters baltoest aio aa) sacl hope halen eee ete $4.00

No. 22. Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera )
Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures,
WCW Oe paket eee: ss cccravcen onsfor- Sent ehd ore es etch ee eee $9.00

No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American Spiders
oa O= OOO). MBOinpages 5.7.5 ais eulee cue» leer enon een ee $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes
Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages,
NOR polates <2) TAPS -.cc:. Skis) hercyte a. = Sucese er ieee negra $2.50

Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63
pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs.................$1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES

A Manual for Identification

By Ross H. Arnett, JR.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

The families of beetles found in the United States are described ; illus-
trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the

number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra-
phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology,
and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes
corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets.

1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations
Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-

changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions
open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re-
ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month
to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and,
when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Buy
or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri-
can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y.,
se:

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris’
Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition; Creighton’s Ants of North
America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition.
Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for
revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue
Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera.
N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht,
Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair
Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 19654.

Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera
and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aéreo
8811, Bogota, Colombia.

Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North
America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607.

Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica-
tion in EnromotocicAL News. Send to: R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor, c/o Department
of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907.

CoNTENTS

Saye DING SPIDERS AN ARTIFICIAL Dion
Wu.tiaM B. Peck anp W. H. Wuitcoms, Pp. 233

A NEw CHALCIDOID PARASITE
B. D. Burks, Pp. 236

New Exotic CRANE-FLIES
C. P. ALEXANDER, P. 240

GENERIC KEY AND EvoLUTION IN ORYIDAE
R. E. Crasitt, Jr., p. 248

MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN POMPILINAE
H. E. Evans, p. 254

Tue Entomotocists’ REcorp, P. 261

Tue ENToMOLOGISTS’ MARKET PLACE, BACK COVER

COMING NEXT ISSUE: ILLUMINATION, ANOTHER FUNCTION
OF FIREFLY FLASHES?

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Vor. /9 NOVEMBER, 1968 No. 9

Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by Puutie P.
Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMtepDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and
September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lan-
caster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALien, M. E.
PuHILiies, and S. S. RoBack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento-
mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly
volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign,
$6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and
foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed
to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University,
Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac-
cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed
pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such
an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of
engraving. Size limit, when printed, 43 < 64 inches. The cost of setting tables will
be charged to authors.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENtomMoLocicAL News. Titles, to facili-
tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces
and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short
abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the
article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in
Biological Abstracts. The author’s complete mailing address, including zip code
number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be
greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring
to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa.
Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and
news in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open,
and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.” Articles of
wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the
article are especially desirable.

Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

FEEDING SPIDERS AN ARTIFICIAL DIET
WitiiAM B. Peck* anp W. H. Wuitcoms *?

Relatively little investigation has been reported on the quali-
tative and quantitative aspects of the diet of spiders. Due to
their proclivity for accepting only living prey, the separate die-
tary components which they require and the physiological effects
that varying quantities of these components produce in spiders
are totally unknown. In the course of maintaining large num-
bers of living spiders in the laboratory for extended periods, a
technique for feeding them an artificial diet was developed. A
preliminary study indicated only that the technique was feasible.
Detailed studies which this technique may allow remain to
be done.

Bilsing (1920), Bonnet (1930), Browning (1941, 1942),
Jones (1941), Deevey (1949), Turnbull (1965), and Whitcomb
and Eason (1965, 1968), among others, have reported on rear-
ing and feeding spiders in the laboratory. In all cases living
insects were used to feed them. Usually one or more prey spe-
cies that are easily cultured formed the basis of the diet.
(Bonnet noted that he had spent a total of 568 Francs buying
maggots, and that he devoted the whole of a certain Thursday
in June, 1927, doing nothing but feeding 356 flies to his spiders. )
Browning, Jones, Deevey, and Turnbull all showed varying
growth patterns that resulted from different feeding schedules.

An attempt to induce spiders to accept an artificial diet was
first made with Chiracanthium inclusum (Hentz) after it was
observed that the color of the food in the gut could be easily
seen through the translucent integument of this pale yellow
spider. After this spider killed and ate a bright green pyralid
larva, for example, its abdomen assumed an unmistakable green
hue. Small, immature specimens could be seen to become some-
what pink after consuming red-eyed Drosophila melanogaster.
It was evident that with this spider one might easily determine
whether or not it had ingested a dyed artificial medium.

Most of these spiders were reared in lengths of glass tubing
plugged with cotton at each end as described by Peck and

Department of Biology, Central Missouri State College, Warrens-
burg, Missouri 64093.

2 Big Bend Horticultural Laboratory, Monticello, Florida.
° Accepted for publication March 29, 1968.

233

234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

Whitcomb (1967), and trays of the individual containers were
kept under various conditions of relative humidity. The spiders
that were kept at about 55% R. H. and above were never seen
to ingest water that was offered; whereas the ones that were
subjected to lower humidities would promptly move to and
ingest from a drop of water or moistened wad of cotton. A
homogenate of crushed lepidopterous larvae, water, and food
coloring dye was substituted for the water that was regularly
offered to this latter group, and it was evident from their color
change that certain of them ingested some of this fluid.

The initial attempts in which a droplet of the homogenate
was deposited on the wall of the container with a wire loop
met with little success. Small amounts were taken by ten to
fifteen per cent of the spiders. Ultimately, the technique which
proved most successful consisted of replacing the cotton plug
in one end of the container with a cork through which a hollow-
stemmed cotton swab (Johnson’s Sterilized Buds) had been
inserted (Fig. 1). The cotton swab on the inside of the con-

lic. 1. Spider rearing tube (see text).

tainer was easily saturated with the liquid homogenate by using
a syringe with a long needle that could be inserted through the
plastic stem of the swab.

Specimens of C. inclusum which had not been fed for several
days and which were maintained at 45% R. H. or less readily
ingested fluid from the saturated swab. When the medium was
offered for the first time, typically 80% of the specimens would
take sufficient amounts to color their abdomens noticeably
within an hour, and within 24 hours all of them would have
assumed the bright color of the dye. Subsequent feedings of
the same specimens indicated that after one satisfactory experi-
ence, they continued to feed even more readily.

The technique was tried successfully with spiders of several
different species and with C. inclusum and Lycosa gulosa
Walckenaer at several stages of immature development as well
as with adults. The composition of the diet was also varied
in several ways without any overt evidence of altering the

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 239

spiders’ readiness to accept it. Though homogenized insects
were often used, this was not a necessary component either for
acceptance or survival. Twenty specimens of C. inclusum
were sustained for six weeks on a diet of four parts egg yolk
and one part dye with no apparent deleterious effects. In an-
other group of 20 immature L. gulosa the majority lived 90
days on a diet of two parts homogenized milk, 10 parts egg
yolk, and 1 part dye. Fresh medium was available to the
spiders continuously in both cases. Most of the specimens in
the above experiments molted one or more times while on the
diet.

Whereas these preliminary studies indicated an abnormally
protracted duration of the developmental stadia in spiders on
some of the artificial diets, no quantitative or qualitative com-
parisons were made. In 20 immature L. gulosa, for example,
the average length of the period between ecdysis for those on
the diet was 28 days whereas in 12 control specimens from the
same brood which were fed D. melanogaster, the average length
of this period was ten days. The latter falls within the normal
range of stadia length for this species as reported by Whitcomb
and Eason (1968).

In that it seems probable that at least some species of spiders
can be induced to ingest an artificial diet by this technique and
that they will accept diets of varied composition, it should be
possible to determine some of the hitherto unknown dietary
requirements of this group of animals.

LITERATURE CITED

Birstne, S. W. 1920. Quantitative studies in the food of spiders. Ohio
Journ. Sci. 20(7) : 215-260.

Bonnet, P. 1930. La mue, l’autotomie et la régénération chez les
araignées avec une étude des Dolomedes d'Europe. Bull. Soc. Hist.
Nat. de Toulouse 59(2) : 237-700.

Browninc, H. C. 1941. The relation of instar length to the external
and internal environment in Tegenaria atrica (Arachnida). Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, A, 111: 303-317.

——, 1942. The integument and molt cycle of Tegenaria atrica (Ara-
neae)). Proc; Roy. Soc. London, B, 131; 65-86.

Dervey, G. B. 1949. The developmental history of Latrodectus mactans
(Fabricius) at different rates of feeding. American Midl. Nat. 42(1) :
189-219.

Jones, S. E. 1941. Influence of temperature and humidity on the life
history of the spider Agelena naevia Walckenaer. Ann. Ent. Soc.
America 34: 557-571.

236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Nov., 1968

Peck, W. B. and W. H. Wuircoms. 1967. An adaptable method for
rearing spiders and cannibalistic insects. Turtox News 45(10) : 242-
244.

TurnsuLt, A. L. 1965. Effects of prey abundance on the development
of the spider Agelenopsis potteri (Blackwall) (Araneae: Ageleni-
dae). Canadian Ent. 97(2) : 141-147.

Wuitcoms, W. H. and R. Eason. 1965. The rearing of wolf and lynx
spiders (families Lycosidae and Oxyopidae: Araneida). Proc. Ar-
kansas Acad. Sci. 19; 21-27.

— and 1968. Number and duration of the stadia in wolf spiders.
Quart. Journ. Florida Acad. Sci. (in press).

A New Chalcidoid Parasite of a Ceratopogonid
Midge (Hymenoptera, Encyrtidae)

BoD. -BurKs 2

The chalcidoid family Encyrtidae contains very few parasites
of Diptera. The species of Syrphophagus Ashmead, Syrphi-
dencyrtus De Santis, Bothriothorax Ratzeburg, and Echthro-
baccha Perkins attack syrphid fly larvae; Agromyzophagus
Gahan parasitizes Leucopis larvae; Pseudencyrtus Ashmead
and Superprionomitus Mercet emerge from cecidomyiids ; E.vo-
ristobia Ashmead and Tachinaephagus Ashmead attack mus-
coids. In addition, Coccidoctonus trinidadensis Crawford has
been reared from a cecidomyiid predator of a mealybug, al-
though this encyrtid normally is a parasite of the pseudococcid
itself. Paraenasomyia orra Girault was said by Girault (1915)
to have emerged from cecidomyiid galls, but another species of
this genus, P. lissti Girault, is a well known secondary parasite
of scale insects (Summerville, 1934).

Meromyzobia maculipennis (Ashmead) has long been re-
ported in the literature to be a parasite of chloropid flies, but
that is a mistake. The specimens in the U. S. National Mu-
seum collection that are the basis for this record were associated
with orthopterous eggs rather than with chloropid puparia.

The foregoing meager list includes all the records of encyrtid
parasites of dipterous hosts known to me. The encyrtid de-
scribed in this paper also has unusual host relationships be-

1 Accepted for publication February 15, 1968.
2 Agricultural Research Service, Entomology Research Division, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 231

cause it parasitizes another dipteron, a ceratopogonid midge.
The larva of the host, Forcipomyia simulata Walley, lives
under bark of dead trees. The encyrtid was observed by its
collector to oviposit in the third instar larva of the Forcipomyia,
and the adult encyrtid emerged from the pupa of the host.
More complete life history data on this encyrtid and its host will
be published elsewhere, but I am describing the encyrtid here
to make its name available.

Forcipestricis, new genus

This genus is most closely related to Tyndarichus Howard
in that the submarginal vein of the forewing is broadened at
the apex, the postmarginal vein is as long as the marginal, all
the funicular segments of the antenna are broader than long,
with the 4+ basal ones greatly reduced in length, and the thoracic
notum bears relatively dense, short, recumbent bristles. The
two genera may be separated by the fact that the basal 4+ funicu-
lars in Forcipestricis are so greatly reduced as to resemble
annelli, while they are still clearly segments rather than annelli
in Tyndarichus; also the antennal scape is greatly broadened
in Tyndarichus, but it is only slightly so in Forcipestricis. The
eyes are bare in Tyndarichus, but are hairy in Forcipestricis.
This genus also is related to Evoristobia Ashmead in that both
are parasites of Diptera, the thoracic notum is clothed with
short, recumbent bristles, and the antennae are somewhat alike
in the two; the frontovertex in E-voristobia is, however, punc-
tate, while it is smooth in Forcipestricis, and the submarginal
vein is not enlarged apically in E-voristobia.

Description. A member of the tribe Bothriothoracini, as
defined by Kerrich (1967). Head in anterior aspect subtri-
angular in form; mandible with 3 teeth, median one larger and
longer than others, Fig. 3; maxillary palp with 3 segments,
labial with 2, Fig. 4; antennae inserted near clypeus, well below
ventral margins of compound eyes; antennal bases far apart,
scrobe area not set off from frons by a semicircular carina;
antennal scape slightly widened near base, pedicel stout, basal
4 funicular segments sub-annelliform, apical 2 funiculars large,
3-segmented club conspicuously enlarged, Fig. 1. Malar space
wide, almost equaling eye height, malar furrow present; eyes
hairy; frontovertex impunctate, width of frontovertex equal to
eye width; ocelli relatively large. Pronotum narrow, normally

238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

almost concealed by posterior margin of head; mesoscutum,
axillae, and scutellum with faint surface sculpture and clothed
with short, dense, recumbent hair; axillae connate on meson;
forewing with submarginal vein enlarged at apex; marginal
and postmarginal veins equal in length, both short, stigmal vein
slightly longer, Fig. 5; hind tibia slightly broadened and flat-
tened in apical two-thirds. Propodeum short, spiracles touch-
ing anterior margin. Gaster compact, broader than thorax ;
cerci located halfway between base and apex of gaster, oviposi-
tor normally completely enclosed within gaster, its apex not
reaching apex of gaster. Male antenna with scape broader than
in female, 6 setose, moniliform funiculars, and an unsegmented
club, Fig. 2; frontovertex slightly broader than an eye. Costal
cell of hindwing more densely setose than in female, gaster
slightly shorter than in female.
Type-species. Forcipestricis gazeaui, new species.

Forcipestricis gazeaui, new species

Female. 1.0-1.2 mm. Black, with body hair and bristles
dark brown, basal 4 segments of each tarsus tan; wings hyaline,
veins dark brown, a small, faint stain behind marginal vein and
at base of forewing. Mandible with median tooth long, acute,
ventral and dorsal teeth minute, Fig. 3; maxillary palp with 2
basal segments short, semiquadrate, apical segment longer than
basal segments combined ; labial palp stout, basal segment short,
Fig. 4; antennal scape enlarged basad of middle, pedicel as
long as 4 basal funiculars combined, apical 2 funiculars en-
larged, club greatly enlarged, Fig. 1; width of interantennal
projection slightly greater than diameter of an antennal socket ;
frontovertex smooth, without pits, as broad as an eye; ocelli
in a right triangle, ocellocular space $ as wide as diameter of
lateral ocellus, line from lateral ocellus to occipital margin sub-
equal to diameter of ocellus; occipital margin acute.

Mesoscutum without indications of notaulices; tegula almost
round and nearly flat, its surface densely aciculate ; mesopleuron
with minute, closely set surface aciculations; forewing with
basal cell setose in apical half, bare in basal half, narrow specu-
lum extending without interruption from stigmal vein to poste-
rior wing margin; apex of submarginal vein enlarged; marginal
and postmarginal veins equal in length, stigmal vein slightly
longer than either, Fig. 5; hindwing with costal cell narrow,

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 239

bearing one row of bristles; 1 straight and 2 hooked hamuli
present.

Propodeum smooth and shining, without hair or bristles;
length on meson slightly less than diameter of propodeal spira-
cle, the latter touching anterior propodeal margin. Gaster
smooth and shining, its length equal to that of thorax ; scattered
bristles borne at apex, gaster otherwise without pubescence ;
cerci located midway between base and apex of gaster, each
cercus bearing 5 bristles, 3 long and 2 short.

Male. 0.9-1.2 mm. Antennal scape stouter than in female,
Fig. 2; third to sixth funiculars each as long as pedicel, first
and second funiculars slightly shorter, all funiculars bearing long
bristles; club 2+ times as long as pedicel; frontovertex broader

Forcipestricis gazeauw. Fic. 1, antenna of female. Fic. 2, antenna
of male. Fic. 3, mandible. Fic. 4, maxillary and labial palps. Fie. 5,
base of forewing.

240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ Nov., 1968

than eye, line from lateral ocellus to occipital margin $ diam-
eter of ocellus. Costal cell of hindwing with bristles twice as
numerous as in female. Gaster equal in length and width to
thorax.

Type locality. Springhill Lake, Prince Georges County, Md.

Holotype. U.S.N.M. No. 69802.

Described from 30 females and 28 males, as follows: Type
female, allotype male, and 21 female, 20 male paratypes reared
October 16-30, 1967, from pupae of Forcipomyia simulata
Walley, taken from beneath bark of dead trees at Springhill
Lake, Prince Georges County, Md., by Lionel Gazeau; 2 fe-
male, 2 male paratypes, Nov. 23-29, 1967, from same host and
by same collector, Greenbelt, Md.; 4 female, 3 male paratypes,
reared from galleries of Saperda concolor Lec., June 10—July
21,1967; Iron Co.; Mich., DD: ‘Grumble.

LITERATURE CITED

GrirauLt, A. A. 1915. Mem. Queensland Mus. 4: 110.
KerricH, G. J. 1967. Bul. British Mus. Nat. Hist. (Ent.) 20: 144.
SUMMERVILLE, W. A. T. 1934. Queensland Agric. Journ. 41: 589.

New Exotic Crane-Flies (Tipulidae: Diptera).
Parieooy ts

CHARLES P. ALEXANDER ”

The preceding part under this general title was published in
ENTOMOLOGICAL NeEws, Vol. 79(2): 35-43. I here am con-
tinuing the discussion of the Hexatomine crane-flies that were
collected in Assam, India, by Dr. Fernand Schmid, together
with a further species taken in northern Thailand by the late
Dr. Deed C. Thurman. All types are preserved in my personal
collection through the permission of the collectors.

Limnophila Macquart: Indolimnophila, NEW SUBGENUS

Antennae short, the proximal three or four flagellar segments
enlarged, the lower faces protuberant, without verticils, these

1 Accepted for publication March 3, 1968.
2 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of
Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass. 01002.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 241

segments closely united or fused; outer segments elongate, the
terminal five or six with very long verticils. Praescutum with
tuberculate pits apparently lacking; pseudosutural foveae shal-
low and poorly delimited. Wings without supernumerary cross-
veins or macrotrichia in the cells; vein R.,,,, short, m-cu far
distad. Male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite with
two low widely separated lobes. Dististyles terminal, outer
style setiferous, terminating in a long spine. Interbase a mas-
sive blackened head, connected with the gonapophyses, the
latter extended into slender points, outer part commonly with
appressed spinules, lacking in benguetana and bituminosa.
Aedeagus short, simple.

Type of subgenus—Limnophila (Indolimnophila) adicia
Alexander (Oriental).

Other species include Limnophila (Indolimnophila) bengue-
tana Alexander, Luzon; L. (J.) bituminosa Alexander, Min-
danao; L. (I.) iota Alexander, Assam; L. (J.) iotoides, new
species, Assam; L. (J.) subguttularis Alexander, Mindanao,
and probably Limnophila manipurensis Alexander, Assam, the
male of which is unknown. I have still other undescribed spe-
cies and it seems probable that certain other members of the
genus in southeastern Asia will be found to belong to this
subgenus.

Certain of the species placed here bear a general resemblance
to members of the allied subgenus Afrolimnophila Alexander,
from which they differ especially in hypopygial structure, par-
ticularly the outer dististyle, gonapophysis and aedeagus. The
tendency of having ocelliform darkened markings on the wings,
as commonly found in Afrolimnophila, is scarcely indicated in
the present group.

Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iotoides, NEW SPECIES

Size small (wing of male under 5 mm) ; mesonotal praescu-
tum brownish yellow with dark brown stripes, pleura blackened ;
antennae with scape and pedicel black, flagellum brownish yel-
low; wings creamy, with a very abundant brown spotted and
dotted pattern; cell M7, small, m-cu lying far distad; male hypo-
pygium with apical point of outer dististyle short ; basistyle with
apex of inner face pale membranous; interbase terminating in
a compact darkened knob.

242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Nov., 1968

Male.—Length about 4.5 mm; wing 4.8 mm; antenna about
0.7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi small, black. Antennae with scape and
pedicel black, flagellum brownish yellow. Head brownish gray,
center of posterior vertex dark brown.

Pronotum large, brownish gray above, more blackened later-
ally. Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow, patterned with
dark brown, including longitudinal intermediate stripes, the
median vitta slightly paler, sublateral stripes and broader lateral
margins dark brown; scutal lobes brownish yellow, each with
two confluent brown areas, midregion narrowly darkened; scu-
tellum and postnotum brownish black. Pleura blackened.
Halteres with stem yellow, apex of knob infuscated. Legs with
coxae blackened; trochanters obscure yellow ; remainder of legs
broken. Wings with ground creamy, with a very abundant
brown spotted and dotted pattern in all cells, the larger areas
at arculus, origin of Rs, anterior cord, and at tips of veins R,
and /e,, the two latter confluent with other subterminal darken-
ings so the wing apex is chiefly dark, interrupted by small spots
of the ground; brown dots more abundant than in iota, includ-
ing a complete series in cells Cu and Cu,, vein Cu, unusually
distinct; veins obscure yellow in the ground areas, slightly
darker in the markings. Costal fringe of male relatively short ;
macrotrichia of longitudinal veins beyond cord, lacking on those
before cord and behind R. Venation: Sc, ending shortly
beyond fork of Rs, Sc, near its tip; vein R, faint to virtually
lacking; cell MW, small, about two-fifths its petiole; m-cu far
distad, about one-half its length before fork of M,,,.

Abdomen brownish black, including the hypopygium, the
bases of the sternites a little paler. Male hypopygium with
the posterior emargination of tergite rounded, lobes obtuse.
Basistyle with mesal face near apex with pale membrane; inter-
base terminating in a short compact darkened knob. Outer
dististyle with apical point short. Gonapophysis long produced
beyond the appressed spinules.

Habitat ASSAM. Holotype: %, Khanggoi, Manipur, 4,828
feet, July 16, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).

The most similar described species in Limnophila (Indolim-
nophila) iota Alexander, which differs in the wing pattern and
in the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the basi-
style, interbase, and outer dististyle.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 243

Limnophila (Afrolimnopkila) piceipes, NEW SPECIES

General coloration of head and thorax gray, praescutum with
four pale brown stripes; legs black, only the femoral bases yel-
lowed; wings pale yellow with numerous pale brown dots and
a virtually complete brown band at cord; three confluent ocelli-
form markings at near midlength of the outer radial field, the
largest with its center on vein R,.

Male—Length about 9-10 mm; wing 8-9 mm; antenna about
1.7-1.8 mm.

Female—Length about 10-11 mm; wing 9-10 mm.

Rostrum relatively long, brownish gray, sloping directly to
the front without an angulation; palpi dark brown. Antennae
brownish black; proximal flagellar segments of male enlarged
beneath, as in the subgenus, outer segments progressively
smaller, with conspicuous verticils and dense white setulae.
Head light gray with a sparse yellow pollen.

Pronotum brownish gray. Mesonotal praescutum opaque
brownish gray with four narrow pale brown poorly indicated
stripes ; tuberculate pits and pseudosutural foveae darker brown,
conspicuous ; posterior sclerites of notum gray, centers of scutal
lobes very indistinctly patterned with light brown. Pleura
brownish gray, dorsopleural membrane buffy. Halteres brown-
ish yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters dull orange;
remainder of legs black, femoral bases broadly yellow, including
about one-third to one-fourth of the segment; vestiture of legs
relatively long but appressed and inconspicuous. Wings pale
yellow with numerous pale brown dots in all cells but less
abundant on anterior half of wing, at near midlength of the
cells beyond cord with three confluent ocelliform marks extend-
ing transversely across the radial field from costa to fork of
M,.., the central one larger ; a narrow brown band from stigma
across cord, narrowed or barely interrupted at M/; a more or
less distinct broken band crossing the wing from origin of Fs
to tip of vein 2nd A; cell C with a series of transverse brown
dashes ; veins light yellow, slightly darker in the patterned areas.
Venation: R,,,,, subequal to basal section of R,; petiole of
cell M/, about one-half the cell; m-cu from one-third to three-
fourths its length beyond fork of MW.

Abdomen brownish gray, sternites only slightly paler, hypo-
pygium brown. Ovipositor with cerci long and slender. Male

244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

hypopygium generally as in other Oriental members of the
subgenus; inner dististyle subtriangular in outline, across base
almost as broad as long.

Habitat—ASSAM. Holotype: ¢, Jhum La, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 7,800 feet, May 13, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid). <Allotype: 9, Talung Dzong, Kameng, 7,000 feet,
May 12, 1961. Paratypes: 4 9, with the allotype; 2 ¢/,
4 99, Shergaon, Kameng, 6,400 feet, May 8, 1961; 1 ¢, Domkho,
Kameng, 6,900 feet, May 11, 1961.

Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) piceipes is distinguished from
all other regional members of the subgenus by the blackened
legs. Other species having the wing pattern somewhat com-
parable include L. (A.) bicoloripes Alexander, L. (A.) per-
delecta Alexander, L. (A.) pterosticta Alexander, L. (A.)
raoana Alexander, and some others.

Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) stenacris, NEW SPECIES

General coloration of mesonotum buffy yellow, pleura darker
brown; legs yellow, femora with a vaguely indicated pale brown
ring at some distance from tip; wings very pale yellow with an
abundant medium brown pattern that includes abundant dots
in the cells and three major bands or darkened areas; veins
before cord with the exception of costa without trichia; male
hypopygium with outer dististyle glabrous, inner style rela-
tively narrow, terminating in a small oval lobe.

Male.—Length about 7.5-8 mm; wing 8-9 mm; antenna
about 1.2—1.3 mm.

Female.—Length about 8.5 mm; wing 8.5 mm.

Rostrum brownish black; palpi black. Antennae light brown;
structure as in the subgenus, verticils slightly exceeding the
segments. Head brownish gray.

Pronotum obscure yellow, pretergites clear light yellow.
Mesonotum almost uniformly buffy yellow, praescutal stripes
and darkenings on scutal lobes barely indicated; pseudosutural
foveae reddened, scarcely evident against the ground; post-
notum slightly more pruinose. Pleura darker brown. Halteres
with stem dirty white, knob brown. Legs with coxae brownish
yellow; trochanters yellow; remainder of legs yellow, femora
with a vaguely indicated pale brown subterminal ring, the pale
tip more extensive; setae of legs long and pale. Wings with

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 245

ground very pale yellow, with an abundant pattern of medium
brown, distributed as in the subgenus, contrasting with the
ground; dark pattern including numerous dots in all cells and
three brown crossbands or darkened concentrations, each in-
cluding broken ocelli; first band extending from origin of Rs
to tip of vein 2nd A, with a large ocellus at Rs, second band
more restricted to the anterior cord, third area beyond midlength
of the outer radial field; veins light brown. Veins beyond cord
with macrotrichia, basad of cord lacking, including veins Sc and
R; costal fringe long. Venation: R,,,,, subequal to or about
one-half longer than basal section of R,; cell M, about one-
third to one-half longer than its petiole; cell Zst M, short;
m-cu commonly beyond midlength of M,,,, more rarely closer
to the base.

Abdomen brown. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle
glabrous, long and narrow, outer end curved evenly to an acute
point ; inner style relatively narrow, the apex a small oval lobe.

Habitat—ASSAM. Holotype: g, Nizong, Kameng, North
East Frontier Agency, 4,800 feet, June 27, 1961 (Fernand
Schmid). Allotype: 9, Nakhu, Kameng. Paratypes: 2 $2,
with the allotype, 4,800 feet, July 3, 1961; 2 ¢¢, 19, Nafra,
Kameng, 4,000 feet, June 26, 1961 (Schmid).

The most similar regional species include Limnophila (Afro-
linnophila) scabristyla Alexander, which has the outer disti-
style of the hypopygium scabrous, and L. (A.) pterosticta
Alexander, which has the wing pattern much less contrasted,
the ground being more yellowed and the darkened pattern paler
brown, and with the male hypopygium, particularly the disti-
styles, quite distinct.

Limnophila (Dicranophragma) brachyclada,
NEW SPECIES

Allied to venustipennis ; wings whitened, with a restricted pale
brown pattern, the darkened marginal seams restricted virtually
to the veins, not forming subterminal clouds across the outer
radial and medial cells.

Male—Length about 5.5 mm; wing 7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with the scape and
pedicel dark yellow, proximal three flagellar segments paler
yellow, succeeding segments dark brown with very elongate
verticils. Head brownish gray.

246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

Pronotal scutum dark brown, scutellum yellowed. Meso-
notum almost uniformly brownish yellow, the praescutal stripes
not differentiated, the humeral and broad lateral borders brown,
pseudosutural foveae pale; postnotum with dorsal pleurotergite
and lateral borders of mediotergite darker. Pleura dark brown,
vaguely patterned with more brownish yellow areas, including
the dorsopleural region. Halteres yellow, knob vaguely more
darkened. Legs with coxae brownish yellow; trochanters
brown; femora pale brownish yellow, tip narrowly clearer yel-
low, remainder of legs light yellow. Wings whitened, pre-
arcular and costal fields slightly more yellowed: a restricted
pale brown pattern including four narrow costal areas, the
first near arculus, sending a narrow spur into cell 1/7; second
area at origin of Is, very narrowly reaching costa, widened
posteriorly and attaining M, darker in cell Sc; third dark area
largest, including the stigma and a confluent seam backward
over the cord where it is very narrow; fourth area at end of
vein FR, and over the supernumerary crossvein; other wing
darkenings include a spot at end of vein R, and very reduced
marginal seams at ends of all outer veins excepting FA,, with
comparable darkenings over outer end of cell 7st M, and fork
of M,,.; a narrow seam over spur of vein 2nd A, reaching the
margin; much paler to scarcely indicated darkened washes in
cells M and Cu; veins yellow, light brown in the patterned
areas, darkest in cell Sc. In venustipennis the wing pattern is
much darker and clearly defined, beyond the cord with the mar-
ginal seams extended cephalad into the cells to form subterminal
clouds. Wings widest opposite termination of vein 2nd A.
Venation: Supernumerary crossvein in cell FR, subequal in
length to vein FR, beyond it; vein 2nd A with a spur backwards
into the cell, as in venustipennts.

Abdomen dark brown, sternites and hypopygium paler.

Habitat—ASSAM. Holotype: 8, Serrarim, Khasi-Jaintia
Hills, 5,500 feet, October 7, 1960 (Fernand Schmid).

In the possession of a conspicuous spur on vein 2nd A of the
wings the present fly is most similar to Limnophila (Dicrano-
phragma) venustipennis Alexander (pulchripennis Brunetti,
preoccupied ), differing most evidently in the restricted darkened
wing pattern, as described.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 247

Limnophila (Dicranophragma) palassoptera,
NEW SPECIES

Mesonotal praescutum dark brown with four gray stripes;
antennae with first flagellar segment light yellow; wings whit-
ish, with abundant brown spots and dots; supernumerary cross-
vein in cell , far distad, cell 7st M, small, subquadrate to sub-
rectangular in shape.

Male —Length about 6.5 mm; wing 6.5 mm; antenna about
1.4 mm.

Female.—Length about 8.5 mm; wing 7 mm.

Rostrum black, sparsely pruinose; palpi black. Antennae
with scape and pedicel black, first flagellar segment light yellow,
remaining segments brown, outer segments progressively longer,
verticils of intermediate segments longer. Head brownish gray.

Pronotal scutum brownish gray, scutellum yellow. Meso-
notal praescutum dark brown with four gray stripes, the ground
color including a central line and a f-shaped area enclosing
the lateral stripe, anterior border and pseudosutural foveae more
blackened ; posterior sclerites of notum brown, sparsely prui-
nose, scutal lobes slightly darkened. Pleura gray, patterned
with dark brown; dorsopleural membrane yellowed. Halteres
pale, margin of knob narrowly darkened. Legs with coxae
brownish black, sparsely pruinose; trochanters brown; femora
yellowed with vague indications of a more darkened ring im-
mediately before the yellow tip. Wings whitened, with abun-
dant brown spots and dots, stigmal area largest; cells C and Sc
with several transverse lines that cross the cells, more numerous
in cell C; large paler brown clouds at origin of Rs, anterior cord
and tip of vein R,; all other cells with abundant small light
brown dots, on the disk chiefly isolated, in the marginal cells
tending to become confluent, darkened spot at end of vein 2nd A
small; veins brown. Male with costal fringe and vein trichia
long and conspicuous, somewhat shorter in the female; wings of
both sexes normal, not dilated in male as in various other spe-
cies. Venation: Sc, long, about one-half longer than R,,5,,;
R,,. about twice R,; supernumerary crossvein in cell R, far
distad, the vein longer than the last section of vein R., in cases
more than twice this length; cell 7st M, small, short subrec-
tangular to subquadrate, with m-cu at or beyond midlength
of cell.

248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [| Nov., 1968

Abdominal tergites dark brown, basal sternites paler, in male
posterior borders of sternites narrowly darkened, in the female
the incisures narrowly yellowed. Male hypopygium with outer
dististyle slender, narrowed very gradually to the blackened
feebly bidentate tip.

Habitat.—Thailand.

Holotype: 8, Doi Chom Cheng, at the Lemmon Cabin,
3,000 feet, February 13, 1953 (Deed C. Thurman). Allotopo-
type: 2, February 16, 1953. Paratopotype: %, with the allotype.

Limnophila (Dicranophragma) palassoptera is generally
similar to L. (D.) distans Edwards and L. (D.) remota (de
Meijere), differing in the body coloration and in details of
wing coloration and venation.

A New Oryid Genus and Species from Africa, with
Generic Key and Notes on Evolution within
the Family Oryidae (Chilopoda:
Geophilomorpha) *

RAE CRABINIG, \)R-

The Oryidae are exclusively pantropical, the great majority
occurring abundantly in the New World tropics and in Africa.
Elsewhere they are known only in Asia by Pentorva indica
Silvestri, Nycternyssa stheno Crabill, and by Orphnaeus brevi-
labiatus (Newport), a tramp species recorded from the world
tropics.

The impact of evolution upon the Oryinae is, I believe, re-
flected in a number of morphological tendencies, most of which
appear to be proceeding in a parallel manner. The ultimate
leg’s double tarsus in some genera has become single through
amalgamation. In all genera the ultimate pedal segment has
clearly undergone substantial reduction: this is best seen in the
small, glandless coxopleuron. In most genera the second maxil-
lary claw is bihispidate, but in a few the claw, having lost its
filaments, is secondarily plain. Some genera are notably poly-
podal (e.g. Orya), whereas others are relatively eurypodal (e.g.

1 Accepted for publication March 4, 1968.

2 Smithsonian Institution, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
20560.

1. First maxillae,

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

S

249

(aps
oc ate 6S
c ST euenel
oa

Stenorya vermiculata, holotype: figures 1-4

Labrum. 3. Prehensors and prosternum ;

4. Fifth pedal

sternite showing porefields ;

second maxillae; ventral aspect;

ventral aspect; setae deletec
setae deleted.

setae deleted. 2

1.

250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

Orphnaeus). Broelemann regarded the polypodal condition as
being antecedent to the eurypodal, but I believe that polypodality
must be secondary, eurypodality primary. I suspect that evolu-
tionary selection would tend to favor multi-segmental, many-
legged body systems especially in the crevice-cranny and fos-
sorial environments that the oryids have exploited so success-
fully. Furthermore, comparative morphological evidence with-
out ethological recourse infers evolution to have proceeded in
the direction of polypodality.

The genus described here as new reveals some features which
I take to be secondary and some which surely seem to be pri-
mary. The ultimate leg tarsus is bipartite, clearly the primitive
arrangement. The second maxillary claw has lost nearly all (but
not all) of its filaments. The tripartite labrum seems derivative
(in this family but not necessarily in all families) from the
unipartite condition. The ventral pore-fields disclose more re-
duction in extent, and they seem more circumscribed than those
of most other genera, the more dispersed configurations evi-
dently being the primary ones. If paratergites are primitive
features, then the new genus has lost them. Among known
oryids only the new genus is known to possess prosternal pleuro-
grams, which are, I believe, derivative and not primitive both
here and throughout the Geophilomorpha. We are confronted,
then, with a familiar potpourri of morphological conditions,
some evidently antecedent, some apparently derivative. The
impression I gain is that the new genus is more removed from
the primitive oryine * habitus than are some other genera, yet
not so far removed from it as are still others.

Stenorya, NEW GENUS

Stenorya most closely resembles the African Ctenorya. In
both the ultimate leg has two tarsalia, and the second maxillary
claw is bihispidate. Their ultimate pretergites are not medially
incised or embayed.

They differ most notably in the following particulars. Ste-
norya: (1) pleurograms present. (2) Second maxillary claw
filaments present but evanescent, distally only, few in number.
(3) Second maxillary basal article ectally not geniculate. (4)

3 T stress the Oryinae, for my present thinking tends to view the Trema-

toryinae as incorporating most of the more primitive features of the
family.

ws)
on
—

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Paratergites absent. (5) Ultimate legs about as robust as
penults and only very slightly longer. Ctenorya: (1) pleuro-
grams absent. (2) Second maxillary claw filaments numerous,
present nearly along entire claw length. (3) Second maxillary
basal article ectally strongly geniculate. (4) Paratergites pres-
ent. (5) Ultimate legs very much thinner and notably much
longer than the penults.

Type-species: Stenorya vermiculata, new species. (By origi-
nal designation and monotypy. )

Stenorya vermiculata, NEW SPECIES

Holotype: female. Africa: Tanganyika, 2 miles east of
Mombo at 55 mi; 12 November 195/; E. S: Ross and K:E:
Leech, legg. In the collection of the California Academy of
Sciences.

General. Length, ca. 75 mm; greatest width, only 0.75 mm.
Shape: dorsoventrally greatly depressed, ribbon-like ; attenuate
at neither end. Vestiture: except for underside of legs, which
are sparsely hirsute, virtually glabrous. Leg-pairs, 161.

Antennae. Length to head length, 15:6. Distally gradually
attenuate; dorsoventrally strongly flattened. Special setal sen-
soria: ectally on articles 8 through 14; mesally on articles 13
and 14. Each article, except the 14th, wider than long. Cephalic
plate. Wider than long, 7:6. Dorsally domed; rear margin
straight, sides excurved. Frontal suture absent. Clypeus. Cly-
peal area and plagulae absent; prelabral bigeminate setae pres-
ent. Full width of anterior third sparsely clothed with short
setae. Paraclypeal sutures complete, parallel to longitudinal
body axis, meeting clypeus far ectad of labial fulturae. Labrum.
Vaguely but definitely tripartite, the midpiece nearly as broad
as either sidepiece. Armed with strictly hyaline filaments, the
whole labrum strongly protuberant. Mandible.* With the
long, notably straight shaft common to all members of the
family (new character). Molar edge with an indeterminate
number of pectinate lamellae. First maxillae. Coxosternum
medially undivided and non-suturate; lappets relatively long,
attenuate, scabrous. Telopodites: without discernible inter-
articular sutures; lappets long, robust, apically blunt. Second

4So minute, fragile, and brittle are the specimen’s trophi that I did not
detach them. Instead I studied them in situ, treating them with clearing
agents in a hydrophilic mounting medium.

bo
1
bo

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Nov., 1968

maxillae. Isthmus anteroposteriorly very deep, areolate, un-
divided, non-suturate, not narrowly diastemate. Pore in ex-
treme posterolateral position. Telopodite: dorsal and ventral
basal condyles present ; without denticles; apical claw on distal
half with a ventral and a dorsal row of minute filaments.
Prehensor. Squat, robust; articles 1, 2, and 3 together much
shorter than tarsungula. Mesal denticles absent. Tarsungula:
presentation is mesal not mesodorsal; basal tooth absent; edges
not serrulate; poison calyx subcordiform, not linear. Proster-
num. Ingressing deeply into trunk, to rear of first somite.
Pleurite not intimately fused with epiprosternum; pleuropro-
sternal sutures thus strongly oblique. Pleurograms digressing
from pleuroprosternal sutures and meeting condyles. Tergites.
Except first and last, each shallowly bisulcate; all virtually
glabrous. Paratergites absent. Stigmopleurite. Not fused
with adjacent pleural elements. All spiracles circular. Pretarsi.
Each with a prominent basal fundus. Anterior parungues twice
longer than posterior parungues. Sternites. On anterior third
of body much wider than long, thereafter becoming progressively
longer than wide. Without fossae, sulci, or carpophagus-
structures; virtually glabrous. Ventral porefields. On an-
terior third of body: each sternite with an anterior and a
posterior transverse and unbroken field as shown. On posterior
two-thirds of body; the posterior fields dividing medially into
two posterolateral fields which persist through the penult; the
anterior fields dividing medially into two, these reuniting on
the third from last to form a single subcircular field which per-
sists through the penult. Ultimate pedal segment. Pretergite
not reduced, not medially incised (new character) ; separated
from its prominent pleurites. Tergite much wider than long
(3:2). Presternite medially divided. Sternite much wider
than long (5:2). Each coxopleuron relatively small, without
glands. Telopodite longer than that of penult (8:6) ; articles
longer than wide; with 2 tarsalia; without pretarsus. Postpedal
segments. Female gonopods except at extreme base not con-
tiguous, discrete; each comprised of two dissimilar articles.
Anal pores absent.

ORYINAE: KEY TO GENERA

In the following key to the genera of the world the reader will
note the absence of Jncorya Chamberlin and Venezuelides Ver-

791
79)

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 253

hoeff, both of which I take to be junior subjective synonyms
of Titanophilus Chamberlin (NEW SYNONYMIES).
I have studied first-hand the representatives of all of the gen-

era except Marshallopus, im which instance there was no re-
course but to consult the literature: Verhoeff, in Bull. Raffles
Museum, No. 13, p. 227, 1937.

l

Ze

11(10).

Witimate leoswatheone tarsaleanticle. eee eer Z
Ultimate les with two tarsal articles?s.... 22-0 aa
pAtater Sites. RAD SEMl ners atansee cer oer sts Diphtherogaster
AnatenoiteS wp reSeMt se Ceci keels straps OA ene 3
Second maxillary claw simple.......... Titanophilus
secondimaxillary claw hispidate..-. 2. ct ane ceiee 4

Ultimate and penult legs approximately equal
in length. Ultimate pretergite laterally partly
atrophied and medially wholly suppressed, the

enbire preveroite conceded 4 ee een wee Pentorya
Ultimate legs notably shorter than penults. Ul-

Limate Prelersite MOLiial. =.= 2s. Notiphilides
Second: maxillary claw ‘simiple. 520.2. ake oes ets os 0
Second! masallaiy clay hispidate.. 2) ci taco ce oe 7
Stigmopleurite fused without suture with adja-

(esl eh OAD oh Moee sates pene ees restanne eee Paar MPa es Sta Orya
Stigmopleurite not fused with adjacent pleu-

Tal Cee aoe creer ee Sere ete epee eke ay aa cate Heniorya

Ultimate pretergite posteromedially deeply em-
bayed. Ultimate legs shorter than penults........

Te te hereto antsy cals era ge ce Aspidopleres
Posterior margin of ultimate pretergite straight,

not embayed. Ultimate either longer or

Shonters tharin PeniuUlis a cn eevee ine Gee. cee eee 8
Paratergites absent. Pleurograms present,

Teaching. Condylescc. 0a <a Stenorya, new genus
Paratergites present. Pleurograms absent, or if

phesent.«then not meeting condyles. 5222 5-1. 9
Ultimate legs conspicuously long and thin, much

LOMSEE Chatie CML Se eres ere eee ee Ctenorya
Ultimate lees much shorter than penults,—.....5. 2. 10

Ultimate leg trochanter, prefemur, femur, tibia,
and tarsus conspicuously expanded and _flat-

tened ventrally, COehlGainn 25 sire. mey: Marshallopus
Witmatesles nok Souappeaning <6. .c a. ea ee 11
Each female gonopod consisting of two dis-

CHELEL FAELIGIES:, «Vantaa sacra e ats ee Orphnaeus

Each female gonopod consisting of one com-
posite tantiche 25.2. iane aoey seve seat: Nycternyssa

254 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

Mexican and Central American Pompilinae
(Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) : Supplemen-
tary Notes, II’

Howarp E. Evans?

This is the second of two short supplements to my Revision of
the Mexican and Central American Pompilinae (1966, Mem.
American Ent. Soc., no. 20). It covers the two large genera
Anoplius and Pompilus. Arrangement of the species, terminol-
ogy, and abbreviations follow my revision.

Genus ANOPLIUS Dufour
Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) chiapanus Evans

This is evidently a reasonably common species in western
Mexico and along the Pacific coastal plain to Costa Rica. In
July and August, 1965, I collected 6 females and 2 males near
Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, all in open fields on low vegeta-
tion. I have also seen an additional male from Mazatlan,
Sinaloa, collected by W. R. M. Mason on 6 August 1964
[CNC] and a female from near Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, collected
by R. H. and BE. M. Painter on 7 Sept: 1963 [KSU]. None
of these females have the claws bifid as they are in the type.

Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) cuautemoc [vans

I am still unfamiliar with the female of this species, but the
following males represent a considerable northwestward range
extension in Mexico: 1 4, Arroyo Refelion, near Compostela,
Nayarit, 8 August 1965 (H. E. Evans) [MCZ]; 2, 20 miles
E of Concordia, Sinaloa, 3000 feet elevation, +8 Aug. 1964
(W. R. M. Mason) [CNC]. All three males belong to “form
BH” as defined in my 1966 revision, p. 287.

Anoplius (Pompilinus) clystera (Banks)

In 1966 I reported this species from various Mexican locali-
ties south to Oaxaca, but expressed concern because the only

1 Accepted for publication March 8, 1968.
2 Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass. 02138.

i)
on
Yi

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Mexican male I had seen was from just south of the California
border. I now realize that females from south of Baja Cali-
fornia and Chihuahua should be assigned to a different species,
described below as cirratus. Authentic Mexican records for
clystera include only the following: 1 2, 18 miles W of Jimenez,
Chihuahua [MCZ]; 1 9, Rio Santelmo, Baja Calif. Norte; 1 ¢,

2 4 6
Fic. 1. Anoplius (Pompilinus) cirratus n. sp., male genitalia, ventral
aspect. Fic. 2. Same, subgenital plate, ventral aspect. Fic. 3. Same,
dorsal view of head of female. Fic. 4. Dorsal view of head of female 4.
(P.) clystera (Banks). Fic. 5. Pompilus (Xenopompilus) nugador
n. sp., male genitalia, ventral aspect. Fic. 6. Same, subgenital plate,
ventral aspect.

Descanso, Baja Calif. Norte; and a series of 899 recently
received from P. D. Hurd, Jr., collected by him 2 miles S of
La Paz, Baja Calif. Sur, 4-5 Aug. 1966, on Wislizenia refracta
var. mamullata [CIS]. These females agree closely with Cali-
fornia specimens, and I do not hesitate to assign them to
clystera despite the absence of males from this far south.

tO
on
io

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

Anoplius (Pompilinus) cylindricus (Cresson )

In 1966 I noted that males assigned here from south central
Mexico (Nayarit, Jalisco, and Morelos) were unusually small
and had minor but consistent differences in the terminalia from
cylindricus males from Chihuahua and the United States. On
the basis of my own extensive collecting in Jalisco in 1965
(while Memoir 20 was in press), I now realize that these males
represent the opposite sex of the females from this area formerly
assigned to clystera. This species is described below as new.
True cylindricus males are known from Mexico only from
Chihuahua. Females from Veracruz assigned to cylindricus I
continue to assign here tentatively; no males are yet known
from that state.

Anoplius (Pompilinus) cirratus NEW SPECIES

The males of this species will run to cylindricus in my 1966
key, p. 304, since they were in fact confused with that species.
They differ in being consistently small and in having a broader,
less pointed, and less hirsute SGP as well as in having a con-
spicuous apical fringe of setae on the digiti (Fig. 1). The
females are distinguishable with difficulty from those of clystera;
they average a good deal smaller (though with some overlap in
size) and have the third antennal segment only 0.65—0.85 x as
long as UID; perhaps the most reliable difference is in the
development of temples, as shown in Fig. 3 as compared to
Fig. 4.

Allotype—9@, MEXICO: Guadalajara, Jalisco, 23-28 July
1965 (HE. Evans )* | MiCZ]):

Description of female allotype——Length 7.5 mm; fore wing
5.5 mm. Black; wings moderately infuscated, slightly darker

in a broad apical band. Pubescence wholly dark, with bluish
reflections; vertex, thoracic dorsum, and front coxae with a
few dark setae; sides of propodeum with some very short, in-
conspicuous setae. Clypeus truncate, 2.4 X as wide as high;
head 1.12 X as wide as high, vertex passing nearly straight
across between eye tops; front narrow, MID 0.57 xX TFD;
UID 039.% LID;* POLZ-OOL = 5:4. Furst tour antennal
segments in a ratio of about 19:5:23:20, segment three equal
to 0.72 x UID. Temples strongly developed, head almost as
wide behind the eyes as through the eyes (Fig. 3). Pronotum

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS yh

angulate ; propodeum with a rather flat declivity on the posterior
0.4; spines of tarsal comb about as long as width of tarsus, basi-
tarsus with three comb-spines. SMC3 short-petiolate.

Holotype.—@, data as cited for allotype [MCZ].

Description of male type—Length 7 mm; fore wing 5.6 mm.
Black ; wings lightly infuscated, with a broad darker band along
outer margin. Pubescence silvery over most of head, thorax,
leg-bases, and extreme base of abdomen; body without erect
hairs except for a few on the front, vertex, temples, and pro-
pleura. Clypeus truncate, 2.3 as wide as high; head 1.10 x
as wide as high, the vertex arched weakly, evenly above eye
tops; front narrow, MID 0.60 x TFD; UID barely exceeding
Lip: POL JOO, = 92s. First tour antennal seementsrinea
ratio of about 3:1:3:3, segment three about 2.5 x as long as
wide, about half UID. Temples well developed, much as in
female. Pronotum angulate behind; propodeum abruptly slop-
ing on posterior fifth; SMC3 long-petiolate. Abdomen slender,
with sparse suberect setae ventrally; SGP as shown in Fig. 2,
resembling that of clystera but with a series of setae laterally
toward the base; genitalia as shown in Fig. 1, resembling those
of cylindricus except that the apex of the digitus bears a series
of strong, curved setae.

Paratypes—MEXICO: 2099, 24, Guadalajara, Jalisco,
same data as type and allotype except dates varying from 17
july to dk Aug, 19654(MeEZoSUSNM, CU, ENNE| = seo:
Guadalajara, 23 July 1951 (H. E. Evans) [MCZ]; 1 ¢, Guada-
lajara, 13) July 1959 Ga. ES Evans), [MCZ}; 1699) av. 9
miles S of Guadalajara, 24-29 July 1965 (H. E. Evans) [ MCZ,
CUl st fy lS kam N, of Chapaiilla; Nayarit; 19 )uly 195i Cae.
Evans) [MCZ]; 1, Cuernavaca, Morelos, 19 April 1959
(H. E. Evans) [MCZ]; 19, Tequesquitengo, Morelos, 15 July
M96l CR and KK. Dreisbach)) [MSU]; 19 Valle=des Brava,
Est. Mexico, 3 Aug. 1962 (H. E. Evans) [MCZ].

Additional specimens, not designated paratypes—MEXICO:
OS @axacay & July 1952) (Cis, EL SALVADOR io 2
miles E of Quezaltepeque, 24 July 1961 (M. Irwin) [UCD].

Variation——The majority of females resemble the allotype
closely in size and standard measurements. The larger speci-
mens (fore wing up to 8.0 mm) tend to have a narrower front
(MID down to 0.54 x TFD) and a relatively longer third
antennal segment (slightly longer than 1+ 2, up to 0.85 x

258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Nov., 1968

UID). The smallest specimen has the fore wing 4.7 mm long,
MID 0.58 x TFD, antennal segment three only 0.65 x UID.
The El Salvador female is of about average size and is very
similar to Mexican females, but the pubescence on the coxae,
lower front, and clypeus is silvery to cinereous. Since no
males are known from south of Morelos, the females from
Oaxaca and El Salvador can be assigned here only tentatively.
The males show little variation in size or standard measure-
ments. Fore wing length varies from 4.8 to 5.6 mm, MID
from 0.59 to 0.61 X TFD. Some of the Guadalajara males
have a few pale setae on the sides of the propodeum, and in
some the SGP is more pointed than illustrated for the type.

Genus POMPILUS Fabricius
Pompilus (Xenopompilus) tarascanus Evans

This distinctive species has been known only from Morelos,
Michoacan, and the state of Mexico. Two females now before
me provide a very large extension in the known range. One
is from 7 miles west of Durango, Durango, Mexico, collected
29 July 1964, at 7,000 feet elevation, by W. R. M. Mason
[CNC]. The second is from Maria de Ostuma, Nicaragua,
collected 13 August 1967 by R. H. and E. M. Painter [KSU].
Both of these specimens are large for the species (fore wing 8
mm in both) but otherwise very similar to females from central
Mexico.

Pompilus (Xenopompilus) nugador NEW SPECIES

Dr. Mason collected a female and ten males of a new species
at three localities in Durango, and a male from Nuevo Leon
also appears to belong here. Thus all three species of this sub-
genus are broadly sympatric in central Mexico. The name
nugador is an anagram of Durango.

The female of this species resembles that of tlahuicanus closely,
differing chiefly in the slightly broader and more hirsute front
and vertex, the latter not at all arched above the eye tops; also
the anal vein of the hind wing is interstitial with the cubitus.
I have considered the possibility that the female might be iden-
tical with tarahumarae Evans, also described from Durango, but
the latter is clearly a synonym of tlahuicanus as I indicated in

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 259

1960. The male nugador has a distinctive SGP and genitalia
but is otherwise difficult to separate from flahwicanus; in gen-
eral, the pubescence is more bluish than tlahuwicanus, and there
is more dark, erect hair on the scape and on the vertex. The
males reported from Arizona in 1960 (Ent. News, 71: 165)
quite definitely go with tlahuicanus and not with nugador.
Allotype—?, MEXICO: 24 miles W of La Ciudad, Du-
rango, 7,000 feet, 2 August 1964 (W. R. M. Mason) [CNC].
Description of female allotype—Length 8.0 mm; fore wing
7.7 mm. Black, pubescence strongly reflecting bluish, except
cinereous to brown on the legs and the abdominal venter ; fore
wings fuscous, violaceous, slightly darker beyond the cells;
hind wings moderately infuscated. Scape with a few setae;
clypeus, front, vertex, temples, and propleura with abundant
dark setae ; thoracic dorsum and front coxae slightly setose, body
otherwise almost devoid of erect setae. Labrum barely exserted ;
clypeus 2.5 X as wide as high, broadly truncate apically. Head
1.12 x as wide as high, the vertex passing straight across be-
tween the eye tops; MID 061 x TFD; UID 0.90 x LID;
OOL slightly exceeding POL. First four antennal segments
in a ratio of about 27:6:30:25, segment three equal to 0.75 X
UID. Pronotum broadly angulate behind; postnotum widened
medially, almost as long here as the metanotum, the postnotum
and the propodeum with a deep median impression; propodeum
with a flat declivity on the posterior third. Front femora not
at all swollen. Fore wing with the marginal cell separated from
the wing tip by 1.4 x its own length; SMC2 about 1.1 X as
wide below as SMC3, the latter narrowed by two-thirds above;
hind wing with the anal and cubital veins interstitial on the
media.
Holotype—g,, MEXICO: 30 miles W of La Ciudad, Du-
rango, 6,500 feet, 20 July 1964 (W. R. M. Mason) [CNC].
Description of male type-—Length 6.0 mm; fore wing 5.5
mm. Black; apical tergite with a white spot ; pubescence exten-
sively silvery, except dark and with bluish reflections on the
vertex, much of thoracic dorsum, and parts of abdomen; wings
hyaline, apical margin of fore wing and tip of hind wing broadly
darkened. Scape hairy; clypeus, front, vertex, temples, pro-
pleura, and front coxae rather densely hairy; thoracic dorsum
and pleura with some short, sparse setae, the sides of the pro-
podeum also with some short hairs. Labrum barely exserted ;

260 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ Nov., 1968

clypeus small, 1.8 X as wide as high, subtruncate apically ; malar
space well developed, 0.4 as long as width of mandibles at their
base. Head 1.1 X as wide as high, vertex forming an even
arc above eye tops; MID 0.60 x TFD; UID 1.15 x LID;
ocelli in a broad triangle, POL and OOL subequal. First four
antennal segments in a ratio of about 12:5:10:11, segment three
1.4 x as long as wide. Pronotum broadly subangulate behind ;
postnotum nearly as long as metanotum. Wing venation essen-
tially as in female, except anal vein of hind wing meeting media
a short distance before origin of cubitus. Subgenital plate
tongue-shaped, with a fringe of strong bristles (Fig. 6). Geni-
talia with unusually robust parapenial lobes, the digiti club-
shaped, strongly setose, parameres shaped much as in flahui-
canus but with shorter setae on the inner margin (Fig. 5).

Paratypes—MEXICO: 1 ¢, 28 miles W of Durango, Du-
rango, 7,500 feet, 28 June 1964 (J. F. McAlpine) [CNC];
3 63, 10 miles W of El Salto, Durango, 9,000 feet, 7-10 June,
9 July 1964 (W. R. M. Mason) [CNC]; 40’, 3 miles E of
El Salto, Durango, 8,500 feet, 4-18 July 1964 (Mason) [CNC,
MCZ]; 13, 8 miles E of El Salto, Durango, 8,500 feet, 23 June
1964 (Mason) [CNC]; 1-¢, San Pedro Iturbide, 32 km W of
Linares, Nuevo Leon, 6 Oct. 1962 (H. and M. Townes) [Coll.
Townes].

V’ariation.—The ten male paratypes vary only slightly in size
and in standard measurements (fore wing 4.0-5.6 mm; MID
0.60-0.68 x TFD; UID 1.1-1.2 x LID). In some specimens
the anal and cubital veins of the hind wing are interstitial. The
Nuevo Leon male is in no way distinctive, and its genitalia re-
semble those of Durango males closely.

Pompilus (Xerochares) expulsus Schulz

This species has been known to occur in arid regions from
southern Arizona to Guatemala. R. H. and E. M. Painter
collected a female in Nicaragua, 85 miles SE of Managua, 2
Sept. 1967, at 150 feet elevation [KSU]. This is a large speci-
men (fore wing 13 mm) but without unusual features of struc-
ture or color.

79|

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The Entomologist’s Record

To-encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution

records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department. /

Joseph L. Williams (1906-1965)

Dr. JosEpH Leroy WiLviAMs died on July 1, 1965, ending
his long career as a scholar, teacher, and medical practitioner.
He was a man of amazing activity and maintained his interest
in entomology and teaching even while studying and practicing

JOSEPH L. WILLIAMS (1906-1965)

medicine. He was the oldest son of WiLEY L. WILLIAMS, a
laborer on the railroad who, even though his own schooling
terminated at the fourth grade, wanted each of his children to
have a good education. Of his two daughters and five sons,

261

262 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

two of his sons had only two years of college, but the others
earned college degrees and became teachers.

Joseph was born in Portsmouth, Virginia, attended the public
schools, and graduated in 1925 from the Booker T. Washington
High School in Norfolk, Virginia. He received a football
scholarship to Morgan College, Baltimore, Maryland, where his
interest in zoology was aroused by Prof. Calloway. At the end
of his first year he transferred to Lincoln University, Chester
County, Pennsylvania. Shortly he became disenchanted with
football, and turned his interests to chemistry and zoology
studying with Prof. Harold F. Grim. After receiving the A.B.
in 1929, he became an instructor in those subjects at Lincoln.
In 1931 he attended Harvard University for a summer course
in biochemistry, and in 1932 and 1933 took summer work at
Columbia. In the summer of 1934 he enrolled at the Graduate
School of the University of Pennsylvania where he earned the
A.M. degree with Dr. Philip P. Calvert in February, 1937, his
thesis being on Ephestia kuehniella. He was awarded a Uni-
versity Scholarship in 1938-39. The summer of 1939 was spent,
with the help of Mr. William Fassnidge and a plan of study out-
lined by Dr. A. D. Imms, in the laboratories of Dr. W. Rae
Sheriffs at University College, Southampton, England. Now
a Fellow of the Royal Entomological Society of London, he
returned to the University of Pennsylvania to continue his re-
search, with help from Dr. A. Glenn Richards, and Dr. Calvert
as his mentor for his Ph.D. dissertation. The degree was
granted in February, 1941. That year he became Associate Pro-
fessor at Lincoln University; he was also acting as consulting
chemist for two Philadelphia hospitals. In the summer of 1942
he was Professor of Zoology at Hampton Institute in Virginia
where he continued his entomological research. Dr. Williams en-
tered the Medical School of Howard University, Washington,
D. C., in 1944 and in 1948 received the M.D.; he continued as
Professor of Chemistry and Zoology in 1945-46 teaching nights
and in the summer at Lincoln, and at Howard University he
was Professor of Zoology in the summers of 1946 and 1947.
He moved to Philadelphia for a year’s internship and a year
as House Physician at Mercy-Douglass Hospital where he was
Professor of Biological Sciences in the School of Nursing from
1948 until 1960. A postgraduate course in Cardiology at Hah-
nemann Medical College and Hospital gave him a Certificate in

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 263

Cardiology in 1950, and further graduate studies were under-
taken there and at the University of Pennsylvania Medical
School in 1955 and 1956. He joined the teaching staff of Hah-
nemann Medical College and Hospital in 1953 as Clinical As-
sistant in Medicine and rose as Associate, Instructor, and in
1965 Senior Instructor. He was Chairman of the Department
of General Practice at Mercy-Douglass Hospital from 1957 on.

Dr. Williams belonged to many professional organizations
and was an officer of several; his biological interests were re-
flected by his membership in: American Entomological Society,
Entomological Society of America, Lepidopterist Society, Amer-
ican Genetic Association, Pennsylvania Academy of Science,
and Society of Systemic Zoologists, among others. In 1965 he
was elected a Fellow of the College of Physicians of Phila-
delphia.

In 1931, he married Carrie Watson and had two sons and a
daughter. Mrs. Williams has an A.M. in History and Political
Science from the University of Pennsylvania, and taught at
Lincoln University and was assistant librarian there and in
Washington. She was Archivist at Mt. Airy Lutheran Semi-
nary in Philadelphia and in 1949-50 earned the M.L.S. at
Drexel Institute School of Library Science in Philadelphia.
She is now Dean of Women at Cheyney State College not far
from ‘“Appletop,” Dr. Calvert’s home for many years in Chey-
ney, Pennsylvania.

A list of Dr. Williams entomological papers is appended.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT—Mrrs. Williams gave me much of the
material used in this account, as well as most of the bibliography,
and Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital furnished from
their records a copy of the Curriculum vitae filed by Dr. Wil-
liams in 1956 and amended in 1960.—Marion I. SCHMIEDER.

ENTOMOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS OF Dr. JOSEPH WHILLIAMS

1938. The mating of Ephestia kuchniclla Zeller and its results. Ent.
News 49(4) : 104-107; (5) : 121-126.

1939. The mating and egg-laying of Malacosoma americana (Lepid.:
Lasiocampidae). Ent. News 50(2): 45-50; (3): 69-72.
Three pairings between Ephestia eclutella Hb. and Borkhausenia
pseudospretella Stt. (Lep.), one a copula inter mares. Jour. Soc.
British Ent. 2(1) : 40-41.
The occurrence of spermatophores and their measurements in some
British Lepidoptera. Trans. Soc. British Ent. 6(6) : 137-148.

264

1940.

1941.

1942.

1943.

1944.

1945.

1947.

1948.

1958.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1968

The anatomy of the internal genitalia and the mating behavior of
some Lasiocampid moths. Jour. Morph. 67(3) : 411-437.

The relations of the spermatophore to the female reproductive ducts
in Lepidoptera. Ent. News 52(3) : 61-65.

The internal genitalia of Yucca moths, and their connection with
the alimentary canal. Jour. Morph. 69(2) : 217-223.

The internal genitalia of the evergreen bagworm and the relation
of the female genital ducts to the alimentary canal. Proc. Penn-
sylvania Acad. Sci. 15: 53-58.

Unorthodox and abnormal structures of Lepidoptera. Ent. News
53(4) : 91-94.

Heavy infestation of tent caterpillars in Chester County, Pennsyl-
vania, (Lepidoptera: Lasiocampidae). Ent. News 53(9) : 247-248.
Probable parasitic stalked bodies in adult Lepidoptera. Proc.
Pennsylvania Acad. Sci. 16: 37-38.

The internal genitalia of one Coleoptera and the importance of this
system in the taxonomy of these species. Abstract in: Proc.
Pennsylvania Acad. Sci. 17: 65.

A new relationship of the bursa copulatrix to the female repro-
ductive system in Lepidoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington
45(2) : 45-50.

The internal genitalia and mating behavior of Eurukuttarus con-
federata Grt. Jour. Morph. 72(3) : 601-611.

Hymenopterous parasites obtained from stored cases of Eurukut-
tarus confederata Grt. (Lepid.: Psychidae) collected in Chester
County, Pennsylvania. Proc. Pennsylvania Acad. Sci. 18: 50-51.
The comparative anatomy of the internal genitalia of three Psychid
moths. Jour. Morph. 75(2) : 251-260.

An observation of ants killing a larva of the Japanese beetle. Ent.
News 56(1) : 6-7.

The anatomy of the internal genitalia of some Coleoptera. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Washington 47 (4) : 73-91.

The comparative anatomy of the internal genitalia of some Tineoi-
dea (Lepidoptera, Gracillariidae-Tischeriidae). Proc. Roy. Ent.
Soc. London, Ser. A. 22(1/3) : 8-17.

The anatomy of the internal genitalia of Fumea casta Pallas
(Lepidoptera: Psychidae). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 73: 77-84.
Anatomie comparée des genitalia internes de quatre especes repreé-
sentant quatre genres et deux sous-familles de Noctuidae. Rev.
francaise Lépidoptérologie 11(11-12): 238-250. (Traduction de
M. S. Le Marchand. )

Notes on the 17-year locust on Cape Cod in 1957. Ent. News
69(1) : 25-26.

Epitor’s Note: The last of the standing matter at the old
line length is used in this issue. Future issues will be consistent
with the new format. Authors are urged to submit general in-
terest manuscripts for prompt publication —R. H. A.

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No. 20. Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and Central
American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen-
optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps..... $12.50

No. 21. Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of
the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
HPS Ae aes MAA iO URES 7225 sc, shar aecuee a nT oes Vee eS eee $4.00

No. 22. Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera )
Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures,
ICO GIy IAG 7555. Ss She ee Ses a eran aay Sis cel ce aerate ek See eo $9.00

No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American Spiders
ClOF0=1966))> ASG" pagesin: As Rai osee aoe nee ee $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes
Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages,
NOR plates... ZOMNAPS von ..-2 awctes Suerte eed a eens $2.50

Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63
pages, bli plates. lO shabitat, photographs... 2 -10-n nanan este: $1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES

A Manual for Identification

By Ross H. Arnett, JR.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

The families of beetles found in the United States are described ; illus-
trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the

number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra-
phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology,
and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes
corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets.

1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations
Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-

changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions
open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re-
ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month
to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and,
when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Buy
or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri-
can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y.,
Wie Sse

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris’
Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition; Creighton’s Ants of North
America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition.
Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for
revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue
Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera.
N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht,
Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair
Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 19654.

Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera
and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aéreo
8811, Bogota, Colombia.

Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North
America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607.

Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica-
tion in EnrtomoLocicAL News. Send to: R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor, c/o Department
of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907.

For Sale: Coleopterists’ Bulletin, volumes 1 to 90, complete, unbound. $95.00.
Selwyn S. Roback, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 19th and Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael
Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8°, France.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CONTENTS

NAS UNINATIONSANOTHER PUNCTION® OER
PREY EP iZA Sra Sr

James E. Ltioyp, p. 265

REVISION OF THE GALL M1pGEs oF BALD CYPRESS

RAYMOND J. GAGNE, Pp. 269

THE PuPA OF CHAOBORUS ALABATUS AND A KEY
James C. Rotu, p. 275

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA SCORPIONS

MicHaAEL M., McDANIEL, P. 278

THE ENTOMOLOGISTS RECORD, PP. 268, 284

THE EntTomotocists MAarKET PLACE, BACK COVER

COMING NEXT ISSUE: Epizorc Symsiosis

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Vor. 72 DECEMBER, 1968 No. 10

Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Puitip P.
Catvert (1871-1961) ; 1945-1967, by R. G. ScHMmIEDER (1898-1967).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and
September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lan-
caster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
19103, U. S. A. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. Aten, M. E.
Puruipes, and S. S. RosBack.

SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento-
mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly
volume of 10 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign,
$6.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and
foreign, $9.00 postpaid.

MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed
to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University,
Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac-
cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed
pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such
an article to appear without division.

ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of
engraving. Size limit, when printed, 45 < 63 inches. The cost of setting tables will
be charged to authors.

EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial
arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENtomoLocicAL News. Titles, to facili-
tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces
and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short
abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the
article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in
Biological Abstracts. The author’s complete mailing address, including zip code
number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be
greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring
to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa.
Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and
news in “The Entomologist’s Record” section; literature notices in “The Ento-
mologist’s Library,” and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open,
and position wanted notices in “The Entomologist’s Market Place.” Articles of
wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the
article are especially desirable.

Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.

ILLUMINATION, ANOTHER FUNCTION OF
FIREFLY FLASHES?

James FE. Lioyp 3

ABSTRACT
Photuris 2 fireflies commonly emit characteristic flashes when landing and taking

light that appear to function in illumination. The landing flashes of males may provide
clues to the origin of certain mating signals.

A perusal of the recorded observations and experiments of biologists who
have been interested in the natural history of fireflies will reveal that firefly
flashes function in mate identification and location (Harvey, 1952; Barber,
1951; Lloyd, 1966), the attraction of prey (Lloyd, 1965), the attraction of
females to suitable oviposition sites (Kaufmann, 1965), and perhaps the
intimidation of potential predators (Harvey, ibid.). It now appears that
the function of certain flashes of Photuris is simply illumination.

The most frequently seen flashes of fireflies are the bright and distinc-
tive advertising signals of flying males. Photuris fireflies, however, are
commonly seen emitting dim flashes during flight, bright flickers when on
the ground, and combinations of flickers and bright pulses when flying just
above the ground and alighting. The last mentioned appear to be landing
flashes that by illuminating the ground or vegetation beneath the insects
aid in the location of suitable landing sites. Such illumination would have
considerable adaptive value since there are a variety of hazards (e.g.,
spider webs and water puddles) when landing. In addition, since fire-
flies deposit their eggs on or near the surface of damp soil, the amount
or nature of reflected light might provide females with important informa-
tion on soil conditions.

I have observed the landing behavior of one species of Florida Photuris
extensively and recorded its landing flashes. Females that are about to
land will first be noted flying at altitudes between one and two meters and
emitting dim, short flashes at 1-2 second intervals. They then fly toward
the ground at a slight angle, increase their rate of flashing until their
flashes fuse into a continuous flickering emission, and alight (Fig. 1).
Low altitude passes are frequently made at several points before actual
landing, and during this flight, flash rate increases and decreases inversely
with altitude. The substrate beneath landing individuals is sufficiently
illuminated to permit me to discern its vegetative nature. Once I ob-
served a female descending over standing water on a lawn. At an altitude

1 University of Florida.
2 Coleoptera, Lampyridae.

265

266 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1968

of about 10 cm she flew up sharply and landed a few meters beyond in
grass. Landing females usually land on prominent spikes or blades of
grass. On oscillograms of recorded landing flashes the time of landing is
usually obvious since immediately following a fusion of pulses (Fig. 1, f)
light intensity sharply increases (Fig. 1, s). This sharp spike occurs
when the female’s light organ is suddenly no longer directed toward the
ground but instead is better exposed to the recording equipment. After
alighting, a few short flashes are emitted and then flashing ceases.

Males of this species can occasionally be seen landing. Their landing
flash is a ragged flicker of discrete pulses, each of which is similar in dura-
tion to advertisement flashes of this species. Landing males of species
with complex advertising flashes (e.g., Fig. 2) rapidly repeat what appear
to be abortive or abbreviated advertisements when alighting.

Flickers are emitted by walking individuals, both males and females,
of several species. Although some females appear to be ovipositing, others
are walking or climbing through tangles of vegetation. The latter even-
tually take flight, emitting either a continuous, flickering flash or a rapid
series of pulses as they fly upward through the vegetation, and then cease
flashing as they turn and fly horizontally. Predaceous females of the
Photuris versicolor group commonly emit series of pulses as they prepare
to leave hunting perches. Such flashing almost always ends shortly after
take-off.

Since males do not approach and flash near females that have recently
landed and I have not observed characteristic differences in the landing
flashes of various species I doubt that the female landing flashes have any
function in sexual communication. I have not been able, with artificial,
male mating flashes, to elicit flash responses from females that I have ob-
served landing. These females have already mated since when brought
into the laboratory many lay fertile eggs (Minnick and Lloyd, in prep.).
If females that employ landing lights are not sexually responsive it is
understandable why males are not attracted to them. In addition, since
predaceous females flash in this context, natural selection may be rigorously
removing males that approach such lights.

Discussion
If these flashes of Photuris function in illumination as they seem to,
they are analogous to the echo-location cries of bats; animals that are
also nocturnal. In both systems the ‘‘echoes” of signals emitted by the
animals provide them with information on the nature of their environment.
A knowledge of the male landing flashes of Photuris and its relatives
could be useful in elucidating the evolution of mating signals. Since Pho-

79 | ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 267

turis males sometimes flash when landing near females that have answered
their advertising flash, similar flashes in males of ancestral species may
have become incorporated into mating signal sequences; that 1s, struc-
turally distinctive advertising and courtship signals may have become
essential preliminaries to mating. Such signal combinations could pro-
vide a source of species-specific advertising flashes during (or subsequent
to) speciation. In this regard it is interesting that the advertising signals
of at least four species of Nearctic Photuris are flickers of various fre-
quencies.

Oscillograms of firefly flashes. Flashes
are detected by a photo-multiplier tube,
transduced to a frequency modulated audio
signal that varies proportionally (9-12 kc)

with light intensity, and recorded on mag-
netic tape (7.5 ips). For analysis, re-
corded tones are transduced to a variable

de voltage that is then fed into a storage
oscilloscope with a calibrated time-base.

ede vob
‘ea
O | 2

af

mee
gia
One

The recording system was designed and
built by Alton Electronics, Gainesville,
Florida. Fre. 1. Landing flashes of Pho-

“c

turis species “A” female. Arrow f, flashes
begin to be fused into a continuous, flick-
ering emission. Arrow s, flash emitted
immediately upon landing when female’s
light organ is no longer pointed at the
ground. Fic. 2. Advertising flash of
Photuris species “D” male; a 40 cps

INTENSITY (relative)

aed
ma
: as 6

TIME (sec)

flicker superimposed upon a continuous

ae

itll Ny

ce
ts

emission.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This investigation was supported by NAS Bache Fund, grant No. 500, and NSF
grant No. GB-7407. I thank Thomas J. Walker of the University of Florida for his
valuable comments and criticisms during the preparation of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Barser, H. S. 1951. North American fireflies of the genus Photuris. Smithsonian
Inst. Collections, 117: 58.
Harvey, E. N. 1952. Bioluminescence. Academic Press, New York. 649 pp.

268 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Deéc:, 1963

KAUFMANN, T. 1965. Ecological and biological studies on the west African firefly
Luciola discicollis (Coleoptera: Lampyridae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 58: 414—
426.

Lioyp, J. E. 1965. Aggressive mimicry in Photuris: firefly femmes fatales. Science,
149 (3684) : 653-654.

Lioyp, J. E. 1966. Studies on the flash communication system in Photinius fireflies.
Univ. Mich. Museum Zool. Misc. Pub. 130, 95 pp.

The Balance of Nature.—On and off for the past six years | have been guest
siphonapterist at the Malaria Institute at Amani, Tanzania, East Africa. Amani is
at 3,000 feet in the Eastern Usambara mountains. The Institute maintains several field
stations in Tanzania, the largest being 20 miles down the mountain at Muheza, the
elevation here being 500 feet, the location 25 miles inland from Tanga which is on
the Indian Ocean.

Once a month I would come down to Muheza to trap low elevation mice to see
if I could secure their fleas but I found them carrying none which seemed to uphold
the siphonapteran saying that in East Africa, at least, native mice of the low eleva-
tions carry few, if any, fleas.

About 10 feet from the front door of the Muheza main rest house stood a small
termite castle which was about 2 feet in height and in diameter. There was an
irregular 6 inch flue in the center. The termites were small, perhaps 7th inch long
and even the soldiers looked unimpressive. Hundreds of them worked the top of
the castle keeping the lawn cropped down to the soil probably using the grass clippings
for food. When the sun was just overhead one could look down into the flue and
see comb not too unlike empty honey comb. This formation could be seen all over
the mountains where roads had been cut into banks but when exposed the masses were
deserted. The combs were slightly waxy and seemed to be of fine sand grains.

About 8 feet away from the termite castle stood a fair sized Mango tree. In it
were colonies of those true ants which pull the leaves together and tie them into a
bag. These ants were about 4 inch long. Through the years a perfect balance had
been maintained between the termites and the ants for from the base of the tree to the
top of the termite castle a path one inch deep and wide was the highway of communica-
tion. The ants in a steady stream ran empty handed to the castle, captured a non-
resisting termite, then back to and up the tree with a wiggling, dying termite, food
apparently for the colony. This process was watched for four years. There never
seemed too few termites or too many ants. Nature was balanced.

One day during the fourth year it was decided to see what was in the comb
within the castle. The flue was slightly enlarged with a mactete, the comb grasped
and cut away and taken up to Amani for study. The comb was found to be a fungus
earden. All along the walls were large yeast-like budding basidiomycetes, white,
opaque and about the size of pinheads. For only a short time did the nurse termites
within the comb survive.

On the next visit to Muheza it was found that the grass on the castle top was
two inches high, the termites were gone, of the ant highway there was not a trace
and there were no ants in the Mango tree. The balance of nature had been broken.
30th insects, deprived of their natural food had perished—C. ANpbRESEN HUBBARD,
Tigard, Oregon 97223.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 269

Revision of the Gall Midges of Bald Cypress
(Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) *

RAYMOND J. GAGNE?

Four Nearctic species of gall midges have been described from Tavodium
distichuin (L.) Richards (Taxodiaceae). Retinodiplosis. taxodii Felt,
which aborts the seeds, is here transferred to Sequoiomyia Mohn, a genus
known previously only from a larva and pupa found in seeds of fossil
Sequoia langsdorfu (Brongn.) Heer from a probable Miocene stratum in
Germany. Two species, Cecidomyia taxodii Felt and Cecidomyia anthici
Felt, responsible for flowerlike leaf galls, are synonyms of Cecidomyia
cupressi (Schweinitz), which was named on the basis of the gall only,
then thought to be caused by a fungus. C. cupressi and Thecodiplosis
cupressiananassa (Osten Sacken), which causes the cypress twig gall, are
transferred to a new genus, Tavodiomyia. The three valid species are
redescribed and the adult of Sequoiomyia is characterized for the first time.

Sequoiomyia, Taxodiomyia, and Cecidomyia are closely related and are
placed in the tribe Cecidomyiini. Harris (1966) redefined the tribes of
the supertribe Cecidomyiidi but left certain genera, Cecidomyia among
‘them, unassigned formally to tribe. Since the family and supertribe are
based on Cecidomyia, this genus should have been assigned to the tribe
Cecidomyiim. Besides adult characters, the tribes of Cecidomyiidi are
characterized by good distinguishing larval characters, especially in the
form of the terminal papillae. The salient characters of the larvae of
Cecidomyia, viz. the long lateral extensions of the head capsule, the diminu-
tive terminal segment, and the elongated abdominal segment VIII with its
heavily sclerotized and modified spiracles, are probably all modifications for
living in resinous deposits on pine, the habitat of all known Nearctic species
of Cecidomyia. If so, relatives of Cecidomyia that have exploited other
niches are likely to differ substantially from it, as do Sequoiomyia and
Tarodiomyia. The two last-named genera seem to be related to Cecidomyia
on the basis of a broad spectrum of adult characters. Only three genera
constitute the tribe Cecidomyini which can be characterized as follows:
postvertical peak absent; eyes broadly joined on the vertex; antennal
flagellomeres I and II superficially connate; male flagellomeres binodose,
usually trifilar, their circumfila short and usually many-looped, and the
internodes and necks short ; palpus 3 to + segmented ; tarsal claws untoothed,

1 Accepted for publication May 1, 1968.

2 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Entomolory Research Division, Agr. Res.
Serv., United States Department of Agriculture. Mail address: c/o United States
National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.

270 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

variously curved, usually stout; male genitalia with a stout, unlobed basi-
mere and a short, straight-sided, narrow to wide aedeagus; the ovipositor
usually short and fleshy, but if long, the dorsal lamellae completely fused
together ; terminal papillae of larvae usually reduced to 2 or 3 pairs, none
greatly enlarged or sclerotized.

The tribe Cecidomyiini differs from the Contariniini chiefly in the
characters of the ovipositor and larval terminal papillae. The Cecido-
myiini and the Contariniini are closer to each other than either is to any
of the other tribes of the Cecidomyiidi and are both made up entirely of
primary plant feeders.

In the descriptions of species that follow, the proportions of the parts
of the male flagellomere III are approximate only. The proximal circum-
filum on a flagellomere is called “‘cireumfilum I,’ and so on. Length of the
ovipositor is measured from the posterior edge of tergum VIII.

Key To NEARCTIC CECIDOMYIINI

1. Tarsal claws strongly curved beyond middle (Fig. 3) ; aedeagus
wide, more than | oi as wide as sternum X ; ovipositor short with

2 large dorsal lamellae abr tie teitede ak ead Cte Cecidomyia Meigen
Tarsal “claws not strongly curved (Fig. 2); aedeagus narrow,
less than 4 as wide as sternum X (Fig. 1) ; ovipositor short or

long ; if long, with completely fused dorsal lamellae (Cio Os) wee eee 2
2. More than 80 dorsocentral and 20 anepimeral setae on thorax;
ovipositor short, lamellae separate (Fig. +)..... Sequoiomyia Mohn

Less than 40 dorsocentral and 15 anepimeral setae on thorax;
ovipositor long, lamellae fused together (Fig. 5) ..Taxodiomyia, n.g

Sequoiomyia Mohn, 1960

Adult. Postvertical peak absent. Palpus 4-segmented, each segment longer than
the preceding. Male flagellomeres superficially connate, trifilar, slightly constricted
between circumfila II and III; internodes and necks not very short. Wing darkish,
cell between C and Rk: darker than remainder of membrane; Cui and Cuz present but
weak; Mz. and Rs not evident. Tarsal claws tapering gradually from base to apex,
not strongly curved (Fig. 2) ; empodium well developed but not quite as long as claws.
Sterna entire, setae sparse immediately proximad of the several apical rows; male ter-
gum VII weak apically, apical row of setae absent, setae sparse elsewhere; male tergum
VIII weakly sclerotized, without setae. Ovipositor short, soft; lamellae ovoid, bilater-
ally compressed. Male genitalia (Fig. 1): tergum X deeply bilobed, sternum X only
slightly emarginate; aedeagus narrow, tapering slightly from base to apex, shorter
than basimere; the latter stout, unlobed, with many setae; distimere tapering from
base to apex, strongly curved, with many setae.

Larva. Lateral extensions of head capsule less than 3 length of entire head.
Spatula present, variously shaped. Dorsal papillae with or without hairs. Fore-
ventral and pleural areas with very fine, pointed verrucae; remainder of integument
smooth. Terminal segment smooth with 8 papillae, 4 haired.

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS PAU

Type-species, Sequoiomyia kraeuseli Mohn (orig. des.).

The genus Sequoiomyia was named for S. kraeuseli Mohn based on a
larva and pupa taken from fossilized seeds of Sequoia langsdorfi (Brongn. )
Heer from a probable Miocene stratum (Mohn, 1960). Though the
larva differs in minor respects from that of S. tavodii (Felt), none of
the differences preclude referring the latter species to Sequotomyia.
Both species occur in the same niche on their respective hosts, both of
which belong to the Taxodiaceae.

Sequoiomyia taxodii (Felt )

taxodii Felt, 1916: 415 (Retinodiplosis); Felt, 1921: 158 (Retinodiplosis) ;
Berry, 1924: 24 (as Retinodiplosis sp.); Berry, 1933: 24 (Retinodiplosis) ; Foote,
1965: 290 (as j. syn. of cupressi Schweinitz, in unplaced species of Cecidomyiini).

Adult. Male flagellomere III: length proximal node (in % total length), 24;
internode, 13; distal node, 40; neck, 23; circumfilum I barely reaches distal node;
circumfilum II does not reach circumfilum III, which does not reach flagellomere
IV ; area between bases of circumfila I and II and immediately distad of circumfilum
Il devoid of setulae; setulae absent beyond base of circumfilum III. Female flagel-
lomere IIT: neck approximately + length of node, devoid of setulae. Wing length,
3-3.6 mm. Chaetotaxy: pronotal setae 12-18; mesanepisternal, 23-25; mesanepi-
meral, 23-27; dorsocentral, 95-103. Proportions of foreleg (average of 2 speci-
mens): femur, 1.00; tibia, 1.00; tarsomere I, 0.13; II, 0.81; III, 0.44; IV, 0.31; V,
0.20. Ovipositor: about .20 length of abdomen. Male genitalia as in Fig. 1.

Larva. Spatula wide, bidentate (Fig. 6). Dorsal papillae with short setae.
Setae of 2 terminal papillae longer than those of dorsal papillae.

Material examined. Lectotype here designated, male, Charleston, Mo.,
V—2-1916, from cones of Tarodium distichum, a2722 in Felt Collection (on
loan to the USNM from the New York State Museum in Albany). Para-
lectotypes: male, 2 females, 2 pupae, 3 larvae, same data as above.

I have not seen the paralectotype galls from Mud Lake, Ark. (XI-14—
110s NW Le McA tee):

The larva of this species differs from that of S. kracuseli by the haired
dorsal papillae and the shape of the spatula. S. tarodw aborts the seeds
of bald cypress. The galls are figured on page 46 in Felt, 1940. Berry
(1924) found damage typical of this species on Pleistocene fossil T. dis-
tichum unearthed in Washington, D. C.

Taxodiomyia, NEW GENUS

Adult. Postvertical peak absent. Palpus 4-segmented. Male flagellomeres super-
ficially connate, bifilar or trifilar. Wing hyaline; Cu, and Cue weak to evanescent; Rs
and Mz.4 not evident. Tarsal claws tapering gradually from base to apex, not strongly
curved (as in Fig. 2) ; empodium well developed but not quite as long as claws. Sterna
II-V entire, setae absent in a transverse band immediately proximad of apical setae

272 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

Male tergum VII quadrate and well sclerotized to weakly sclerotized apically; tergum
VIII weakly sclerotized, devoid of setae. Ovipositor long, retractile, dorsal lamellae
fused into a single lobe (Fig. 5). Male genitalia (as in Fig. 1, but with fewer setae) :
tergum X bilobed; sternum X slightly emarginate; aedeagus narrow, parallel-sided ;
basimere stout, unlobed; distimere tapering from base to apex.

Larva. Lateral extensions of head capsule less than 4 length entire head. Spatula
present, variously shaped. Dorsal papillae with short setae. Whole integument cov-
ered with small, pointed verrucae. Terminal segment with 2 pairs of haired papillae.

Type-species, Cecidomyia cupressiananassa Osten Sacken.

Taxodiomyia contains 2 species, both gall formers on T. distichum.
One of the species has bifilar flagellomeres, the other trifilar. The 2 species
are so close in all other respects that, in this case, I consider the difference
in the number of circumfila superficial. The upper lamellae of the ovipositor
are unique in the supertribe Cecidomyiidi in that they are completely fused
to form a single dorsal lobe. All of the Contariniini have elongate ovi-
positors, but the upper lamellae, however modified, always retain their
integrity.

7 8

FicureEs 1-8: Fic. 1. Male genitalia of S. tarodu (dorsal). Fre. 2. Tarsal claw
of S. taxodii. Fic. 3. Tarsal claw of Cecidomyia sp. Fic. 4. Lamellae of ovipositor
of S. tavodu. Fie. 5. Lamellae of ovipositor of 7. cupressi. Fic. 6. Spatula of S.
tavodti. Fic. 7. Spatula of T. cupressi. Fic. 8. Spatula of T. cupressiananassa.

Taxodiomyia cupressiananassa (Osten Sacken) NEW COMBINATION

cupressi ananassa Riley, 1870: 244 (polynominal name unavailable ; Cecidomyia) ;
cupressiananassa Osten Sacken, 1878: 3 (Cecidomyia) ; Riley and Howard, 1891: 125
(as Cecidomyia ananassae Riley); Felt, 1908: 392 (as Contarinia ananasst Riley) ;
Felt, 1912: 242 (as Thecodiplosis ananassi Riley) ; Felt, 1918: 125 (as Thecodtplosis
ananassa Riley) ; Foote, 1965: 278 (Thecodiplosis).

Adult. Male flagellomere III]: bifilar; length proximal node (in % total length),
32; internode, 5; distal node, 37; neck, 25; circumfilum I reaching beyond short inter-
node but not to base of circumfilum II; latter not reaching base of flagellomere IV;

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 213

internode and neck devoid of setulae; only one row of setae proximad of base of cir-
cumfilum I. Female flagellomere III: neck approximately 4 length of node, devoid
of setulae. Wing length, 1.7-1.8 mm. Chaetotaxy: pronotal setae, 2-3; mesanepi-
sternal, 0; mesanepimeral, 6-9; dorsocentral, 20-29. Proportions of foreleg (average
of 5 specimens): femur, 1.00; tibia, 0.98; tarsomere I, 0.13; II, 0.70; III, 0.32; IV,
0.20; V, 0.15. Male tergum VII with setae present only apicolaterally. Ovipositor :
0.44-0.48 length of abdomen. Male genitalia as in Fig. 1 but with fewer setae.

Larva. Spatula (Fig. 8) almost parallel-sided, bidentate anteriorly, the teeth
acute.

Material examined. Lectotype here designated, male, Savannah, Tenn.,
emerged V—4 to 9-1870, J. P. S., deposited in U. S. National Museum ;
paralectotypes: +99, same data as lectotype; others probably lost include
23, 1 larva, 1 pupal exuvia, and galls, all with same data as lectotype;
263, 399 Carbondale, Ill, VI-20-1966, ex cypress galls, J. Appleby;
10 99, Baton Rouge, La., V—15—-1935; 2 larvae, Lafayette, La., XI-1-1953,
Fo Ss Goetch; 2 ox, 49°: loc. %, ex cypress, 1883.

T. cupressiananassa causes large, spongy, brown swellings on the branch-
lets of bald cypress. The host was originally reported as Cupressus thyoides
L. (now Chamaecyparis thyoides (.) BSP.) (Riley, 1870a), but this was
an error (Riley, 1870b).

Taxodiomyia cupressi (Schweinitz), NEW COMBINATION

cupresst Schweinitz, 1822: 92 (Merulius, a fungus) ; Foote, 1965: 290 (as un-
placed species of Cecidomyiini).

taxodu Felt, 1911: 556 (Itonida) ; Felt, 1921: 205 (Itonida).

anthici Felt, 1913: 278 (Itonida) ; Felt, 1921: 203 (Itonida) ; Foote, 1965: 289 (as
unplaced species of Cecidomyiini). N. syn.

Adult. Male flagellomere III: trifilar; length proximal node (in % total length),
26; internode, 14; distal node, 42; neck, 18; circumfilum I not reaching distal node;
circumfilum II not reaching base of circumfilum III; last not reaching flagellomere
IV; setulae absent from internode and neck, also sparse near bases of circumfila; 1-2
rows of setae proximad of base of circumfilum I. Female flagellomere II]: neck ap-
proximately 4 length of node, devoid of setulae. Wing length, 1.8-2.3 mm. Chae-
totaxy: pronotal setae, 1-3; mesanepisternal, 0-2; mesanepimeral, 10-15; dorsocentral,
28-35. Proportions of foreleg (average of 5 specimens): femur, 1.00; tibia, 1.06;
tarsomere I, 0.13; IJ, 0.73; III, 0.36; IV, 0.24; V, 0.18. Male tergum VII quadrate,
with almost a full row of apical setae. Ovipositor: length about 0.40-0.43 of entire
abdomen. Male genitalia as in Fig. 1 but with fewer setae.

Larva. Spatula (Fig. 7) with lateral extensions, bidentate, the teeth acute.

Material examined. Lectotype of Jtonida tavodii here designated,
female, Fla., [1]-26-1883, reared from leaves of bald cypress, H. G. Hub-
bard, c1038 in Felt Collection (on loan to USNM by N. Y. State Museum
in Albany ) ; paralectotype of J. taxodii, male, not seen; lectotype of Itonida

274 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

anthici, male, Barachias, Ala, W. L. McAtee, a2120, USNM Type No.
29272; paralectotypes of I. anthici, 3 fg, 3 99, 2 larvae, 1 pupal exuvium,
all with same data as lectotype, and 1 larva with same data except locality,
Mud Lake, Ark.

T. cupressi forms the flowerlike galls on the leaves of bald cypress,
figured on page 46 in Felt, 1940. C. taxodii was originally described as
reared from leaves of bald cypress. Felt (1921) later added that it was
reared from “conical, globular or elongated deformations” of the leaves.
The gall formed by C. anthici may be described as conical or elongate
deformations. At any rate, the synonymy of C. tavodi and C. anthici is
apparent on the basis of morphological similarity of the adults.

LITERATURE CITED

Berry, E. W. 1924. Organic remains other than Diatoms, from the excavations.
J. Washington Acad. Sci. 14: 12-41.

——. 1933. New occurrences of Pleistocene plants in the District of Columbia. Ibid.
23. 1-25.

Fett, E. P. 1908. Appendix D. New York State Mus. Bull. 124: 286-422.

——., 1911. New species of gall midges. J. Econ. Entomol. 4: 476-484, 546-559.

——. 1912. Studies in Itonididae. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 20: 236-248.

——. 1913. Itonida anthici n. sp. (Dipt.). J. Econ. Entomol. 6: 278-279.

——. 1916. New North American gall midges (Dipt.). Entomol. News 27: 412-417.

——. 1918. Appendix: A study of gall midges. VI. New York State Mus. Bull.
202: 76-205, pls. 4-12.

——. 1921. Appendix: A study of gall midges. VII. Ibid. 231-232: 81-240, pls.
8-20.

——, 1940. Plant galls and gall makers. Comstock Publ. Co., Inc., Ithaca, N. Y.
364 pp.

Footer, R. H. 1965. Family Cecidomyiidae (Itonididae). pp. 241-295. In Stone
et al. A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. Agric. Handbook
No. 276. iv and 1696 pp.

Harris, K. M. 1966. Gall midge genera of economic importance (Diptera: Cecido-
myiidae). Part 1: Introduction and subfamily Cecidomyiinae ; supertribe Cecido-
myiidi. Trans. Roy. Entomol. Soc. London 118; 313-358.

Moun, E. 1960. Eine neue Gallmticke aus der niederrheinischen Braunkohle, Sce-
quoiomytia kracuseli n. g., n. sp. (Diptera, Itonididae). Senckenbergiana lethaea
41: 513-522.

OsTEN SAcKEN, C. R. 1878. Catalogue of the described Diptera of North America.
Smithsonian Misc. Collect. 16(2) : 1-276.

Ritey, C. V. 1870a. Cypress-gall. Amer. Entomol. and Bot. 2: 244.

——. 1870b. Cypress-gall—the wrong tree. Ibid. 2: 273.

and L. O. Howarp. 1891. Some of the bred parasitic Hymenoptera in the Na-

tional Collection. Ins. Life 4: 122-126.

ScHWEINITz, L. D. von. 1822. IV. Synopsis fungorum Carolinae superioris, secun-
dum observationes. Naturf. Gesell. Leipzig. Schr. 1: 28-131, pls. 1-2.

Yt

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Life

The Pupa of Chaoborus albatus with a Key to
Eastern Chaoborus Pupae "~

JaMEs *C. RorH *

INTRODUCTION

The pupa of Chaoborus albatus has never been described, although Ccok
(1956) presented descriptions and keys to the immature stages of most
Nearctic Chaoborus species, including the larva of C. albatus. Particular
emphasis is given below to determining those characters of the C. albatus
pupa which distinguish it from the other Chaoborus species with which it
is sympatric, especially its close consubgener, C. punctipennis. I have used
the same anatomical features as Cook found most useful for Chaoborus
pupae, and have constructed a key for the identification of the four eastern
species recently cataloged by Cook (1965).

The following description is based on 9 male and 13 female pupae col-
lected as mature larvae from Munro Lake, Cheboygan County, Michigan on
11 June 1966. At this time some pupae were present in the lake, and
developing pupal structures could be seen in many of the larvae. The larvae
were brought back to the laboratory and held in covered dishes of lake
water. Within a few days all had pupated. Since C. punctipennis also
occurs in Munro Lake (Roth, 1967), it was necessary to rear each pupa
separately to positively associate pupae with larval exuviae. Pupae and
exuviae were preserved in Kahle’s fluid. A compound microscope fitted
with an ocular grid was used in the preparation of Iigs. 1-4.

Chaoborus (Sayomyia) albatus Johnson, Pupa

Total length (including anal paddles, not including respiratory horns) of males
5.4-6.2 mm (X =5.7 mm) ; of females 5.4-6.9 mm (X=6.1 mm). Abdomen oi females
slightly greater in relative length than males: Cephalothorax length one-third of total
length of males; three-tenths that of females. Colorless, transparent, as in larva,
becoming darkened as the adult develops within. Respiratory horns coarsely reticu-
lated, 10-12 polygonal cells in width, 35-40 cells in length; horns 0.7-0 8 mm long, 0.2
mm wide. Abdominal tergite 7 with 3 pairs of plumose setae, as in C. punctipennis.
Anal paddles (Fig. 1) with mesal rib coarsely toothed on the distal three-quarters ;
median rib weakly developed, incomplete, not reaching the distal margin of paddle
membrane; median rib bearing a plumose seta and a minute, simple seta, about one-
third the distance from the proximal end; lateral rib with 2-3 small teeth at the apex,
and the remainder of the distal one-half of rib finely serrate.

1 Accepted for publication May 6, 1968.
2 Diptera, Chaoboridae.
3 University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104.

276 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

As might be expected, the C. albatus pupa closely resembles that of C.
punctipennis. Apart from its slightly smaller size (which probably varies
considerably between populations), the most promising character for sep-
arating the two species seems to be the armature on the distal half of the
lateral rib of the anal paddle; this is finely serrate in C. albatus, and with-

MEDIAN RIB

MESAL RIB bee

LATERAL RIB

oe ——- =

‘ (Soe eam ney 2. C. punctipennis

/
care é —

3. C. americanus

4. C. flavicans

Figures 1-4. Chaoborus spp., left anal paddle of pupa. Fic. 1. C. albatus,
Munro Lake, 11 June 1966. Fic. 2. C. punctipennis, Douglas Lake, 6 July 1965.
Fic. 3. C. americanus, Bryant’s Bog, 10 July 1965. Fic. 4. C. flavicans, Frains Lake,
11 June 1965. Lake locations are given in Roth (1967).

out teeth or serrations in C. punctipennis, except at the apex, which is
armed with a few small teeth in both species. The following key is based
on the form of the anal paddles (which are intact in molted pupal skins),
and will separate the pupae of the four eastern Chaoborus species.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

VOLUME 79, 1968

R. Et. Arnett, Jir., Editor

EprirorIAL STAFF

H. W. Allen M. E. Phillips

S. S. Roback

Published By

The American Entomological Society
at The Academy of Natural Sciences

1900 Race Street

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, U. S. A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALEXANDER, CHARLES P., New exotic Crane-Flies (Tipulidae:
Diptera). ante” tye. ae eth ens aur chest = aro eee ke etree
—— New exotic Crane-Flies (Tipulidae: Diptera). Part XVI
BIESELE, JouN J., see Breland, Osmond P.
BRADLEY, J]. CHESTER, Don Gonzalo Ceballos y Fdez. de Cordoba ...
3RELAND, Osmonp P., CuHartes D. EppLEMAN, and Joun J.
JI BSELE, Studies of inseebispertiatozoaa dl ta. 0h ae een nee
sRowN, .. Martin, James Ridings (1803-1880) ..:..2..2...52--
= Wy: Richand Midd! ebote Ose se ae ose, ates a ai, See einen eG
Buck, JoHN B., Frank Alexander McDermott (1885-1966 ) [ portrait |
Burks, B. D., A new chalcidoid parasite of a certopogonid midge
Giri Meno pierre meyGLIGae))) “ae pyettats che coera aud hero paaiets eee
Carrweicnt. ©. Ibs Mark Robinson \( 1906-1965), 4...) sos ee oe
CraBiLt, R. E., Jr., Concerning the true identities of Gosiphilus and
Chomatobius with redescription of the latter’s type-species (Chilo-
peda: Geopailomorpha:: Himantaridae) 2.3. sn5 4c 5) .s28 sees
RV ee Caan et ili. das xc: Ba oatone et vepige cere aes ee arog ea ae
—— A new oryid genus and species from Africa, with generic key
and notes on evolution within the family Oryidae (Chilopoda:
Gecplulomerphay sy iv eoced oi awe ws aa sige ae eee Pee
—— A bizarre case of sexual dimorphism in a centipede, with con-
sequent submergence of a genus (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha :
Miecrstocephalidaene cer. Wo cickoc'oioiths cial Lot greece ee eee
Cuyter, R. DuNncAN, Range extensions of Odonata in Southeastern
SAGES reece ee Od Siete RY raat Be te Oe Se es
Dennis, CrirForp J., A new treehopper record for Wisconsin
(Homoptera, Mlembracidae)) 2 te <n 42a s oer ater oa eemee:
Drea, Jonn J., A new species of Microctonus (Hymenoptera: Bra-
conidaé))parasitizine the Allfalia Weevil) 26% ao. 5 tee osteo
EppLEMAN, CHARLES D., see Breland, Osmond P.
Ernier, Davin A., Range extensions of Trichoptera into Minnesota,
with descriptions Of two New: SPECIES. vic ogee 6 neat
Evans, Howarp E., Mexican and Central American Pompilinae
(Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) : Supplementary notes, I. .........
—— Mexican and Central American Pompilinae (Hymenoptera,
Pompilidae)\; Supplementary. motes. Us > ee Aes eee

il

248

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

doptera: Noctuidae: (Cuculltinae).t. duc. one eee eee
GAGNE, Raymonp J., Revision of the gall midges of Bald Cypress
(interac Cecidomyndae i 45... 0@ ss tea oe ole tga eee
GreGG, Ropert E., The preservation of invertebrates in alcohol ....
GUNTHER, RONALD G., A review of the Neorhynchocephalus (Dip-
tera: Nemestrinidae) in Illinois with a new record ............
Gyves, MicHaet T., see Procaccini, Donald J.
HaMRUM, CHARLES L., see Harris, Todd L.
HARMAN, JAy R., Some aspects of the ecology of the slave-making
ATiep lr OlOL USM CIA Sirn tf. ieee aha 2 SL Series <a eee ee
Harmston, F. C., New Dolichopodidae from Canada, Mexico, and
EemVVestenm limited States (Diptera), 4.64 seein eee
Harris, Topp L., and Cuartes L. HAmMRum, Notes on the biology of
bacchadascipenms Wed. (Wiptera, Synphidae)y 222s a5 eee
HESPENHEIDE, HENRY A., An immigrant Agrilus (Coleoptera:
Spe SEMA ee. sty tn Oe) rents. \e ravttal yee ats deyckc ene ol eee
EReBBARD,C., ACNDRESEN,, i be balance Of nature 01.4 1202 ascent

Nn

Kaston, B. J., Remarks on Black Widow spiders, with an accourt
GINSOIE AT OMIANES! -eisonckere Sue Behe iets coun loys dete yale 5 Sa eae me
LAKE, Rosert W., Descriptions of first-instar larvae of Aedes aurifer
(Coquillett) and Aedes grossbecki Dyar and Knab (Diptera:
rte ree iste ere apes th asics che Shee adc cs eases Ae
Eber. btuGH: Ba. john Wagener Green. ian 21m soe gama as ane
Lioyp, JAMEs E., Illumination, another function of firefly flashes ?
Mattis, ARNOLD, William Jacob Holland (1848-1932) ...........
Masters, JoHN H., Euphydryas phaeton in the Ozarks ( Lepidoptera :
Np ap nia kidae)n),|(Mola vel fiat tn ote ecr at are cath cuants Bee clam meee
Masters, JoHN H. and JoHn T. SorENSEN, A new subspecies of
©eneis jutta (bepidopterd--Satynidae)! 4...0))65.). ee ee ee
McDantet, Micuaet M., Notes on the biology of California Scor-
PUM Shan teats sou see ea me ac Merc ahodn cin Rtis ts Sarto, he oS 5S ap roca eee
Mucumore, WILxIiAM B., Redescription of the type species of the
Pseudoscorpion genus Kewochthonius Chamberlin ............
—— A new species of the pseudoscorpion genus Serianus (Arach-
nida, Chelonethida, (@lpiidae)- trom North Carolinas. 75.25 5-5
Pautson, DENNIS R., Odonata from Isla San Andrés, Western Ca-
F118) STE) Olas \ ce ma OA oh a cee hee aE eer A PCN OL REESE ih FOr carlin
Peck, WILLIAM B. and W. H. Wuitcoms, Feeding spiders an arti-
IG TCE rash eS cn yah: ch ah cgheaPras tA s Bote ts eee cane ar eve eee ea
Puictips, M. E., Rudolf Gustav S-hmieder 1898-1967 [portrait] ..

il

iv ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

Procaccint, DonAtp J. and MicuaeEL T. Gyves, Description and
biometrics of variation in maculation pattern in Papilo gallienus
pallienus Distant ((LCepidoptera: Papiliomdae) 12.4. 4s.0 525.20.

Roru, JAMEs C., The pupa of Chaoborus albatus with a key to East-
ern Chaobocus puppies. a aac iene ne Oe es ee

ScCHMIEDER, Marion L., Joseph L. Williams (1906-1965) ........

ScULLEN, HERMAN A., Cercerini collections notes—II (Hymenop-
CET PHECIOALE NT: ae cseaye keer Pe ee ee Bris ON iyantuene at eee a

SHAPIRO, ARTHUR M., First additions to “Butterflies of the Delaware
NV IL Pes see tw. ea he Es Pere en Data Mn a chat tetle Seer ees Rae eee

SORENSEN, JOHN T., see Masters, John H.

SPANGLER, Paut J., A new Psephenus and its larva from Mexico
(Coleoptera n de Sepheniidie)) mgt at... 2e ete. s, tence Nee ee are

STIBICK, JEFFREY N. L., A preliminary revision of the genus Tro-
pinypuus (Coleoptera, Mlatendae) [color plate]! a. 32-7 .-.52.0- 2

Taytor, Ropert W., Nomenclature and synonymy of the North
American ants of the genera Ponera and Hypoponera ( Hymenop-
bene MO OrMiCidae)) (che cece oie ee eee reas Rosa Rami es, hoses

Weser, NEAL A., Tobago Island fungus-growing ants (Hymenop-
PER Ace OL MNCCIUAS jaehe cc safencct a eae ee Reve Sune Steheae Arona eet ueneate

169

DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE NUMBERS OF

VOLUME 79, 1968

The numbers of Enromo.tocicaL News for 1968 were mailed at the

Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as follows:

No. 1—January (pp. 1-28)...... January 24, 1968

No. 2—February (pp. 29-56)...... February 15, 1968
No. 3—March (pp. 5/—84)...... March 25, 1968

No. 4—April (pp. 85-112)....... April 11, 1968

No. 5—May (pp. 113-140)...... May 9, 1968

No. 6—June (pp. 141-168)...... June 7, 1968

No. 7—July (pp. 169-196)...... July 11, 1968

No. 8—October (pp. 197—232)...... November 1, 1968
No. 9—November (pp. 233-264)...... November 21, 1968

No. 10—December (pp. 2605-288). The date of mailing of this number

will be announced on the last page of the issue for January, 1969.

bo
~
~I

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

KEY TO THE SUBGENERA AND SPECIES OF EASTERN CHAOBORUS PUPAE #4

1. Median rib of anal paddle weakly developed and incomplete, not
feacmine tie distal maroin of paddle membrane (Pig. (2). 225.

Pe a ae on ee NORTE Cet aeN eins He SUD SENG, SAY ONLY Taree. 2
Median rib of anal paddle stoutly developed and complete, reach-
meatmerdistal marein ot paddle membrane (Pige 3,4) 25.29. -— 92 eae
We date, HAR ene 2 rind Soe on cela SUDO ENUS § CHAODORU GEE meas: Sy
2. Lateral rib of anal paddle with 2-3 small teeth at apex, and the
remainder of distal one-half of rib finely serrate (Fig. 1)...........
CN eT Ne eae oe ok Baie erage nS osten ct SEE C. albatus Johnson.
Lateral rib of anal paddle with 1-3 small teeth at apex, and the
fremamder on ribswaithout teeth or ‘serrations Figs 2) sae eae.
5 ae Gra ob eC OLR OE ar meee C. punctipennis (Say).
3. Median rib of anal paddle without setae at apex; lateral rib finely

serrate along distal one-third (Fig. 3)..C. americanus (Johannsen).
Median rib of anal paddle with a minute seta at apex; lateral rib
without teeth or serrations (Fig. 4)......... C. flavicans ( Meigen).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This paper is a contribution from the University of Michigan Biological Station
and the Department of Wildlife and Fisheries, School of Natural Resources, University
of Michigan. Dr. E. F. Cook of the University of Minnesota kindly examined reared
adults of Chaoborus americanus.

REFERENCES CITED

Cook, E. F. 1956. The Nearctic Chaoborinae (Diptera: Culicidae). Univ. Minne-
sota Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bull. 218. 102 p.
—, 1965. Family Chaoboridae. p. 102-105, In Stone, A., et al., A catalog of the
Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S.D.A., Agr. Handb. 276. 1696 p.
Ror, J. C. 1967. Notes on Chaoborus species from the Douglas Lake region, Michi-
gan, with a key to their larvae (Diptera: Chaoboridae). Pap. Michigan Acad.
Sci. Arts Lett. 52: 63-68.

Stone, A. 1965. Two new Chaoboridae from the United States (Diptera). Proc.
Ent. Soc. Washington 67: 231-233.

4 This key does not include C. (Shadonophasma) nyblaei (Zetterstedt), a northern
Holarctic species which, according to Cook, occurs in the eastern United States only
in northern New England; nor does it include two recently-described southeastern
Sayomyia species, C. annulatus Cook, and C. maculipes Stone (1965), both of which

are known only as adults.

278 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1968

Notes on the Biology of California Scorpions '

MicHaEL M. McDaAnIEt ”

Two distinctively different types of scorpions exist. They differ mor-
phologically, have unlike habitats and are dissimilar in the type and celerity
of their movements. Examples of both types are found in the San Diego
area.

One group is characterized by long legs, a slender body and a large
thick cauda which terminates in a large telson. The pectines are well
developed with many teeth, and the chelae have a long slender tarsus and
tibia. These scorpions are of the errant type and are suited to actively
pursuing prey, running to escape enemies, and hiding under debris. [ejo-
vis sylvestrii is an example of this type. It is found in the San Diego area
from Del Mar on the coast to Alpine in the Cuyamaca Mountains.

Anuroctonus phaeodactylus, an example of the second type, is an obli-
gate burrower. It has shorter legs than errant forms, a stouter body and
a shorter and more slender cauda which terminates in a reduced telson.
The pectines are shorter and have fewer teeth, and the chelae are broad
with a short, sturdy tarsus and tibia. During the day this scorpion re-
mains in a burrow which it has dug. It ambushes prey from the burrow
mouth during the night and retreats into its shelter when startled or
threatened. Like l’. sylvestrii specimens of A. phaecodactylus are wide-
spread in the San Diego area.

The two groups differ in the speed of their movements. Errant types
are noticeably more agile and quicker than burrowers. I’. sylvestrii is a
swift runner with rapid stinging reflexes. A. phaeodactylus is slower and
relies on its pincers rather than its sting, for attack or defense.

The scorpions differ also in the movements of their pectines. /”. syl-
vestrui uses its pectines while walking and when halted. It will brush over
the substratum repeatedly with all the teeth of its combs. <A. phaeoda--
tylus uses its pectines only when walking, and touches the ground with its
distal pectine teeth.

Although both scorpions will climb rough vertical surfaces, V. sylvestrit
may remain several feet above the ground, but A. phaeodactylus never
settles on a vertical plane.

1 Accepted for publication May 16, 1968.
2940 Temple Street, San Diego, California 92106.

79 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 279
EATING BEHAVIOR

Neither errant nor burrowing scorpions show a definite pattern of eating.
In the laboratory three specimens of A. phaeodactylus refused to eat for
90 days, although food was available. Other specimens of A. phaeodac-
tylus, V. sylvestrii and Uroctonus mordax (a burrower from Oregon) have
taken food in intervals as short as two days and as long as twenty-four days.

The scorpions were fed primarily on meal worms but also ate cock-
roaches, spiders, beetles, and ants. They did not eat sowbugs, dead insects,
insect eggs or bits of raw meat offered them. Both types of scorpions feed
in the same manner. The prey is grasped by the pincers, stung, and then
ripped apart by the chelicerae. The viscera of the victim is bathed in a
clear, colorless fluid exuded from the scorpion’s mouth. While this 1s being
exuded, the front legs are drawn backward and forward in a horizontal
plane. This motion is also seen when the animals drink or engage in
“sponge bathing.” It would appear to be related to the movement of the
sucking pharynx.

A. phaeodactylus seldom uses its sting for capturing prey and rarely
uses it while eating. I’. sylvestrii often stings its prey and may keep the
sting embedded in the victim as the latter is eaten. Often the animal being
devoured remains alive throughout the meal and may be released to crawl
away even after part of its body has been eaten. This 1s evidence that these
scorpions’ poison is not highly virulent.

Only I’. sylvestrii has been observed drinking. To drink, the scorpion
touches its chelicerae to the water and moves its legs in the manner pre-
viously described for eating.

Scorpions are hardy animals and may survive long periods without food.
One specimen of I’. sylvestrii, though given only water, survived eight
months. ;

EXPLORATORY BEHAVIOR

When introduced into a soil filled cage, a scorpion shows a pattern of
cautious exploration. It begins by following the walls of the enclosure
around its periphery. Constantly waving its pedipalps above and before
it, the scorpion may traverse this loop up to 50 times, often reversing direc-
tion. The animal then breaks out of this orbit and ventures diagonally
toward the center of the cage floor. It will return to the wall path before
again turning toward the cage center. Eventually the scorpion will cover
the entire area. However, regardless of the amount of territory investi-
gated, the scorpion will return to its original path where it will spend most
Of its; tinier

280 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [| Dee:, 1968

After investigating their surroundings, burrowing scorpions usually dig
a shelter. They then divide their time between walking around their cage
and remaining in the burrow.

The errant types of scorpions will constantly attempt to escape by climb-
ing the walls of their enclosure. They balance precariously on their ex-
tended cauda and claw for a foothold with their pedipalps and legs.

When introduced into a glass cage scorpions spend little time in ex-
ploration. Instead, they will direct most of their efforts toward climbing up
and out of the container. When placed in a cage with an inclined floor,
scorpions generally attempt to escape up the incline.

These ambulatory activities have been observed during all hours of the
day and night, but they occur most frequently at night.

SENSITIVITY TO AIR CURRENTS

Scorpions are able to detect intruders and locate prey by sensing slight
currents of air. An instance has been observed of A. phaeodactylus locat-
ing and capturing an ant that was completely hidden. In a confined space
A. phaeodactylus is also able to detect and capture flying moths.

The pedipalps are especially sensitive. When scorpions are first aware
of an air disturbance they will often turn their pedipalps toward the source.
A. phaeodactylus spreads its pedipalps in an arc in front of its body as it
waits for prey at the mouth of its burrow. Even though it is hidden
within its burrow it is able to detect the approach of an insect.

Hoffman (1966) suggests that the trichobothria serve as mechano-
receptors for airborne vibrations. The sensitivity of the pedipalps where
large numbers of these special hairs occur supports his conclusions.

When air puffs from a micro-pipette strike a scorpion it is quickly
aroused. The position assumed is described by Millot and Vachon (1947 )
and by Babu and Palka (1967) as a defensive position. Perhaps it would
be better described simply as a strike position. It is often observed when
the scorpion is not defending itself, but only attacks its prey.

The behavior associated with this strike position consists of turning
toward the disturbance, raising the cauda in an are over the body while
extending the legs, raising the body high above the ground, and spreading
the pedipalps with the chelae open wide.

If air puffs are again directed in front of, or upon, the pedipalps, the
scorpion may flee but is usually provoked enough to strike out.

This pattern has been observed using A. phaeodactylus, V. sylvestrii,
and UU. mordax. Palka and Babu report similar results using seven species
of Indian scorpions.

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 281

DrEatH ATTITUDES

When scorpions die they assume one of two postures. One position is
often seen when a scorpion is subjected to trauma. Bringing the animal out
of its burrow on a hot summer day will cause it to lose equilibrium, arch
its back and cauda, curl its legs under its body and fall to the side.

The other position 1s identical with the scorpion’s resting: position. The
body 1s held close to the ground with the legs slightly drawn in. The pedi-
palps are also retracted and the cauda is either arched above the body or
extended straight back and resting on the ground. Often scorpions with
no apparent disease or injury will be found dead in this position.

COHABITATION

Burrowing scorpions are generally regarded as solitary animals, intoler-
ant of any intruder. This is not always the case. A. phaeodactylus does
not always behave in this manner. An instance of cohabitation was noted
in the laboratory and one case was observed in the field. In both cases the
scorpions were of the opposite sex and the male was mature.

In the laboratory the scorpions were kept in an 8” X 10” X 14” terra-
rium which was filled to a depth of eight inches with closely packed soil.
No aggressive behavior or mating was observed. The scorpions often
wedged themselves into the same burrow and both devoured beetles given
to them. This pair lived together 26 days until the male died.

Also, a pair of scorpions was discovered inhabitating the same burrow
in an A. phaeodactylus colony. The female occupied a terminal chamber
while the male was in an antechamber about twelve inches from the burrow’s
entrance. The burrow was about fifteen inches long and extended to a
depth of eight inches.

These two examples are evidence that scorpions may remain together
for periods longer than are necessary for mating.

ANUROCTONUS COLONY

The burrows of 4. phaeodactylus are found in dense aggregates as well
as singly. Two colonies are known in the San Diego area. Williams
(1963) discovered an area near the Barona Indian reservation at Lakeside.
An extensive colony is also located on Kearny Mesa near the Miramar
Naval Air station.

Williams reports that the burrows are found most abundantly in
burned-over areas, on sloping sedimentary hillsides with south-eastern ex-
posures and are rarely found on level ground. However, I have found that

at the Miramar colony the burrows are less frequent in areas previously

282 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

burned. All the burrows were found in level ground and they open to

face in all directions.

50

49

+O

35

50

29

20

S) (AAZ

Fic. 1 (below) is a map of a level, 2,500 square foot azea of the Miramar colony.
This shows the situation as of October 29, 1967. 46 scorpions were found within the
boundaries of the area. This is a density of about one scorpion for 50 square feet.
However, as the illustration shows, the scorpions were not distributed evenly through-
out the area but occupied only about one-half of it. In another sector of the colony
the density may be much higher.

The Miramar colony is located on a dry, chapparal-covered flat. The
soil is sedimentary and of a dark reddish hue. This soil was analyzed for
particle size composition, per cent organic matter and maximum water re-

79] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 283

tention capacity. Samples were taken at the ground surface and at a depth
one foot below ground level. Particle size was analyzed by the Buoyocous
hydrometer technique and found to be the same at both levels. The soil
was found to consist of 38.2% sand; 36.3% new silt ; 32.4% old silt ; 25.4%
new clay; and 29.0% old clay.

The organic content was determined by weighing a dried sample of soil,
igniting it at 500° C for one hour and then reweighing it. The loss was
considered to be the weight of organic material present in the soil. This
amounted to 8.0% of the surface soil and 6.3% at a one foot depth.

Water retention values were obtained by soaking a previously dried
and weighed sample in distilled water for one hour, allowing it to drain
for fifteen minutes and then reweighing it. Any increase in sample weight
was considered to be due to water remaining in the soil. The soil had a
high moisture capacity of 0.629 grams H,O/1.0 gram soil at the surface
and 0.551 grams H,O/1.00 gram soil at the one foot level. High moisture
retention by the soil may be due in part to the high proportion of silt and
organic matter present.

At Kearny Mesa the total annual rainfall is about eleven inches, but
only trace amounts are recorded in the months from May to September.
The construction of a burrow by A. phaeodactylus is a favorable behavioral
adaptation for this climate. Water trapped in the soil provides the retreat
with an atmosphere that is more moist than the outside air. The moist
soil also serves as an insulative layer during temperature extremes.

The individual scorpion’s burrow is unique in its construction. The
mouth of the burrow, depending on the size of the animal, is about one-half
to one inch in width, flat at the base and rounded above. A single burrow
may have two openings as close as one inch apart. The opening, difficult
to detect from behind, is only seen easily when viewed directly from the
front. The tunnel opens into a shallow pit trap about one inch in diameter
which is immediately outside the burrow mouth and into which the scorpion
may extend about one fourth to one half its body length.

The burrow descends at an angle of 20 to 45 degrees for four or five
inches. At this point it may curve to the right or left or double back. The
tunnel does not ascend again at any point. The burrow twists in this
fashion until it is about seven to twelve inches underground. The tunnels
are often lined with vegetation at a distance of about five inches from the
mouth.

LITERATURE CITED

Basu, K. S., and J. Parka. 1967. Toward the physiological analysis of defensive
responses of scorpions. Z. zergl. Physiol. 55: 286-298.

284 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

HorrMANN, C. 1967. Bau und Funktion cer Trichobothrien von Euscorpius car-
pathicus L. Z. vergl. Physiol. 54: 290-352.

Mixtot, J., and M. VacHon. 1949. Ordre des scorpions. In P. P. GRASsE (ed.),
Traite de Zoologie, vol. VI; 386-436.

WitiiAmMs, S. C. 1963. Feeding ecology of the scorpion Anuroctonus phacodactylus,
in a chapparel community recovering from fire. M.S. Thesis at San Diego State

College. 37 pages.

The Entomologist’s Record

To-encourage the publication of concise. and useful new distribution

records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.

[See also p. 268.]

John Wagener Green (September 25, 1889—June 20, 1968): Wagener Green,
who passed away on June 20, was the North American authority on the beetles of the
family Lampyridae, the fireflies, and on several related families. Most of his life
was spent at Easton, Pennsylvania. After taking a degree in engineering at Lafayette
College (1908), and a course in Agriculture at Cornell University, he became the
manager of the extensive Wagener family orchards, with major acreage in peaches.
His hobby was the study of beetles, of which he had one of the largest private collec-
tions in the country. In 1911 he was invited to join Mr. H. A. Wenzel in an expedi-
tion to Texas; they hired a man with a team and wagon, and traveled across country
in the Chisos mountains and other parts a little north of the Panhandle. Specimens
taken then provided material for his earliest technical papers, the first of which ap-
peared in 1917. His last, of over 60 pages with many illustrations, was published in
1966. Upon his retirement Mr. Green visited the California Academy of Sciences in
early 1949, and began his work as a skilled preparator of insects in November of
that year. Later he returned to Easton to settle his affairs, and to get his collection of
84,000 beetles, which was added to the Academy’s collections in 1952. During his
time there, he painstakingly mounted hundreds of thousands of specimens, and the
Department of Entomology has received compliments on his work from research
workers in many countries. Wagener Green was always cheerful, and ever willing
to help others. Universities as well as private collectors across the country sent their
fireflies and related beetles for identification; this work, as well as his research on the
beetles, he did in his spare time. Quiet, and retiring, a skilled and fast worker, he
regularly put in an hour or more of overtime a day for the Academy, until stopped
by illness in September, 1967. His published articles and large collection assure him
a place in science; his personality, kindly, humorous, steadfast, will ever be remem-
bered by his friends. He is survived by his wife, Mrs. Katherine O. Green, a son,
a married daughter, and several grandchildren, to whom our sympathies are extended.

HucH B. Lerecu, California Academy of Sciences.

bo
CO
on

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Mark Robinson (1906-1965):! Mark Packard Mills Robinson, president of the
American Entomological Society, 1947-1948, born October 23, 1906, in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, the son of Benjamin Franklin Robinson and Elizabeth Smith Robinson,
died October 9, 1965. He was survived by his wife, Helen Keddie, whom he married
May 9, 1931, and one son, Mark P. M., Jr. Helen Keddie Robinson died June 3, 1968.
His formal education terminated with
eraduation in 1927 from the Williamson
Free School of Mechanical Trades, EI-
wyn, Pennsylvania. At the time of his
death, he was a senior engineer, super-
visor of electric jet engines production at
the Westinghouse Electric Company,
Lester, Pennsylvania. Mark’s father was
a well-known Pbhiladelphia florist, and
likely from him, was inherited a lively
and lifelong interest in nature.

Mark became an all-around, outstand-
ing field naturalist, interested in all as-
pects of geology, botany and zoology.
He was a remarkably keen observer and
loved to tell others of his findings. A
happy, interesting and enthusiastic speaker,
never at a loss for words, he was willing
and eager to talk to boy scouts, school

groups, clubs or scientific societies. Ama-
teurs and noted scientists alike gave him
their rapt attention and learned from him. His talks were usually beautifully illus-
trated with selections from over 7,000 color slides he had taken of natural history
subjects.

His versatility of interests was reflected in his affiliation with the Boy Scouts,
Leidy Microscope Club, Cape May Geographical Society, Delaware Institute of Sci-
ences (elected a Fellow in 1958), Franklin Ogdensburg Mineralogical Society, Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, Mark
P. Mills Rod and Gun Club and American Entomological Society. Much additional
information is given in a biography by. John T. McNeill in Cassinia. He traveled
widely throughout much of North America.

Mark Robinson developed an early interest in entomology, teaching insect lore
to young people and founding the local Comstock Society in the 1930’s. He was their
first elected president. As his interest grew, he gradually concentrated on beetles and
finally specialized in the family Scarabaeidae. He built a very fine collection of
scarabs and was especially eager in acquiring additional American species. He was
extremely gencrous with his specimens and would exchange even rare species to add
to the total species in his collection.

As a field collector he was unsurpassed, finding many rare and undescribed species
where generations of coleopterists had collected before him. He was quick to explore

1 This obituary is based largely on material assembled and supplied by his widow, by John 1
McNeill, Mrs. Bettye Breeser (of Springfield Press), Mrs. Miriam N. Reynolds and Dr. and Mrs. R. G
Schmieder. Dr. Schmieder asked me to join him in writing Mark’s obituary, but passed away before
supplying his notes, part of which were misplaced and only recently discovered by Mrs. Schmieder.

286 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec.; 1968

any possibility for new records. My finding of a very rare scarab in South Carolina,
not seen again after the types were taken in Florida, led to his finding the same species
within days in the same specialized niche in New Jersey. He discovered and described
72 new species of Scarabaeidae, mostly from the United States. His collection is
now in the United States National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

A list of Mark’s entomological publications (part of about 100 papers in natural
science) follows:

1934. Pelecinus polyturator male (Hymenoptera: Pelecinidae). Ent. News 45: 20.

1937. A new Euphoria from Texas (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Ent. News 48: 163.

1938. Two unusual collecting records from Pennsylvania (Col.: Scarab.). Ent. News 49: 103-104.

1938. Studies in Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) I. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 64: 107-115.

1939. <A new species of Aphodius from New Jersey (Col.: Scarab.). Ent. News 50: 24.

1940. Megasoma elephas Fab. in Pennsylvania (Col.: Scarab.) with John W. Cadbury 3rd. Ent. News
51:72-73.

1940. The Fabrician types of insects in the Hunterian Collection at Glascow University. Coleoptera,
Part II (Book Review). Ent. News 51: 235-236.

1940. Studies in Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) II. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 64: 141-160.

1941. Notes on some rare Scarabaeidae with description of one new species (Coleoptera). Ent. News
52: 227-232.

1941. A new species of Trox from Texas. Ent. News 52: 134-135.

1941. Studies in Scarabaeidae of North America (Coleop.). Part I. Review of Nigricornis group of
Canthon. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 67: 127-130.

1941. Studies in Scarabaeidae of North America (Coleop.). Part II. Seven new _ species of
Scarabaeidae. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 67: 131-136.

1946. Studies in Scarabaeidae (Coleop.) III. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 72: 49-59.

1947. A new food supply for Lactrodectus mactans. Ent. News 58: 255.

1947. A Canthon with an abnormal tibia (Col.). Ent. News 58: 259.

1947. Notes on a few Scarabaeidae (Coleop.). Ent. News 58: 149-151.

1947. A new species of Stenocrates from Central America. Ent. News 58: 233-234.

1947. Two new species of Scarabaeidae (Coleop.). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 73: 169-171.

1948. A new genus of Scarabaeidae (Coleop.). [Pseudotrox]. Notulae Nat. 211: 1-2.

1948. A new species of Canthon from Venezuela. Ent. News 59: 37.

1948. A new species of Anaides from Peru (Scarab.: Coleop.). Ent. News 59: 35-36.

1948. A new species of Aphodius with notes on others (Col.: Scarab.). Ent. News 59: 113-117.

1948. Two new species of Neotropical Scarabaeidae (Coleop.). Ent. News 59: 149-151.

1948. Remarks on a few Scarabaeidae (Coleop.). Ent. News 59: 175-177.

1948. A review of the genus Phanaeus inhabiting the U. S. (Scarab.: Col.). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
73: 299-305.

1948. Studies in Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) IV. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 74: 29-36.

1948. The genus Choeridium inhabiting the U. S. (Scarab.: Col.). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 74:
37.40.

1948. A review of the species of Canthon inhabiting the U. S. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 74: 83-99.

1948. A new species of Canthon, with a key to the Aumectus group (Scarabaeidae: Coleoptera). Trans.
American Ent. Soc. 74: 154-157.

1951. A new species of Uroxys from Peru (Coleop.: Scarab.). Ent. News 62: 139-140, 167.

1960. Notes on a few Mexican Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera). Ent. News 71: 105-106.

1965. The scarabs of the hunt. Proc. Delaware Co. Inst. Science 12: 27-31.

—O. L. Cartwricut, U.S. National Museum

A bizarre case of sexual dimorphism in a centipede, with consequent sub-
mergence of a genus (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha: Mecistocephalidae) : It used to
be written of the Mecistocephalidae, the most singular of geophilomorph families,
that they all lack sternital porefields, which as a family-wide phenomenon is otherwise
known only in the Neogeophilidae and Aphilodontidae. But in 1942 K. W. Verhoeff
(Zool. Anz., 137, p. 51) described a new mecistocephalid genus, Brahmaputrus, from

79| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 287

Tibet whose most notable, and indeed startling, feature was the presence in the single
typical specimen, a male, of prominent sternital porefields. My examination (under-
taken with the aid of a grant from the National Science Foundation) in Munich of
Verhoeff’s holotype of B. poriger revealed it to be so similar to Tygarrup Chamberlin
(Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 58, p. 210, 1914) that were it not for the presence
in the Verhoeff specimen of ventral porefields, I should confidently have called it a
Tygarrup. Subsequently, the true identity of Brahmaputrus was ‘unexpectedly dis-
closed, when at the British Museum (Natural History) I examined their Nepal
Expedition Chilopoda—hundreds of excellent specimens representing several species
of Tygarrup, every female of which was without ventral porefields, while every male
without exception possessed them: the riddle was solved. In Tygarrup the charac-
teristic is sexually dimorphic; only the males have ventral porefields. This particular
form of dimorphism is otherwise unknown in the entire Order. Finally, it follows
of course that Brahmaputrus Verhoeff, 1942, is a junior subjective synonym of
Tygarrup Chamberlin, 1914——R. E. Crasiiy, Jr., Smithsonian Institution, U. S. Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D. C.

INDEX

Arachnida, Araneida, p. 233
Araneida, THERtDUDAE, p. 113
Chelonethida, OLtrrmae, Serianus carolinensis Muchmore, 1968, p. 145
Scorpionida, SCORPIONIDAE, p. 278

Behavior, pp. 217, 265, 268, 278

Biography, pp. 49, 66, 125, 135, 193, 261, 284, 285

Books, p. 27

Chilopoda, Geophilomorpha, Himantarupag, p. 108
MECcISTOCEPHALIDAE, p. 286
Orywak, Stenorya Crabill, 1968, p. 250
Stenorva vermiculata Crabill, 1968, p. 251

Coleoptera, BUPRESTIDAE, p. 76
Collections, p. 224
ELaTERIDAE, Tropihypnus namsooa Stibick, 1968, p. 178
Tropihypnus punjabae Stibick, 1968, p. 181
Trophypnus rungbongi Stibick, 1968, p. 172
LAMPYRIDAE, p. 205
OEDEMERIDAE, p. 192
PsEPHENIDAE, Psephenus oresbius Spangler, 1968, p. 92

Dermaptera, p. 168

Diptera, Cecrnomyupak, Taxodiomyia Gagné, 1968, p. 271
CHAOBORIDAE, p. 275
CuLIciwag, p. 44
DoticHopopiak, Asyndetus crassipodus Harmston, 1968, p. 20
Asyndetus necadensis Harmston, 1968, p. 18
Campsicnemus cinctipus Harmston, 1968, p. 17
Chrysotus bajaensis Harmston, 1968, p. 23
Dolichopus monarchus Harmston, 1968, p. 13
Neurigona fuscalaris Harmston, 1968, p. 26

288 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Dec., 1968

Symipyenidelphus californicus Harmston, 1968, p. 23
Sympyenidelphus texanus Harmston, 1968, p. 21
Sympyenus arizonicus Harmston, 1968, p. 24
Systenus californicus Harmston, 1968, p. 16
Tachytrechus bohartt Harmston, 1968, p. 15
NEMESTRINIDAE, p. 153
SYRPHIDAE, p. 225
TreuLipakE, Austrolimnophila (Austrolimnophila) septifera Alexander, 1968, p. 39
Epiphragma (Epiphragma) retrorsa Alexander, 1968, p. 35
Epiphragma (Epiphragma) schnuedcri Alexander, 1968, p. 37
Limnophila (Adelphomyia) otiosa Alexander, 1968, p. 42
Limnophila (Adelphomyia) basilobula Alexander, 1968, p. 49
_Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) piceipes Alexander, 1968, p. 243

Limnophila (Afrolimnoplhila) stenacris Alexander, 1968, p. 244
Limnophila (Dicranophragma) brachyclada Alexander, 1968, p. 245
Limnophila (Dicranophragma) palassoptera Alexander, 1968, p. 247
Limnophila subgenus Indolimnophila Alexander, 1968, p. 240
Limnophila (Indolimnophila) totoides Alexander, 1968, p. 241

Ecology, p. 217

Entomologists’ Library, pp. 54-56; 139-140; 194-196 ; 228 ; 231-232.

Entomologists’ Record, pp. 112; 168; 192; 224; 261 ; 284.

Homoptera, MEMBRANCIDAE, pp. 34; 112.

Hymenoptera, BraconipakE, Microtonus colesi Drea, 1968, p. 98
Encyrtipak, Forcipestricis Burks, 1968, p. 237
Forcipestricis gazeaui Burks, 1968, p. 238
ForMIcipak, pp. 63, 141, 217
PomPILiIDAE, Agenioideus (Enbanksia) fimosus Evans, 1968, p. 103
Allaporus vindex Evans, 19C8, p. 160
Anoplius (Pompilinus) curratus Evans, 1968, p. 256
Pompilus (Xenopom pilus) nugador Evans, 1968, p. 258
Priochilus solivagum Evans, 1968, p. 164
SPHECIDAE, p. 154

Isoptera, p. 268

Lepidoptera, “Butterflies,” p. 150
Nocrurasr, Mctaxaglaeca senuitaria Franclemont, 1968, p. 59
NyMPHALIDAE, Euphydryas placton ozarkae Masters, 1968, p. 87
PAPILIONIDAE, p. 102
SATYRIDAE, Oencis jutta ascerta Masters and Sorensen, 1960, p. 89

Nomenclature notice, p. 84

Nomenclature procedure, p. 224

Notice, pp. 28, 264

Odonata, pp. 29, 229

Preservation of invertebrates, p. 1

Siphonaptera, p. 268

Society news, pp. 138, 193, 224

Spermatozoa, p. 197

Trichoptera, Leprocermak, Athripsodes brevis Etnier, 1968, p. i188
Psycuomyipak, Polycentropus milaca Etnier, 1968, p. 189

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

No. 20. Howard E. Evans—A Revision of the Mexican and Central
American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen-
optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps.....$12.50

No. 21. Eric G. Mathews—A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of
the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae ).
isaipases: 14 neuress 20.6 eves te. nee as oe ee ew

No. 22. Richard M. Fox—A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera )
Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures.

Tee hos pike eld ah ore ce niece Ne Ree eR ean aero Cate Marines tMeanicleoe UIC

No.

bo
(oS)

Beatrice R. Vogel—A list of New North American Spiders
(BLO40= 1966 im SGmpages... 5ho5.c ch det ie eee rea ear $9.00

Clarence E. Mickel—A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes
Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 119 pages,

lOpplates: 2G omags Meat ur scrte oie ey eee eee oO
Arthur M. Shapiro—Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63
pages. Il plates, 10 sbabitat photosraplsieiy.cs erwin oe $1.50

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A.

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES

A Manual for Identification

By Ross H. ArneEtTT, Jr.
Professor of Entomology at Purdue University

The families of beetles found in the United States are described; illus-
trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the
number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra-
phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology,
and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes
corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets.
1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations

Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

The Entomologist’s Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-

changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions
open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re-
ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month
to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and,
when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued.

Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Buy

or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.

South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri-

can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y.,
U. S. A.

For sale: Townsend’s Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris’
Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition; Creighton’s Ants of North
America, new condition; Ewing’s Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition.
Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586.

Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for
revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue
Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907.

Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera.

N. Nieser, Zodlogisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht,
Netherlands.

Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10¢ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair
Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654.

Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera
and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aéreo
8811, Bogota, Colombia.

Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North
America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607.

_ Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica-
tion in ENromotocicaL News. Send to: R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor, c/o Department
of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907.

For Sale: Coleopterists’ Bulletin, volumes 1 to 19, complete, unbound. $95.00.
Selwyn S. Roback, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 19th and Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael
Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8°, France.

_ Middle European Beetles: all families for sale for scientific purposes. O. Marek.
Zamberk 831, Czechoslovakia.

a

ae

*%

i -)

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES